From: Uwe Stöhr Date: Sun, 7 Aug 2011 03:49:54 +0000 (+0000) Subject: - UserGuide.lyx: many updates and fixed typos X-Git-Tag: 2.0.1~52 X-Git-Url: https://git.lyx.org/gitweb/?a=commitdiff_plain;h=e7fd2b7e1f5376f3935ff3c06303bcf534897f25;p=features.git - UserGuide.lyx: many updates and fixed typos - German UserGuide.lyx: more refactoring and translation git-svn-id: svn://svn.lyx.org/lyx/lyx-devel/branches/BRANCH_2_0_X@39428 a592a061-630c-0410-9148-cb99ea01b6c8 --- diff --git a/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx b/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx index 3a95e19a2e..04137db4b8 100644 --- a/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx @@ -21336,7 +21336,7 @@ of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -floats try to place the float on its own page +floats try to place the float on its own page \end_layout \begin_layout Standard diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index b607abd672..de78de2a3b 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx @@ -134,7 +134,6 @@ enumitem \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict true -\author 5863208 "ab" \end_header \begin_body @@ -1416,21 +1415,6 @@ Right-click on them to set their properties. Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Tables -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\emph on -Single click -\emph default - the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate - the table. -\end_layout - \end_deeper \begin_layout Section Navigating @@ -2024,7 +2008,7 @@ description "Tabulator key" \family default There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX. - If you don't understand this, go read sections + If you do not understand this, go read sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2332,10 +2316,10 @@ Alt \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard -You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX, - because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the - bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've - just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action. +You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use + LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar + at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, + you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action. The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings. The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding @@ -2923,8 +2907,15 @@ Local Layout \end_inset . - See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use - it. + See section +\emph on +Local Layout +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for information on how to use it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -3597,8 +3588,8 @@ Headings \family sans Fancy \family default - This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you - have the + This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you + have the LaTeX-package \series bold fancyhdr \series default @@ -3612,18 +3603,15 @@ LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr \end_inset - package installed. - At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting. - To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document - preamble. - Check the documentation for the -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - package for more details, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "fancyhdr" + installed. + How they are defined is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset @@ -3631,18 +3619,14 @@ key "fancyhdr" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Separation -\family default - of paragraphs is described in section +The separation of paragraphs is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" +reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation" \end_inset @@ -3663,7 +3647,7 @@ Document ! Paper size \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation," +name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \end_inset @@ -3679,12 +3663,12 @@ Page Layout \family default - of the dialog of the + of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default - menu: + dialog: \family sans \begin_inset Index idx @@ -3763,7 +3747,7 @@ Custom \family sans Orientation \family default - Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as + To choose whether to output as \family sans Landscape \family default @@ -3950,11 +3934,18 @@ LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file. all \emph default of these pre-coded spacings. - We'll explain more later. + We will explain more later. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Separation +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Paragraph-Separation" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -4729,42 +4720,7 @@ Section headings ! Unnumbered \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings. - They are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Part* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Chapter* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Section* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subsection* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subsubsection* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The +The unnumbered section headings have a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -4772,9 +4728,9 @@ The \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - after each name means that these headings are not numbered. - They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the - table of contents, see section + at the end of their name. + They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in + the table of contents, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -7645,7 +7601,7 @@ There are a few quirks with this environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -You can't use +You cannot use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" @@ -7740,7 +7696,7 @@ arg "self-insert \"" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here's an example: +Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @@ -7804,7 +7760,16 @@ Paragraph environments|) \end_inset - + For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described + in the chapter +\emph on +Program Code Listings +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -12062,7 +12027,11 @@ Default, \family typewriter -Computer Modern +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd @@ -12126,14 +12095,14 @@ Reader \begin_layout Itemize select the -\family typewriter -Latin Modern -\family default - ( -\family typewriter -lm +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default -) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of + fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of \family typewriter cm @@ -12144,8 +12113,12 @@ ec \family default . -\family typewriter -Latin Modern +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace \family typewriter @@ -12154,23 +12127,23 @@ cm as the default font. It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, -\family typewriter -lm +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default looks identical to \family typewriter cm \family default -; +.; \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -One difference is improved kerning for the -\family typewriter -lm -\family default - fonts. +One difference is improved kerning. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12179,17 +12152,25 @@ lm \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -select the -\family typewriter +or select the +\family sans AE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Almost +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European) \family default - ( -\family typewriter -Almost European -\family default -) fonts in (the rare) case that -\family typewriter -Latin Modern + fonts in (the rare) case that +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate the look of @@ -12339,14 +12320,16 @@ g. \end_inset -\family sans -Times Roman +\family typewriter +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default or \family typewriter - -\family sans -Palatino + Palatino \family default . Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans @@ -12364,35 +12347,53 @@ These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. g., \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default selects \family sans -Helvetiva +Helvetica \family default - for sans serif text), and sometimes, e. + for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g. - with -\family typewriter -Latin Modern -\family default - or -\family typewriter -Computer Modern -\family default -, different shapes of the same font, i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +e. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -e. - a real font +a real font \emph on family \emph default -. + (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +in case of +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + oder +\family sans +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default +). \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12409,7 +12410,7 @@ sans serif \family default -, and + and \family typewriter typewriter \family default @@ -12429,20 +12430,28 @@ reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset The font -\family typewriter -Times Roman +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default was originally designed for newspapers. That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit into the small newspaper columns. Therefore -\family typewriter -Times Roman +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books. -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard For the font size there are generally four possible values: \family sans Default, 10 @@ -12451,7 +12460,7 @@ Default, 10 \family sans 11 \family default -, and + and \family sans 12 \family default @@ -12912,8 +12921,7 @@ Text \end_inset Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{} - +Customized \family default dialog. There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different @@ -14776,7 +14784,7 @@ reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" ). LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard - tex processor. + TeX processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -15531,7 +15539,7 @@ name "sub:Hyphenation" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output. +Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output. Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package \series bold babel @@ -15564,7 +15572,8 @@ h3knix/m0n0wall \end_inset . - If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually. + If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points + manually. This is done with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -16733,7 +16742,7 @@ Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. \begin_layout Standard There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can tweak that behavior. - Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as + Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16755,7 +16764,7 @@ key "latexguide" \end_inset -] may have more information. +) may have more information. You will almost never need to worry about this, however. \end_layout @@ -16809,7 +16818,7 @@ LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output. +Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -17041,7 +17050,7 @@ Here's an example footnote: \bar no \begin_inset Foot -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. @@ -21866,7 +21875,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "cap:Wrapped-figure" +name "fig:Wrapped-figure" \end_inset @@ -21945,7 +21954,7 @@ Configuration \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Wrapped-figure" +reference "fig:Wrapped-figure" \end_inset @@ -22090,7 +22099,7 @@ Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Rotated-table" +reference "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset @@ -22126,7 +22135,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "cap:Rotated-table" +name "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset @@ -22376,7 +22385,8 @@ page By default, each option has its own rules: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Top @@ -22393,10 +22403,18 @@ page \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -% of the page can be placed at the top of a page +% of the page can be placed at the top of a page. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +topfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Bottom @@ -22414,9 +22432,17 @@ page \end_inset % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +bottomfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Page @@ -22435,6 +22461,13 @@ floats % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together on a page. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +floatpagefraction +\series default +) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -22452,6 +22485,27 @@ LaTeX rules \family default . +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese +s after the rules description above. + To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule + to 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +% of the page, add this line to your document preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +bottomfraction}{0.5} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27688,7 +27742,15 @@ Index ! Page ranges Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed section. But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. - E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28176,11 +28238,8 @@ reference "sub:Index-Program" xindy \family default , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text. - This is because xindy requires you -\change_deleted 5863208 1304031984 - -\change_unchanged - to define semantic elements before they can be used, see + This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they + can be used, see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite after "p. 678 ff." @@ -28362,8 +28421,7 @@ If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a or the options in \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Indexes \family default . @@ -28421,8 +28479,7 @@ key "TeXCatalogue" To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Indexes \family default and select @@ -30486,6 +30543,13 @@ Roman{page} \begin_layout Section Customized Page Headers and Footers +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -38041,7 +38105,6 @@ Under the File \family default menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations. - At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38328,7 +38391,15 @@ LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x ( +z.y.x LyX-Dokument in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +z +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -38336,7 +38407,7 @@ y \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is replaced by the version number) + represent the version number) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -38344,7 +38415,7 @@ LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine \end_layout \begin_layout Description -OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with +OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with \family sans OpenOffice \family default @@ -38444,14 +38515,6 @@ Postscript dvips \end_layout -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Custom -\family default - custom format -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard The program \family typewriter @@ -40737,8 +40800,8 @@ Character count \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the - highlighted document part. +Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted + document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -40855,8 +40918,9 @@ Menu ! Help \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's +This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's menus. + Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -43112,7 +43176,7 @@ A description of this menu is given in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation," +reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \end_inset @@ -44777,7 +44841,11 @@ Zoom \family default setting. You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the - current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel. + current LyX session by pressing +\family sans +Ctrl +\family default + and scrolling the mouse wheel. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -46083,40 +46151,6 @@ Note: \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Adapt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -printer This option works only for the -\family sans -Printer command -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -dvips -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - It activates a configuration file for dvips. - This is an option only for dvips experts. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Description Printer \begin_inset space ~ @@ -46156,6 +46190,40 @@ Printer command you are using. \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Adapt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +printer This option works only for the +\family sans +Printer command +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +dvips +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + It activates a configuration file for dvips. + This is an option only for dvips experts. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Subsection Date Format \begin_inset Index idx diff --git a/lib/doc/de/Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/de/Customization.lyx index 31a844e711..fe91041a3c 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/Customization.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/Customization.lyx @@ -4883,6 +4883,118 @@ Bevor zu halten, können Syntaxfehler und andere merkwürdige Ergebnisse hervorrufen. \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Lokales Layout +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Modules are to LyX as packages are to LaTeX. + Sometimes, however, you find yourself wanting a specific inset or character + style just for one document and writing a module that will also be available + to other documents makes little sense. + What you need is LyX's +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Local Layout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +You will find it +\lang ngerman + unter +\family sans +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Lokales +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Format +\family default +. + +\lang english +The large text box allows you to enter anything that you might enter in + a layout file or module. + You can think of a document's local layout, in fact, as a module that belongs + just to it. + So, in particular, you must enter a +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +Format +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + tag. + Any format is acceptable, but one would normally use the format current + at the time. + (In LyX 2.0, the current layout format is 35.) You should be aware that local + layout is not supported by versions of LyX prior to 1.6, so you should not + use it if you want to be able to export your document to LyX 1.5 or earlier + (without, that is, losing the local layout information). + If you wish to be able to export to 1.6---local layout is supported in 1.6, + though there is no UI for it---then you should use format 11 and, of course, + use only layout constructs that were available in LyX 1.6. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +When you have entered something in the +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +Local Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + pane, LyX will enable the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Validate +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + button at the bottom. + Clicking this button will cause LyX to determine whether what you have + entered is valid layout information for the chosen format. + LyX will report the result but, unfortunately, will not tell you what errors + there might have been. + These will be written to the terminal, however, if LyX is started from + a terminal. + You will not be permitted to save your local layout until you have entered + something valid. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The warnings at the end of the previous section apply here, too. + Do not play with local layout while you are actually working, especially + if you have not saved your document. + That said, using local layout with a test document can be a very convenient + way to try out layout ideas, or even to start developing a module. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Subsection Unterstützung neuer Dokumentenklassen \end_layout diff --git a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx index e7b62911d1..35e84bf313 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/UserGuide.lyx @@ -297,502 +297,61 @@ Wie LyX aussieht \begin_layout Subsection Das Hauptfenster -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "LyX-Hauptfenster" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Wie die meisten Anwendungen hat auch LyX die bekannte Menüleiste am oberen Rand des Fensters. - Das Aussehen der Menüleiste können Sie leider nicht innerhalb von LyX beeinflus -sen. - Es hängt davon ab, wie LyX kompiliert wurde. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Linux Weil jeder seinen bevorzugten X-Window-Manager benutzt (KDE, Gnome, - Xfce \SpecialChar \ldots{} -), müssen Sie das Paket -\family typewriter -qt4-qtconfig -\family default - installieren und den Befehl -\family typewriter -qtconfig -\family default - ausführen. - In dem sich öffnenden Fenster gibt es einige Einstellmöglichkeiten, insbesonder -e können Sie die Zeichengröße auf der Karteikarte -\family sans -Fonts -\family default - einstellen. - Das beeinflusst natürlich alle Programme, die auch Qt benutzen und nicht - auf die Ressourcen des X-Window-Managers zurückgreifen. - Aber unter KDE sollte es kaum passieren, und Gnome baut nicht auf Qt auf. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Windows In diesem Fall gehen Sie wie gewohnt vor: Rechtsklick auf den Desktop-Hi -ntergrund\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Darstellung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Unter der Menüleiste befinden sich die Werkzeugleisten mit einer Listenauswahl - und diversen Schaltknöpfen. - Einige Werkzeugleisten können Sie über -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Werk\SpecialChar \- -zeug\SpecialChar \- -leis\SpecialChar \- -ten -\family default - oder entsprechende Knöpfe in der Standard-Werkzeugleiste an- und ausschalten, - andere erscheinen automatisch, wenn sich der Cursor in einer bestimmten - Umgebung befindet. - Mit den gepunkteten Griffen links von einer Leiste können Sie diese verschieben. - Dabei verwandelt sich der Mauszeiger in das Verschiebekreuz. - Natürlich gibt es auch einen vertikalen Rollbalken und den Editierbereich, - in dem Sie Ihre Dokumente bearbeiten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie mehrere Dokumente geöffnet haben, erscheinen über dem Editierbereich - Reiter mit den Namen der Dokumente. - Mit einem Rechtsklick auf einen Reiter können Sie das zugehörige Dokument - schließen ( -\family sans -Unterfenster -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -schließen -\family default -, gleichbedeutend mit -\family sans -Strg+W -\family default -) oder verstecken ( -\family sans -Unterfenster -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -verstecken -\family default -). - Das ist recht hilfreich, wenn es viele Reiter gibt. - Über das -\family sans -Ansicht -\family default --Menü können die versteckten Fenster wieder angezeigt werden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie mit gedrückter linker Maustaste auf einen Reiter zeigen, können - Sie ihn nach links oder rechts verschieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Unter dem Editierbereich befindet sich eine Statuszeile, die normalerweise - Auskunft über das Schriftformat des Wortes gibt, in dem der Cursor gerade - steht. - Dort finden Sie auch Informationen verschiedenster Art, wenn Sie eine Aktion - gestartet haben, zum Beispiel speichern. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Außerdem gibt es ein -\emph on -Befehlseingabefenster -\emph default -, das zwischen Editierbereich und Statuszeile erscheint, wenn Sie -\family sans -Alt+X -\family default - eingeben oder es über -\family sans -Ansicht -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family sans -Werkzeugleisten -\family default - auswählen. - Dort können Sie LaTeX-Befehle schreiben, wie zum Beispiel eine Makro-Definition - in Abschnitt -\emph on -Mathe-Makro -\emph default -s des -\emph on -Mathe -\emph default --Handbuchs beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie mehrere Dokumente öffnen, erscheinen oben unter den Werkzeugleisten - Karteikarten, mit denen Sie zwischen den Dokumenten wechseln können. - Mit gedrückter linker Maustaste können Sie die Karteikarten verschieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Beachten Sie, dass es keinen horizontalen Rollbalken gibt. - Das ist kein Fehler oder Vergesslichkeit, sondern Absicht. - Bei einem Buch erwarten Sie ja auch, dass der Text am Ende einer Zeile - in die nächste umgebrochen wird. - Auch der Überlauf auf eine neue Seite ist prinzipiell eine vertikale Sache, - deshalb benötigen Sie nur einen vertikalen Rollbalken. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt nur drei Fälle, in denen Sie sich vielleicht einen horizontalen - Rollbalken wünschen. - Der erste betrifft große Abbildungen, die WYSIWYG -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -WYSIWYG -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - \lang english -what you see is what you get -\lang ngerman - -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -HHa: Der Text wurde von LyX unterstrichen, weil er als englisch markiert - wurde ( -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Textstil\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Benutzerdefiniert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Sprache -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -). - Das hat bei der Rechtschreibprüfung den Vorteil, dass er dann übergangen - wird. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset - - was du siehst bekommst du (ausgedruckt). -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - dargestellt werden. - Das liegt aber an einem Problem der Routine, die von LyX zur Anzeige am - Bildschirm verwendet wird; sie sollte die Abbildung automatisch umskalieren, - so dass sie auf den Bildschirm passt, so wie auch Sie sie umskalieren müssen, - damit sie auf die Seite passt. +Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons. + There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing + documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Die beiden anderen Fälle sind Tabellen und Gleichungen, die breiter als - das LyX-Fenster sind. - Das ist in der Tat ein Problem und wird in einer der kommenden Versionen - von LyX behoben werden. - Zumindest für Tabellen existiert mittlerweile eine Teillösung: Sie können - mit den Pfeiltasten horizontal in einer zu breiten Tabelle navigieren. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Dialoge -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dialoge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Praktisch alle LyX-Dialoge haben drei grundlegende Schaltflächen: -\family sans -OK -\family default -, -\family sans -Übernehmen -\family default - und -\family sans -Schließen -\family default - oder -\family sans -Abbrechen -\family default -. - Beim Öffnen eines Dialogfensters ist meist nur der -\family sans -Schließen -\family default --Schalter aktiviert. - Erst nachdem Sie etwas ausgewählt oder eingetippt haben, ändert er sich - nach -\family sans -Abbrechen, -\family default - und die anderen werden aktiviert. - Viele haben auch einen -\family sans -Zurücksetzen -\family default --Schalter. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -OK -\family default - und -\family sans -Schließen -\family default - sind wohl selbsterklärend, die Schaltfläche -\family sans -Über\SpecialChar \- -nehmen -\family default - führt die ausgewählte(n) Aktion(en) durch, schließt den Dialog jedoch nicht. - -\family sans -OK -\family default - entspricht im Prinzip einem -\family sans -Übernehmen -\family default -, gefolgt von einem -\family sans -Schließen -\family default -. +\lang english +Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar. + This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional. + When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the + next line. + Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for + only a vertical scrollbar. + There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. + The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@. + This, however, is due + to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a + WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just + as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page. + The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than + the LyX window. + You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but + this doesn't work for equations yet. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Zurücksetzen -\family default - ist recht nützlich, wenn Sie in einem Dialog Änderungen vorgenommen haben, - diese aber auf die derzeit eingestellten Werte zurücksetzen wollen. - Für alle vier Aktionen gibt es auch Tastaturkürzel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -OK -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -OK -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - ist wie bei den meisten Programmen mit der Eingabetaste ( -\begin_inset Formula $\hookleftarrow$ -\end_inset - - oder -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default -) belegt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -\noindent - -\family sans -Übernehmen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ubernehmen@Übernehmen -\end_layout - +\lang english +For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look + at Anhang +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\family default - wird durch -\family sans -Alt+Ü -\family default - aktiviert. - (Falls Sie mit dem Ausdruck -\family sans -Alt+Ü -\family default - nichts anfangen können, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - +\lang ngerman \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Grundlegende-Tastaturfunktionen" - -\end_inset - -.) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Schließen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Schliesen@Schließen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - ist auf die -\family sans -ESC- -\family default -Taste gelegt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Zurücksetzen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zurucksetzen@Zurücksetzen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - wird mit -\family sans -Alt+Z -\family default - aufgerufen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Einige Dialogfenster haben weitere oder leicht unterschiedliche Schaltflächen, - doch keine Sorge, diese sind meist selbsterklärend. - Wir wollten nur die Funktionen -\family sans -Über\SpecialChar \- -neh\SpecialChar \- -men -\family default - und -\family sans -Zurücksetzen -\family default - irgendwo erklären. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Außerdem erscheinen in den Menüs hin und wieder andere oder zusätzliche - Befehle, wenn Sie besondere Dokumentklassen auswählen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Befehle und Schalter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Befehle in den Menüs und Schalter in den Werkzeugleisten sind nur dann aktiviert -, wenn sie benutzt werden können. - Ansonsten erscheinen sie in den Menüs grau-in-grau und in den Werkzeugleisten - als graue Bildchen und können nicht angeklickt werden. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\noun on -HHa -\noun default -: Wenn von Farben die Rede ist, sind die voreingestellten Farben gemeint, - die in -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Aussehen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -& -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Farben -\family default - zu finden sind. -\end_layout +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:Die-Benutzeroberfläche" \end_inset +\lang english +. + Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond +ing sections of this documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -864,184 +423,51 @@ name "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, LyX zu benutzen. - Die erste ist, LyX und alle Hilfsprogramme und -dateien auf Ihrem System - zu installieren. - Unter Windows werden alle Programme automatisch mit LyX installiert. - Dazu brauchen Sie natürlich -\emph on -root -\emph default - bzw. - -\emph on -Administrator -\emph default --Privilegien. - Wenn das nicht geht, -\emph on -installieren -\emph default - Sie LyX einfach als Benutzer. - LyX wird selber feststellen, wo es sich befindet, wenn nur die Hilfsverzeichnis -se an den richtigen Stellen sind. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt einige LyX-Funktionen, die innerhalb von LyX konfiguriert werden - können, ohne Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten zu müssen. - Zunächst einmal kann LyX Ihr System untersuchen, um festzustellen, was - für Programme, LaTeX-Dokument-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete verfügbar sind. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -LyX wird diese Informationen dazu verwenden, in der Datei -\family typewriter -preferences +\lang english +There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX, + without resorting to configuration files. + First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document + classes and LaTeX packages are available. + It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several +\family sans +Einstellungen \family default - ver\SpecialChar \- -nünf\SpecialChar \- -ti\SpecialChar \- -ge Werte für einige Variablen einzutragen. - Obwohl diese Konfiguration bereits während der LyX-Installation durchgeführt - wurde, gibt es vielleicht einige Dinge, die Sie lokal installiert haben - und die LyX nicht sehen kann. -\end_layout + settings. + Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed + on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Um LyX zu zwingen, Ihr System noch einmal zu durchforsten, sollten Sie -\family sans -Werkzeu\SpecialChar \- -ge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu +g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -konfigurieren -\family default - wählen. - Dann sollten Sie LyX neu starten, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden. - Soweit LaTeX-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete betroffen sind, finden Sie diese - Informationen unter +new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX. + To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use +\lang ngerman + \family sans -Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTe -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - +Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\family sans -X-Konfiguration +konfigurieren \family default . -\begin_inset Note Note +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Die Klammerung {} verhindert, dass der Sonderbegriff LyX erkannt wird, ebenso - bei LaTeX, TeX usw., und als solcher gedruckt wird wie in der nächsten Zeile. - Notizen sind unter -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Notizen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - +Neukonfiguration von LyX \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Der zweite Satz Einstellungen, den Sie vielleicht ändern wollen, besteht - aus den allgemeinen Einstellungen für Dokumente, die Sie im -\family sans -Dokument -\family default --Menü unter -\family sans -Einstellun\SpecialChar \- -gen -\family default -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - ändern können -\family sans -. - -\family default - Zum Ändern öffnen Sie irgendein Dokument, machen Ihre Einstellungen und - speichern sie unter -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Als -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -Dokument-Standards -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -speichern -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Dokument-Standard" - -\end_inset - -. - Dadurch wird eine Vorlage mit dem Namen -\family typewriter -defaults.lyx -\family default - erzeugt, die automatisch von LyX geladen wird, wenn Sie ein neues Dokument - ohne Vorlage erstellen wollen. - So stehen Ihnen Ihre Standardeinstellungen automatisch zur Verfügung. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt viele andere benutzerdefinierbare Optionen, die man in LyX speichern - kann. - Beim Start liest LyX eine globale Konfigurationsdatei mit dem Namen -\family typewriter -lyxrc.de\SpecialChar \- -faults -\family default -. - Danach wird versucht, in Ihrem Heimatverzeichnis die Datei -\family typewriter -pre\SpecialChar \- -ferences -\family default - zu lesen. - Über das Dialogfenster -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen -\family default - können viele LyX-Vor\SpecialChar \- -einstel\SpecialChar \- -lun\SpecialChar \- -gen geändert werden. - Das Dokument -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - enthält weitere Informationen hierzu. + +\lang english +You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -1186,15 +612,13 @@ Neu von \family default \family sans -Vorlage\SpecialChar \ldots{} - (Strg+Umschalt+N) +Vorlage (Strg+Umschalt+N) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans -Öffnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} - (Strg+O) +Öffnen (Strg+O) \family default oder \begin_inset Graphics @@ -1236,8 +660,7 @@ Speichern \family default \family sans -unter\SpecialChar \ldots{} - (Strg+Umschalt+S) +unter (Strg+Umschalt+S) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -1255,8 +678,7 @@ Speicherung wieder herstellen \begin_layout Itemize \family sans -Drucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} - (Strg+P) +Drucken (Strg+P) \family default oder \begin_inset Graphics @@ -1411,6 +833,8 @@ Bearbeiten \family sans Ausschneiden +\family default + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -1420,6 +844,8 @@ Ausschneiden \end_inset + +\family sans , Strg+X \family default oder @@ -1437,6 +863,8 @@ Ausschneiden \family sans Kopieren +\family default + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -1446,6 +874,8 @@ Kopieren \end_inset + +\family sans , Strg+C \family default oder @@ -1463,6 +893,8 @@ Kopieren \family sans Einfügen +\family default + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -1472,8 +904,6 @@ Einfugen@Einfügen \end_inset - -\family default , \family sans Strg+V @@ -1525,6 +955,8 @@ Suchen \end_inset Ersetzen, +\family default + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -1542,6 +974,8 @@ Ersetzen \end_inset + +\family sans Strg+F \family default oder @@ -1620,7 +1054,7 @@ Entf \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ \end_inset - (Backspace) arbeiten ebenfalls wie der Befehl + arbeiten ebenfalls wie der Befehl \family sans Ausschneiden \family default @@ -1658,30 +1092,10 @@ Suchen \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} - +Ersetzen \family default öffnet das Dialogfenster \family sans -Ly -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -X: -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - Suchen \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset @@ -2137,86 +1551,6 @@ linken \end_layout \end_deeper -\begin_layout Subsection -Kontextabhängige Mausfunktionen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein einfaches Klicken mit der -\emph on -rechten -\emph default - Maustaste öffnet ein kontextabhängiges Dialogfenster, das -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -im Textbereich die meisten Befehle des -\family sans -Bearbeiten -\family default --Menüs und ein paar andere enthält. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -in Tabellen Befehle, mit denen Sie die Tabelle verändern können, enthält. - Der Befehl -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - öffnet das Dialogfenster -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen -\family default -, siehe auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Tabellen-Einstellungen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -auf Querverweisen Befehle zur Formatierung enthält. - Der Befehl -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default - öffnet das Dialogfenster -\family sans -Querverweis -\family default -, siehe auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Tabellen-Einstellungen" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -auf Marken Befehle zur Navigation enthält. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -auf Notizen Befehle zur Formatierung enthält. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -auf mathematischen Formeln und Makros Befehle zur Bearbeitung enthält. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Section Navigieren \begin_inset CommandInset label @@ -2514,7 +1848,7 @@ LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently \begin_layout Standard \lang english -By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that +By default LyX zeigt a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that there are completions available. You can then press the \family sans @@ -2522,8 +1856,8 @@ Tab \family default key to use this completion. When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them. - You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys, - and accept the chosen completion be pressing + You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse oder the arrow + keys, und accept the chosen completion be pressing \family sans Return \family default @@ -2533,7 +1867,7 @@ Return \begin_layout Standard \lang english -In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu +In the preferences dialog, which is opened mit the Menü \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences @@ -2575,8 +1909,10 @@ Tab Automatic popup \family default the completions are always shown in a popup. - LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described - in sec. + LyX offers some more completion settings für experts that are described + in +\lang ngerman + Abschnitt \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -2605,212 +1941,149 @@ Tastatur!-funktionen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Grundlegende-Tastaturfunktionen" - -\end_inset - -Auch hier werden nur einige grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen beschrieben. - Generell sollten Sie mit der Tastatur vertraut sein, ansonsten finden Sie - in -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - eine Zusammenstellung -\emph on -aller -\emph default - Tastaturfunktionen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\noun on -HHa -\noun default -: Im Moment ist diese Zusammenstellung nicht besonders aktuell -\end_layout -\end_inset - - In jedem Fall sollten Sie bedenken, dass es in LyX zwei grundlegende Schemata - der Tastaturbelegungen gibt, CUA und Emacs. - Sie werden sicherlich fluchen, wenn Sie -\family sans -Strg+D -\family default - drücken, um ein Zeichen zu löschen, und stattdessen eine DVI-Ansicht gestartet - wird (oder umgekehrt). - +\lang english +There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs. + LyX's default is CUA. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Einige Tasten wie -\family sans -Bild -\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset -, Bild -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\lang english +Some keys, like +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Up +\family default , -\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\family sans +Page +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Down +\family default , -\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset - +\family sans +Left +\family default , -\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset - - +\family sans +Right \family default - und -\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset - - machen genau das, was Sie von ihnen erwarten. - Andere tun dies nicht: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - +, \family sans -Tab -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tab +Up +\family default +, and +\family sans +Down +\family default +, do exactly what you expect them to do. + Other keys don't: \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\family sans +Tabulator \family default - In LyX gibt es keine Tabulatoren. - Wenn Ihnen das unverständlich erscheint, sollten Sie zunächst die Abschnitte -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Absatzeinrückung-und--trennung" +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Tab" +description "Tabulator key" \end_inset -, -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Absatzumgebungen" +\lang english +There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX. + If you don't understand this +\lang ngerman +, lesen Sie die Abschnitte +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - und insbesondere -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Listen" - -\end_inset - lesen, bevor Sie hier weiterlesen. - Im Zweifelsfall werfen Sie auch nochmals einen Blick in das -\emph on -Tutorium -\emph default -. -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Einleitung-Absatzeinrückung" -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie unbedingt etwas dem Tabulator ähnlichem benötigen, können Sie das - meistens durch eine Tabelle ohne Rahmen simulieren, siehe auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - + und \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Tabellen" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Absatzumgebungen" \end_inset -. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Description +, speziell Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family sans -Esc -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Esc -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Listen" \end_inset +, jetzt sofort. -\family default - Dies ist die +\lang english + +\lang ngerman +Ja, jetzt sofort. + +\lang english +If you're still confused, look in the +\lang ngerman + \emph on -Abbruchtaste +Tutorium \emph default . - Sie wird normalerweise eingesetzt, um Vorgänge abzubrechen. - Näheres erfahren Sie in späteren Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -Pos -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -1 +Esc \family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Esc" +description "Escape key" -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\family sans -Ende -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ende -\end_layout - +\lang english +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset +cancel key. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family default - Diese Tasten positionieren den Textcursor an den Anfang oder das Ende der - aktuellen Zeile. - Wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastenbelegung verwenden, erfolgt die Positionierung - an den Anfang oder das Ende des Dokumentes. + It's used, generically, to cancel operations. + Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ -\end_inset - - +Pos1 \family default \begin_inset space ~ @@ -2822,360 +2095,321 @@ und \family sans -Entf -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Entf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - Wenn Ihre Tastatur im X-Window-System korrekt eingestellt ist, löscht -\family sans - -\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ -\end_inset - - (Backspace -\family default -) das Zeichen links und -\family sans -Entf +Ende \family default - das Zeichen rechts vom Cursor (falls kein Text markiert ist). +\lang english + These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line, + unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning + or end of the file. \end_layout -\begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard -Falls Ihre Tastatur nicht richtig eingestellt ist oder Sie keine Vorstellung - davon haben, was hier gemeint ist, dann lesen Sie bitte in -\emph on -Anpassung -\emph default - nach. - Sie werden sich dadurch einige Probleme ersparen. -\end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Weiterhin gibt es die Modifiziertasten: +\lang english +There are three modifier keys: \end_layout -\begin_layout Description +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -Strg -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +Steuerung +\family default +\lang english + (Denoted by +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout Strg -\end_layout - +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Strg" +description "Steuerung-Taste" + \end_inset -( -\family default -Ctrl -\family sans -) -\family default - Diese hat eine unterschiedliche Bedeutung, je nachdem mit welcher anderen - Taste sie gedrückt wird: + +\lang english +in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending + on which keys it's used in combination with: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -Zusammen mit + +\lang english +With \family sans Backspace \family default - oder + or \family sans -Entf +Delete \family default - wird anstelle eines einzelnen Zeichens ein ganzes Wort gelöscht. +, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Zusammen mit -\family sans - -\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset - +\lang english +With +\family sans +Left \family default - und -\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset - - können Sie den Cursor wortweise bewegen. + and +\family sans +Right +\family default +, it moves by words instead of characters. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Zusammen mit -\family sans -Pos -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset -1 +\lang english +With +\family sans +Home \family default - und + and \family sans -Ende +End \family default - bewegen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang oder das Ende des Dokumentes. +, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. \end_layout \end_deeper -\begin_layout Description +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Umschalt -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Umschalt -\end_layout +\family default +\lang english + (Denoted by +\lang ngerman + +\lang english +\begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - +\family sans +\lang ngerman +Umschalt +\family default -\begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Umschalt" +description "Umschalt-Taste" + \end_inset -( -\family default -Shift -\family sans -) -\family default - Zusammen mit den Cursortasten können Sie den Text zwischen der alten und - der neuen Cursorposition markieren. + +\lang english +in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select + the text between the old and new cursor positions. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Alt -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\family default +\lang english + (Denoted by +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout Alt -\end_layout - +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "Alt" +description "Alt oder Meta-Taste" + \end_inset -(Meta) + +\lang english +in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless + your keyboard has a distinct Meta key. + If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs + the +\family sans +Alt+ \family default - Auch sie hat viele mögliche Funktionen, aber generell wird sie als Menüfunktion -staste eingesetzt. - Wenn Sie sie zusammen mit einem der in den Menüs unterstrichenen Zeichen - drücken, wird die entsprechende Menüfunktion aktiviert. - Beispielsweise entspricht + function. + This key does many different things, but it also activates the +\emph on +menu accelerator keys +\emph default +. + If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a + menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset \family sans -Alt+B +Alt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -S -\begin_inset Quotes grd +e +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - +s \family default - dem Befehl -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset -Suchen & Ersetzen -\begin_inset Quotes grd +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. -\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt noch weitere Funktionen, die über die \family sans -Alt +c \family default --Taste angesprochen werden können, die im -\emph on -Tastenkürzel -\emph default - Handbuch aufgelistet sind. -\end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -In Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + brings up the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Tastenkürzel-bearbeiten" +Text Style +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + menu. + Typing +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - wird erklärt, wie man Tastenkürzel anzeigt und bearbeitet. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Ausschneiden und Kopieren zwischen LyX und anderen Programmen -\begin_inset Argument -status collapsed +\family sans +Alt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ausschneiden und Kopieren -\end_layout +f +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - + opens the +\family sans +File +\family default + menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Mit den Funktionen + +\lang english +The +\emph on +Shortcuts +\emph default + manual lists all other things bound to the \family sans -Ausschneiden +Alt \family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ausschneiden + key. \end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX, + because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the + bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've + just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action. + The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings. + The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used + in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding + it. + However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - ( + \family sans -Strg+X +Alt+P Shift-A \family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/cut.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -), + means \family sans -Kopieren -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Kopieren +Alt+P +\family default + followed by a capital +\family sans +A +\family default +. \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Standard +\lang english +You can list or change the key bindings in the menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences \family default - ( + unter \family sans -Strg+C +Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Shortcuts \family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/copy.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - + as explained in +\lang ngerman + Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -) und -\family sans -Einfügen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Einfugen@Einfügen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - (Strg+V -\family default -oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/paste.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Tastenkürzel-bearbeiten" \end_inset - -\family sans -) -\family default - können Sie Text zwischen LyX und anderen X-Fenstern transferieren. +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -So können Sie Text von LyX in andere X-Fenster kopieren: Markieren Sie den - Text in LyX, dann wechseln Sie in das andere X-Fenster und fügen den Text - mit der mittleren Maustaste einfügen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Einfügen von Text in LyX funktioniert fast genauso wie in X. - Markieren Sie den gewünschten Text in einem anderen X-Fenster. - Wechseln Sie zum LyX-Fenster und fügen die Auswahl mit der mittleren Maustaste - ein. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Wortvervollständigung -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie Text eingeben, werden Sie manchmal sehen, dass rechts vom gerade - geschriebenen Wort graue Buchstaben auftauchen. - Das sind mögliche Wortvervollständigungen, die LyX Ihnen vorschlägt. - Wenn Sie dann die Tab-Taste betätigen, wird der Vorschlag übernommen, wenn - LyX nur eine Wortvervollständigung kennt. - Sonst öffnet die Tab-Taste eine Auswahl von mehreren Möglichkeiten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -LyX-Grundlagen +\begin_layout Chapter +LyX-Grundlagen \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -3633,6 +2867,13 @@ Anpassung \begin_layout Subsubsection Module +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Module" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -3746,27 +2987,37 @@ Dokument ! lokales Format \lang english Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be - used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself + used in a variety of different documents, und if you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider - writing a module for this purpose. - Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you - find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that + writing a module für this purpose. + Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, und you + find yourself wanting a specific inset oder character style, but nur that one time. You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble. - What you want is LyX's -\begin_inset Quotes eld + What you want +\lang ngerman + ist LyXs +\begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset -Local Layout +Lokales +\emph on + +\emph default +Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - See chapter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use it. + Siehe Abschnitt +\emph on +Lokales Layout +\emph default + des +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + Handbuchs für Informationen wie man es benutzt. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -4128,7 +3379,7 @@ Unterunterabschnitt Wir werden diese Überschriften ausführlich in Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Ueberschriften" +reference "sub:Überschriften" \end_inset @@ -4158,8 +3409,6 @@ Dokument ! Layout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dokument ! Einstellungen \end_layout @@ -4171,9 +3420,10 @@ Dokument ! Einstellungen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu -\family sans +The most important properties of documents Klassen are set in the \lang ngerman + Menü +\family sans Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen \family default @@ -4181,9 +3431,9 @@ Einstellungen . There in the \family sans -Options +Optionen \family default - field under + field unter \family sans Documents \begin_inset space ~ @@ -4191,91 +3441,83 @@ Documents Class \family default -, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated +, you can enter special Optionen für your document class in a comma-separated list. - This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want - to use for your document. - To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have + This is nur notwendig if LyX doesn't support special Optionen you want + to use für your document. + To learn more über your favorite LaTeX-class und its Optionen, you have to read its manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -The drop box +Die Box \family sans -Headings style +Seiten-Stil \family default - in the + im \family sans -\lang ngerman Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen \family default -\lang english - dialog under + Dialog unter \family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout +Seitenlayout \family default - controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page. - You can choose between the following five options: + legt fest welche Kopfzeilen und Seitennummern auf den Seiten erscheinen. + Man kann zwischen den folgenden fünf Optionen wählen: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Default +Standard \family default - Use default page style of current class. + der Standard-Stil der aktuellen Klasse \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Empty +leer \family default - No page numbers or headings. + keine Seitennummern oder Kopfzeilen \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Plain +einfach \family default - Page numbers only. + nur Seitennummern \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Headings +mit +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Überschriften \family default - Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. - Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on - the maximum sectioning level of the class. + Seitennummern und entweder das aktuelle Kapitel oder Abschnittstitel und + -nummer. + Ob LyX das aktuelle Kapitel oder den Abschnitt verwendet, hängt von der + maximalen Abschnittsstufe der Klasse ab. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Fancy +ausgefallen \family default - This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you - have the + Dies erlaubt es, eigene Kopf- und Fußzeilen zu erstellen, wenn das LaTeX-Paket + \series bold fancyhdr \series default @@ -4284,50 +3526,39 @@ fancyhdr status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr +LaTeX-Paket ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset - package installed. - At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting. - To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document - preamble. - Check the documentation for the -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - package for more details, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "fancyhdr" + installiert ist. + Wie diese erstellt werden, ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Benutzerdefinierte-Kopf/Fußzeile" \end_inset -. + erklärt. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -The -\family sans -Separation -\family default - of paragraphs is described in section +Die Trennung von Absätzen ist in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" +reference "sub:Globale-Absatztrennung" \end_inset -. + beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -4352,30 +3583,20 @@ Dokument ! Seitengröße \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -You find the following options in the menu +Sie finden die folgenden Optionen im Menü \family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Layout +Seitenlayout \family default - of the dialog of the -\lang ngerman - Menü + des \family sans Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen \family default -: + Dialogs: \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dokument ! Einstellungen \end_layout @@ -4388,15 +3609,10 @@ Dokument ! Einstellungen \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Paper -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Format +Papierformat \family default - What size paper to print on. - The choices are + Auf welche Papiergröße ausgegeben werden soll. + Die Größen sind \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -4447,33 +3663,32 @@ Benutzerdefiniert \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Orientation +Orientierung \family default - Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as + Ob es als \family sans -Landscape +Hochformat \family default - or as + oder \family sans -Portrait +Querformat \family default -. + ausgegeben werden soll. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Two-sided +Doppelseitiges \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -document +Dokument \family default - Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper. - That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different. + Verändert den Textbereich um beide Seiten des Papiers zu bedrucken. + Dies bedeutet, dass der Textbereich für gerade und ungerade Seiten verschieden + ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -4508,22 +3723,16 @@ Dokument ! Seitenränder \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Paper margins are set in the -\lang ngerman - Menü +Seitenränder werden im Menü \family sans Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen \family default -. + eingestellt. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dokument ! Einstellungen \end_layout @@ -4533,11 +3742,10 @@ Dokument ! Einstellungen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings. - Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking - the paper format and the font size into account. +Wenn Sie eine KOMA-Script Dokumentklasse verwenden, können Sie die Standard-Ränd +er beibehalten. + Denn KOMA-Script berechnet den Textbereich automatisch unter Berücksichtigung + des Papierformats und der Schriftgröße. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -4563,7 +3771,7 @@ unbekannt . Der Name der Umgebung wird beibehalten für den Fall, dass Sie zur vorigen - Dokumentklasse zurückwechseln wollen. + Dokumentklasse zurück wechseln wollen. Absätze mit unbekannter Umgebung werden ohne spezielle Formatierung ausgegeben, so dass Sie entweder eine eigene Formatierung festlegen oder für den Absatz eine bekannte Umgebung der aktuellen Dokumentklasse ändern müssen. @@ -4591,24 +3799,22 @@ Absatz!-trennung \end_inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Einleitung \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Absatzeinrückung-und--trennung" +name "sub:Einleitung-Absatzeinrückung" \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Einleitung -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard Bevor wir die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen beschreiben, wollen wir etwas - über Para\SpecialChar \- -graph\SpecialChar \- -einrückung sagen. + über die Absatzeinrückung sagen. Jeder scheint eigene Vorstellungen darüber zu haben, wie Absätze zu trennen sind. Die meisten Amerikaner rücken die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ein. @@ -4698,6 +3904,13 @@ alle \begin_layout Subsection Globale Absatztrennung +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Globale-Absatztrennung" + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -4857,7 +4070,7 @@ Absatz!-umgebungen|( \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Absatzumgebungen" +name "sec:Absatzumgebungen" \end_inset @@ -5140,7 +4353,7 @@ Zitat!(kurz) \end_inset - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quote + \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -5158,7 +4371,7 @@ Zitat!(lang) \end_inset - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quotation + \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -5175,8 +4388,6 @@ Gedicht \end_inset -\family default - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -5199,8 +4410,6 @@ listung \end_inset -\family default - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -5217,8 +4426,6 @@ Aufzahlung@Aufzählung \end_inset -\family default - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -5235,8 +4442,6 @@ Beschreibung \end_inset -\family default - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -5253,8 +4458,6 @@ Liste \end_inset -\family default - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: List \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -5483,7 +4686,7 @@ Uberschriften@Überschriften \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Ueberschriften" +name "sub:Überschriften" \end_inset @@ -5560,7 +4763,7 @@ Unterunterabschn. status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterunterabschn. +Unterunterabschnitt \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5684,14 +4887,15 @@ en unterteilt. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bemerkung \series default -\emph on -: -\emph default - nicht alle Dokumenttypen benutzen +: Nicht alle Dokumenttypen benutzen \family sans Kapitel \family default @@ -5702,6 +4906,11 @@ Abschnitt . \end_layout +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + \begin_layout Standard Also, wenn Sie die \family sans @@ -5728,77 +4937,32 @@ tt steht. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Nichtnummerierte Überschriften +Unnummerierte Überschriften \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Es gibt drei nichtnummerierte Überschriftsarten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Abschnitt* -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abschnitt* -\end_layout - +Die unnummerierten Überschriftarten haben ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Unterabschnitt* -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterabschnitt* -\end_layout - +* +\begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Unterunterabschn.* -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Unterunterabschn.* -\end_layout - + am Ende des Namens. + Sie funktionieren so wie ihre nummerierten Entsprechungen aber erscheinen + nicht im Inhaltsverzeichnis, siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Inhaltsverzeichnis" -* -\begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset - nach den Namen bedeutet, dass die Überschriften nicht nummeriert werden. - Sonst sind sie wie ihre nummerierten Gegenstücke. - Wenn Sie nummerierte und nichtnummerierte Überschriften mischen, wird auf - der gleichen Stufe die Nummerierung nach einem Absatz mit einer nichtnummeriert -en Überschrift fortgesetzt. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -5868,8 +5032,8 @@ Nummerierung Inhaltsverzeichnis \family default - können Sie mit den beiden Schiebereglern festlegen, wieviele Hierarchiestufen - LyX nummerieren soll und wieviele im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen sollen. + können Sie mit den beiden Schiebereglern festlegen, wie viele Hierarchiestufen + LyX nummerieren soll und wievielte im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen sollen. In der Tabelle darunter sehen Sie die Auswirkung der Reglerstellungen. \end_layout @@ -6122,21 +5286,7 @@ Zitat (kurz) \family default - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: quote -\family sans - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Quote -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - – und + und \family sans Zitat \begin_inset space \space{} @@ -6144,21 +5294,7 @@ Zitat (lang) \family default - – LaTeX-Bezeichnung: quotation -\family sans - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Quotation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family default - – besitzen nur einen Unterschied: + besitzen nur einen Unterschied: \family sans Zitat \begin_inset space \space{} @@ -6253,7 +5389,7 @@ wenn \begin_layout Quotation Hier ist ein neuer Absatz. - Ich könnte wie ein Politiker (nicht nur zur Wahlzeit) weiterschwafeln, + Ich könnte wie ein Politiker (nicht nur zur Wahlzeit) weiter schwafeln, aber es würde Sie langweilen. \end_layout @@ -6397,7 +5533,7 @@ Liste \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Listen" +name "sub:Listen" \end_inset @@ -6619,13 +5755,6 @@ Zurück zu Stufe zwei. \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Und zurück zu Stufe eins. -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Zurück-zu-Stufe-1" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -6723,7 +5852,7 @@ Liste ! Aufzahlung@Aufzählung \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Aufzählung" +name "sub:Aufzählung" \end_inset @@ -6935,7 +6064,7 @@ Beschreibung \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Beschreibung" +name "sub:Beschreibung" \end_inset @@ -7002,7 +6131,7 @@ Leerzeichen .) Lesen Sie auch Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Variabler-horiz-Abstand" +reference "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" \end_inset @@ -7135,7 +6264,7 @@ reference "sub:Auflistung" - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Beschreibung" +reference "sub:Beschreibung" \end_inset @@ -7156,7 +6285,7 @@ Aufzählung , und es ist in Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Aufzählung" +reference "sub:Aufzählung" \end_inset @@ -7204,7 +6333,7 @@ Beschreibung -Umgebung behandelt (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Beschreibung" +reference "sub:Beschreibung" \end_inset @@ -7418,7 +6547,7 @@ Abstand ! variabler horizontaler Wir werden variable horizontale Abstände später in Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Variabler-horiz-Abstand" +reference "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" \end_inset @@ -8251,8 +7380,8 @@ itshape, style=nextline \lang english -Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are - energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore +Ionizing radiation consists of particles oder electromagnetic waves that + are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms oder molecules, therefore ionizing them. \end_layout @@ -8264,8 +7393,8 @@ Reference \end_inset counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing - the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an - object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. + the number of references, pointers, oder handles to a resource such as + an object, block of memory, disk space oder other resource. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -8563,19 +7692,9 @@ PLZ Ort \begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen, ist zwischen \family sans -Adresse ( +Adresse \family default -LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Address -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Address -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -) und + und \family sans Adresse \begin_inset space \space{} @@ -8673,17 +7792,7 @@ Die \family sans Zusammenfassung \family default --Umgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Abstract -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abstract -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -) kann man nur in den +-Umgebung kann man nur in den \family sans article \family default @@ -8805,7 +7914,7 @@ Literaturverzeichnis!-Umgebung \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung" +name "sub:Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung" \end_inset @@ -8827,17 +7936,7 @@ Literaturverzeichnis \end_inset - (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Bibliography -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -) wird für Literaturangaben benutzt. + wird für Literaturangaben benutzt. Technisch gesehen \emph on könnten @@ -8899,12 +7998,12 @@ Eine ausführliche Beschreibung der Literaturverzeichnis \family default -Umgebung finden Sie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - + \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref +LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis" \end_inset @@ -8936,13 +8035,6 @@ Es gibt drei Absatzumgebungen, die einfach in keine Kategorie passen, weil \begin_layout Subsubsection Legende, Legende oben, Legende unten -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Legende,-Legende-oben-unten" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -9070,7 +8162,7 @@ X!-Code \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "LyX-Code" +name "sub:LyX-Code" \end_inset @@ -9261,7 +8353,16 @@ Absatz!-umgebungen|) \end_inset - + Für längeren Programmcode verwenden Sie Programmlistings, die in Kapitel + +\emph on +Programm-Code-Listen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Eingebettete Objekte +\emph default + Handbuchs erklärt. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -9317,15 +8418,6 @@ schine sehr stark. Mit einer Schreibmaschine ist Text bloß Tinte auf Papier. Bei einigen Textverarbeitungen ist das auch heute noch das Hauptproblem. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomen est omen! -\end_layout - -\end_inset - LyX dagegen behandelt Text als einen zusammengehörigen Block in einem spezielle n Kontext und mit speziellen Eigenschaften. Aber was ist, wenn Sie möchten, dass ein Block einige Eigenschaften eines @@ -9616,21 +8708,7 @@ Teil \end_inset - -\family default - (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: part -\family sans - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -part -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -), Kapitel, +, Kapitel, \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -11597,9 +10675,9 @@ Abstände, Seiten- und Zeilenumbrüche \lang english What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers - you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot + you more spaces: Spaces of different width und spaces which can oder cannot be broken at the end of a line. - The following Abschnitts will show you some examples where those spaces + The folgenden Abschnitts will show you some Beispiele where those spaces are useful. \end_layout @@ -11753,7 +10831,7 @@ Abstand \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "Tab:Maßeinheiten" +reference "tab:Maßeinheiten" \end_inset @@ -12316,7 +11394,7 @@ em Variabler horizontaler Abstand \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Variabler-horiz-Abstand" +name "sub:Variabler-horiz-Abstand" \end_inset @@ -12541,7 +11619,7 @@ Leerraum ! Phantom \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. +Sometimes you want to insert space mit exactly the length of a phrase. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -12550,7 +11628,7 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -you want to create the following multiple choice question +you want to create the folgenden multiple choice question \lang ngerman : \end_layout @@ -12567,6 +11645,8 @@ Was ist korrektes Englisch?: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset + +\lang english Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12602,6 +11682,8 @@ Mr. \end_inset jumps +\lang ngerman + \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset @@ -12611,7 +11693,7 @@ jumps \begin_layout Standard \lang english -So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase +So that the choices appear exactly nach the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -12628,15 +11710,19 @@ Edge \end_inset . - To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu + To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the +\lang ngerman + Menü \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator Phantom \family default . - In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two - lines and insert + +\lang english +In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two + lines und insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -12652,16 +11738,20 @@ Edge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - into the phantom inset (note the space after -\begin_inset Quotes eld + into the phantom inset (note the space +\lang ngerman + nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset Edge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + +\lang english ). - A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder). + A phantom insets prints nur the space of its content (like a placeholder). That is why it is named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -12671,8 +11761,8 @@ phantom \end_inset . - The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space, - while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding + The normal phantom outputs the width und height of the content as space, + while the horizontal und vertical variant nur outputs the corresponding dimension. \end_layout @@ -12743,11 +11833,7 @@ Wir werden kein Beispiel für \family sans Variabel \family default - (LaTeX -\family sans -VFill -\family default -) zeigen, weil es Papierverschwendung ist. + zeigen, weil es Papierverschwendung ist. Er arbeitet so wie die anderen Fülltypen, einschließlich variabler horizontaler Abstand: er füllt den restlichen senkrechten Raum einer Seite mit Leerraum. Gibt es mehrere @@ -12783,7 +11869,7 @@ Bemerkung \series medium If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of - a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option + a page, the space is nur added if you have auch checked the Option \family sans Protect \family default @@ -13267,14 +12353,14 @@ Line Break \family default - or with + oder mit \family sans \lang ngerman Strg+Enter \family default \lang english . - Another type that is inserted via the menu + Another type that is inserted via the Menü \family sans \lang ngerman Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -13291,9 +12377,9 @@ Line Break \family default - breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between + breaks the line und stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between the page margins. - This is necessary to avoid + This is notwendig to avoid \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -13309,7 +12395,7 @@ fringes \lang english You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as LaTeX is very good at line breaking. - There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively + There are, however, a number of situations where it is notwendig to actively set a line break, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -13318,7 +12404,7 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -in a poem or for an address +in a poem oder für an address \lang ngerman (siehe die Abschnitte \begin_inset space ~ @@ -13436,7 +12522,7 @@ Alle Zeichen Ihrer Tastatur können Sie direkt eingeben. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Tastaturtabellen" +reference "sub:Tastaturtabellen" \end_inset @@ -13492,6 +12578,13 @@ Text ! -stil \end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Schrift-und-Textstile" + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -13665,18 +12758,18 @@ Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts. That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX distribution. - The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts, - which have to be provided by additional files and packages. + The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information über the fonts, which + have to be provided by additional files und packages. The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared to usual word processors. - On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts - are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable + On the other hand this comes mit the advantage that the provided fonts + are generally of very good quality, und that LaTeX files are very portable across different machines. Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a - lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial + lot meanwhile so that you can find packages für many free und commercial fonts. - In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface - (see Abschnitt + In LyX, nur a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface + (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13687,7 +12780,7 @@ reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" \end_inset - for details). + für Details). However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font). @@ -13697,10 +12790,10 @@ reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" \lang english Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are - also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating - system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX. + auch able to directly access fonts that are installed für your operating + system (OS), namely XeTeX und LuaTeX. Both engines are now supported by LyX. - By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font + By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType oder TrueType font that is installed on your system. The next Abschnitt describes how to use these OS fonts. \end_layout @@ -13717,7 +12810,7 @@ status open \lang english Achtung: \series default - In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci + In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics und other font deficienci es; so you might have to experiment. \end_layout @@ -13738,8 +12831,8 @@ status open \lang english Achtung: \series default - XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature - as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX. + XeTeX und especially LuaTeX, are still rather new und thus not as mature + as traditional LaTeX oder PDFLaTeX. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -13792,7 +12885,7 @@ In the \family sans Fonts \family default - Abschnitt of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for + Abschnitt of the Dialogs, you can specify which font should be used für the three different font shapes \lang ngerman — Serifenschrift, @@ -13805,19 +12898,15 @@ Schreibmaschine \family default — \lang english -you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for (some) sans serif - and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with the roman font. +you can specify the base Schriftgröße und scaling factors für (some) sans + serif und typewriter fonts if this is notwendig to fit mit the roman font. \lang ngerman \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -für die drei Typen -\family sans -Roman -\family default -, +Für die drei Typen Serifenschrift, \family sans Serifenfrei \family default @@ -13838,7 +12927,11 @@ Standard \family default benutzt entweder die TeX-Schriftart \family typewriter -Computer Modern (cm) +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern (cm) \family default oder \family typewriter @@ -13900,7 +12993,7 @@ status collapsed eX) \family default - or + oder \family sans DVI (LuaT \begin_inset ERT @@ -13923,7 +13016,7 @@ e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see Abschnitt +you will have to have entweder XeTeX oder LuaTeX installed (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13937,18 +13030,71 @@ reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" ). You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described below). - Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman, - sans + Note that LyX lists all available fonts in entweder of the three lists + (roman, sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family. - Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due +serif, und typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family. + Also note that the output might fail mit some of the listed fonts, due to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{} or font failures. Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the + font include +\family sans +Default +\family default + und a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution. + If you select +\family sans +Default, +\family default + the font that is preset by the aktuelle document class is used. + In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +) oder +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +European Computer Modern +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +), but some Klassen preset different default fonts. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Standard Weil \family typewriter @@ -13976,16 +13122,14 @@ Der Adobe Reader ab Version 6 glättet sie mit einem speziellen Renderer \begin_layout Itemize Wählen Sie die -\family typewriter -Latin Modern -\family default - ( -\family typewriter -lm +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default -) Schriften, -\lang english -which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of + Schriften, was empfohlen ist, wenn Sie die das Aussehen der \family typewriter cm \family default @@ -13993,41 +13137,39 @@ cm \family typewriter ec \family default -. + Schriften behalten wollen. -\family typewriter -Latin Modern +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default - -\lang ngerman -wurden für die LaTeX-Gemeinde entwickelt, um die + wurde für die LaTeX-Gemeinde entwickelt, um die \family typewriter cm \family default -Schriften als Standard abzulösen. + Sie enthält eine riesige Anzahl an Glyphen und verschiedene Schriftschnitte. + Außer einigen Details, in denen das Aussehen verbessert wurde, schaut +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\lang english - It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. - Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, -\family typewriter -lm +Modern \family default - looks identical to + identisch zu \family typewriter cm \family default -; + aus; \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -One difference is improved kerning for the -\family typewriter -lm -\family default - fonts. +Ein Unterschied ist eine bessere Unterschneidung. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14036,22 +13178,28 @@ lm \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Wählen Sie die -\family typewriter +oder wählen Sie +\family sans AE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Almost +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European) \family default --Schriften ( -\family typewriter -Almost European -\family default -) -\lang english -in (the rare) case that -\family typewriter -Latin Modern + für den (seltenen) Fall dass +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default - is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate - the look of + nicht verfügbar ist oder nicht funktioniert, Sie aber das Aussehen der + Schrift \family typewriter cm \family default @@ -14059,9 +13207,7 @@ cm \family typewriter ec \family default -. - -\lang ngerman + emulieren wollen. \family typewriter AE @@ -14102,16 +13248,34 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Wenn Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann das LaTeX-Paket -\family typewriter +\series bold aeguill -\family default - laden ( -\family typewriter +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-Paket ! aeguill +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + mit der Zeile +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series bold \backslash usepackage[ec]{aeguill} -\family default -), wird dieses Problem beseitigt. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\series default +laden, wird dieses Problem beseitigt. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14159,9 +13323,7 @@ e + \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize - -\lang english -If you do not like the look of +Wenn Sie das Aussehen von \family typewriter cm \family default @@ -14169,82 +13331,97 @@ cm \family typewriter ec \family default -, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e. + nicht mögen, können Sie natürlich eine der anderen angebotenen Vektorschriftart +en verwenden, z. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g. +B. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default - or + oder \family typewriter \family sans Palatino \family default . - Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -serif and typewriter fonts + Die meisten Vektorschriftarten mit Serifen wählen automatisch eine passende + serifenlose und eine Schreibmaschine-Schriftart aus \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. +Dies sind entweder einfach passende andere Schriftarten (z. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., +B. + verwendet \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman die Schrift \family default - selects + \family sans -Helvetiva +Helvetica \family default - for sans serif text), and sometimes, e. + für serifenlosen Text), oder verschiedene Schnitte der selben Schrift, + d. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g. - with -\family typewriter -Latin Modern -\family default - or -\family typewriter -Computer Modern -\family default -, different shapes of the same font, i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +h. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -e. - a real font +eine echte \emph on -family +Schriftfamilie \emph default -. -\end_layout + (z. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset +B. + im Fall von +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, but you can also select your own. -\lang ngerman +Modern +\family default + oder +\family sans +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\end_inset +, aber Sie könne auch eigene explizit festlegen. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Die Unterschiede zwischen Roman, +Die Unterschiede zwischen Serifenschrift, \family sans Serifenfrei \family default @@ -14267,23 +13444,26 @@ reference "sub:Textstil-Dialog" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Die Schrift Times Roman wurde ursprünglich für Zeitungen entwickelt. +Die Schrift +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman +\family default + wurde ursprünglich für Zeitungen entwickelt. Das bedeutet, dass ihre Zeichen kleiner als die von anderen Schriften sind, damit sie in die schmalen Zeitungsspalten passen. Deshalb ist diese Schrift für große Dokumente wie Bücher nicht geeignet. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -Am besten ist es, -\family typewriter -Latin-Modern -\family default - zu benutzen. - Diese Schriften wurden für die LaTeX-Gemeinde entwickelt, um die -\family typewriter -cm -\family default --Schriften als Standard abzulösen. +\begin_layout Standard +Für die Schriftgröße gibt es generell vier mögliche Werte: Standard, 10, + 11 und 12. + Einige Klassen bieten zusätzliche Größen an. + Die Größe von Standard hängt von der Klasse ab, die Sie benutzen. + Bei den Standard-Klassen ist sie gleich der Schriftgröße 10. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14364,7 +13544,7 @@ Default Family \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -serif or typewriter. +serif oder typewriter. The \family sans Default @@ -14379,7 +13559,7 @@ Default \family sans roman \family default -, but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults. +, but some Klassen (such as presentation Klassen) auch use other defaults. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14407,7 +13587,7 @@ X font encoding \emph on fontenc \emph default - (see also sec. + (siehe auch Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14438,18 +13618,18 @@ With some fonts, the checkboxes \family sans Use Old Style Figures \family default - and + und \family sans Use True Small Caps \family default are enabled. - These are extra features some fonts provide. + These are extra Features some fonts provide. If \family sans Use Old Style Figures \family default - is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures, - i. + is checked, the font uses old style (auch known as medieval oder text) + figures, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -14457,7 +13637,7 @@ e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters. +figures mit varying height that fit nicely mit lower letters. \family sans Use True Small Caps @@ -14469,15 +13649,9 @@ Use True Small Caps \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Im CJK-Feld -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "CJK-Feld" - -\end_inset - -können die Benutzer von Chinesisch, Japanisch oder Koreanisch (CJK) eine - Schrift festlegen, mit dem die Schriftzeichen dargestellt werden sollen. +Im CJK-Feld können die Benutzer von Chinesisch, Japanisch oder Koreanisch + (CJK) eine Schrift festlegen, mit dem die Schriftzeichen dargestellt werden + sollen. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -14697,20 +13871,6 @@ Es gibt immer Situationen, in denen man Feineinstellungen vornehmen muss. Deshalb hat LyX Möglichkeiten, den Buchstabenstil zu verändern. Zum Beispiel schreiben ein wissenschaftliches Journal oder eine Firma vor, dass eine Schrift ohne Serifen in gewissen Situationen zu benutzen ist. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bemerkung von -\noun on -John Weiss -\noun default -: Für die LyX-Dokumentation gibt es auch Stilvorschriften, weil Handbücher - eine gewisse Konsistenz haben sollten. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Schriftsteller benutzen manchmal eine andere Schrift, um die Gedanken einer Person von einem gewöhnlichen Dialog abzuheben. \end_layout @@ -14728,7 +13888,7 @@ mit Kanonen auf Spatzen schießen \emph default . Außerdem sieht ein Dokument, das sehr viele Schriften und Größen benutzt, - wirklich so aus, als hätte jemand Löcher hineingeschossen. + wirklich so aus, als hätte jemand Löcher hinein geschossen. – Aber genug gejammert. \end_layout @@ -15145,7 +14305,7 @@ al zur Standardschriftgröße. \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard -Die Optionen (und ihre Tastenkürzel) sind: +Die Optionen sind: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -15167,21 +14327,7 @@ winzige Schriftgröße. \size default - LaTeX: -\color black -tiny -\color inherit - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -tiny -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - oder winzig (Tastenkürzel: + (Tastenkürzel: \family sans Alt+S \begin_inset space ~ @@ -15223,17 +14369,7 @@ sehr kleine Schriftgröße. \size default - LaTeX: scriptsize -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -scriptsize -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - oder sehr klein (Tastenkürzel: + (Tastenkürzel: \family sans Alt+S \begin_inset space ~ @@ -15261,19 +14397,9 @@ Fußnoten \end_inset -Schriftgröße. - -\size default -LaTeX: footnotesize -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -footnotesize -\end_layout -\end_inset - - oder Fußnote ( +\size default + ( \size small Tastenkürzel \size default @@ -15305,19 +14431,9 @@ kleine \end_inset Schriftgröße. - -\size default -LaTeX: small -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -small -\end_layout - -\end_inset - oder klein ( +\size default + ( \size small Tastenkürzel: \size default @@ -15355,17 +14471,6 @@ normale \end_inset Schriftgröße. - LaTeX: normalsize -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -normalsize -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - oder normal. Dies ist auch die Standardgröße (Tastenkürzel: \family sans Alt+S @@ -15398,19 +14503,9 @@ große \end_inset Schriftgröße. - -\size default -LaTeX: large -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -large -\end_layout -\end_inset - - oder groß (Tastenkürzel: +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: \family sans Alt+S \begin_inset space ~ @@ -15448,17 +14543,7 @@ größere Schriftgröße. \size default -LaTeX: Large -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Large -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - oder Größer (Tastenkürzel: +(Tastenkürzel: \family sans Alt+S \begin_inset space ~ @@ -15498,19 +14583,9 @@ noch größere \end_inset Schriftgröße. - -\size default -LaTeX: LARGE -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LARGE -\end_layout - -\end_inset - oder noch größer (Tastenkürzel: +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: \family sans Alt+S \begin_inset space ~ @@ -15538,19 +14613,9 @@ riesige \end_inset Schriftgröße. - -\size default -LaTeX: huge -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -huge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - oder riesig (Tastenkürzel: +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: \family sans Alt+S \begin_inset space ~ @@ -15586,19 +14651,9 @@ gigantische \end_inset Schriftgröße. - -\size default -LaTeX: Huge -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Huge -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - oder gigantisch (Tastenkürzel: +\size default + (Tastenkürzel: \family sans Alt+S \begin_inset space \space{} @@ -16027,8 +15082,6 @@ Ausgabe-Dateiformate status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dateiformate \end_layout @@ -16050,8 +15103,6 @@ ASCII status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dateiformate ! ASCII \end_layout @@ -16114,8 +15165,6 @@ LaTeX status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dateiformate ! LaTeX \end_layout @@ -16137,13 +15186,12 @@ Dieses Dateiformat hat die Endung \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - und enthält alle -\lang english -commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process your document. - If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process - it manually with console commands. - The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever - you view or export your document. + und enthält alle Befehle, die von LaTeX benötigt werden um das Dokument + zu prozessieren. + Wenn die LaTeX verstehen, können Sie so die Ursache von LaTeX-Fehler ergründen + oder die Datei mittels Konsolenbefehlen bearbeiten. + Die LaTeX-Datei wird automatisch in LyXs temporärem Verzeichnis erstellt, + wann immer Sie Ihr Dokument ansehen oder exportieren. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -16173,8 +15221,6 @@ DVI status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dateiformate ! DVI \end_layout @@ -16208,20 +15254,20 @@ device-independent \end_inset (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine - to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. - DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats, + to another ohne needing to do any sort of conversion. + DVIs are used für quick previews und as pre-stage für other output formats, like PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -DVI files do not contain images, they only link them. - So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. +DVI files do not contain images, they nur link them. + So don't forget to deliver the images together mit your DVIs. Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when you view the DVI. - So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images. + So we recommend to use PDF für files mit many images. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -16231,7 +15277,7 @@ Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI \family default - or + oder \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -16255,7 +15301,7 @@ X) exportieren. \lang english -The latter option uses the program +The latter Option uses the program \family typewriter LuaTeX \family default @@ -16264,8 +15310,8 @@ LuaTeX \family typewriter LuaTeX \family default - is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct - font access (see Abschnitt + is an engine that provides direct Unicode support und support für direct + font access (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16287,8 +15333,6 @@ PostScript status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dateiformate ! PostScript \end_layout @@ -16318,7 +15362,7 @@ PostScript was developed by the company Adobe \family default as a printer language. - The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the + The file contains therefore Befehle that the printer uses to print the file. PostScript can be seen as a \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -16328,14 +15372,14 @@ programming language \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. +; you can calculate mit it und draw diagrams und images. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english -When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the +When you are interested to learn more über this, have a look at the \lang ngerman LaTeX-Paket \series bold @@ -16362,7 +15406,7 @@ LaTeX-Paket ! pstricks \begin_layout Standard \lang english -PostScript can only contain images in the format +PostScript can nur contain images in the format \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16393,8 +15437,8 @@ images in your document, LyX has to do 50 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -conversions whenever you view or export your document. - This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically. +conversions whenever you view oder export your document. + This will slow down your workflow mit LyX drastically. So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as EPS to avoid this problem. \end_layout @@ -16415,8 +15459,6 @@ PDF status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dateiformate ! PDF \end_layout @@ -16427,8 +15469,6 @@ Dateiformate ! PDF status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english PDF \end_layout @@ -16466,7 +15506,7 @@ Portable Document Format Adobe \family default was derived from PostScript. - It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript. + It is more compressed und it uses fewer Befehle than PostScript. As the name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16475,14 +15515,14 @@ portable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output + implies, it can be processed at any computer system und the printed output looks exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats +PDF can contain images in its own PDF format und in the formats \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16502,7 +15542,7 @@ Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - or + oder \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16514,7 +15554,7 @@ Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) and +) und \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16537,7 +15577,7 @@ Portable Network Graphics ). You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the background to one of these formats. - But as described in the Abschnitt about PostScript, the image conversion + But as described in the Abschnitt über PostScript, the image conversion will slow down your workflow. So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats. \end_layout @@ -16578,7 +15618,7 @@ This uses the program \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default - that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to + that converts your file in the background to DVI und in a second step to PDF. \end_layout @@ -16623,8 +15663,8 @@ XeTeX \family typewriter XeTeX \family default - is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct - font access (see Abschnitt + is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support und support für direct + font access (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16670,8 +15710,8 @@ LuaTeX \family typewriter pdflatex \family default -, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font - access (see Abschnitt +, that auch provides direct Unicode support und support für direct font + access (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16684,7 +15724,7 @@ reference "sub:LaTeX-Schriftunterstützung" ). LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard - tex processor. + TeX processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -16702,8 +15742,8 @@ PDF \family typewriter pdftex \family default - supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and - works without problems. + supports all the Features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, und + works ohne problems. If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{} or specific OpenType fonts, you might want to try out @@ -16725,7 +15765,7 @@ status collapsed X) \family default - or + oder \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ @@ -16758,8 +15798,6 @@ XHTML status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dateiformate ! XHTML \end_layout @@ -16770,8 +15808,6 @@ Dateiformate ! XHTML status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english HTML \end_layout @@ -16796,10 +15832,10 @@ This file type has the extension \end_inset . - It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. - It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and - when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats - suitable for the purpose. + It is a file suitable für viewing in web browsers. + It does not itself contain images und the like but nur links them, und + when LyX produces XHTML, it auch generates corresponding images in formats + suitable für the purpose. Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support it, but not all do. \end_layout @@ -16815,12 +15851,12 @@ under development \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, and not all LyX features are supported yet. - See the chapter +, und not all LyX Features are supported yet. + Siehe the Kapitel \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -LyX and the World Wide Web +LyX und the World Wide Web \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset @@ -16828,19 +15864,17 @@ LyX and the World Wide Web \emph on Additional Features \emph default - Handbuch, for more information. + Handbuch, für more information. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +You can export your document as an XHTML file using the +\lang ngerman + Menü Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LyX-HTML -\family default -. +LyX-HTML. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -16849,8 +15883,6 @@ Vorschau status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english Dokument ! Vorschau \end_layout @@ -16862,12 +15894,13 @@ Dokument ! Vorschau \begin_layout Standard \lang english -To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks - in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu +To get a look at the final version of your document, mit all of the page + breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, und so on, use the Menü + \family sans View \family default - and choose a file type. + und choose a file type. A viewing program will pop up showing the output. For \family sans @@ -16880,13 +15913,13 @@ DVI \end_inset - (shortcut + (Tastenkürzel \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-view dvi" \end_inset -), for +), für \family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF @@ -16901,7 +15934,7 @@ PDF \end_inset -, and for +, und für \family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Postscript @@ -16912,7 +15945,7 @@ Postscript \end_inset - (shortcut + (Tastenkürzel \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-view ps" @@ -16925,7 +15958,7 @@ arg "buffer-view ps" \lang english If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same - viewer window using the menu + viewer Fenster using the Menü \family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Aktualisieren @@ -16936,18 +15969,16 @@ Aktualisieren \begin_layout Standard \lang english -When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary +When you preview a file, the output file is nur generated in LyX's temporary directory. To have a real output, export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection - -\lang english -Printing the File from within LyX +Die Datei von LyX aus ausdrucken \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Printing-the-File" +name "sub:Datei-ausdrucken" \end_inset @@ -16957,14 +15988,18 @@ name "sub:Printing-the-File" \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print +Instead of exporting your file und then printing it, you can auch print it directly from within LyX. - To print a file, select the menu + To print a file, select the +\lang ngerman +Menü \family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Print +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Drucken \family default - or click on the toolbar button + oder +\lang english +click on the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png @@ -16987,55 +16022,47 @@ Ghostscript \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this - is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after - printing one set to print on the other side. +You can choose to print nur even-numbered oder odd-numbered pages — this + is useful für printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages nach printing + one set to print on the other side. Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack - of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. + of pages out of the printer ohne needing to reorder them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can set the parameters in the +You can set the Parameter in the \family sans -Print -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Destination +Druckziel \family default - box as follows: + Box as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -Printer +Drucker \family default - This is the name of the printer to print to. + Dies ist der Name des Druckers, auf dem ausgedruckt werden soll. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -Note that this printer name is for the program +Man beachte, dass dies der Druckername für das Programm \family typewriter dvips \family default -. - That means + ist. + Das bedeutet, dass \family typewriter dvips \family default - has to be configured for this printer name. - The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see Abschnitt -\lang ngerman - + für diesen Druckernamen konfiguriert sein muss. + Der Standard-Drucker kann in LyXs Einstellungen-Dialog festgelegt werden, + siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17051,20 +16078,19 @@ reference "sub:Drucker" \end_inset - The printer should understand PostScript. + Der Drucker sollte PostScript verarbeiten können. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -\lang english -File +Datei \family default - The name of a file to print to. - The output will be a PostScript file. - It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full - path. + Der Name einer Datei in die ausgegeben werden soll. + Die Ausgabe wird eine PostScript-Datei sein. + Sie wird in LyXs Arbeitsverzeichnis erstellt, falls kein Pfad angegeben + wird. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -17431,9 +16457,9 @@ Allgemein In LyX gibt es keine Silbentrennung, erst in der Druckausgabe, und zwar automatisch. Das macht das LaTeX-Paket -\family typewriter +\series bold babel -\family default +\series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -17650,7 +16676,7 @@ Sie benutzen statt des Bindestrichs \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "TeX-Code-Kästchen" +reference "sub:TeX-Code-Kästchen" \end_inset @@ -17848,7 +16874,7 @@ geeigneten Leerraum \emph default ein: zwischen dem Punkt am Ende eines Satzes und dem ersten Wort des nächsten kommt ein wenig mehr Leerraum. - Abkürzungen bekommen hinter dem Punkt genausoviel Leerraum wie normale + Abkürzungen bekommen hinter dem Punkt genauso viel Leerraum wie normale Worte. \end_layout @@ -18029,13 +17055,6 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Anführungszeichen" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -18102,7 +17121,7 @@ Anführungszeichen \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -text +Text \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset @@ -18125,7 +17144,7 @@ doppelt \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset -text +Text \begin_inset Quotes srd \end_inset @@ -18148,7 +17167,7 @@ doppelt \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset -text +Text \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset @@ -18171,7 +17190,7 @@ doppelt \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset -text +Text \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset @@ -18194,7 +17213,7 @@ doppelt \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset -text +Text \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset @@ -18217,7 +17236,7 @@ doppelt \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset -text +Text \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset @@ -18481,7 +17500,7 @@ Leerzeichen \family default (Tastenkürzel \family sans -Strg+Shift+Leerzeichen +Strg+Umschalt+Leerzeichen \family default ). \end_layout @@ -18653,23 +17672,6 @@ key "latexguide" Auf jeden Fall müssen Sie sich fast nie darum kümmern. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn so etwas trotzdem auftritt und Sie ärgert, können Sie versuchen, es - mit den Einträgen -\family typewriter - -\backslash -widowpenalty=10000 -\family default - und -\family typewriter - -\backslash -clubpenalty=10000 -\family default - im LaTeX-Vorspann loszuwerden. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Chapter Notizen, Abbildungen, Tabellen und Gleitobjekte \end_layout @@ -18696,121 +17698,137 @@ name "sec:Notizen" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Es gibt zwei Kategorien von Notizen: die eine ist in LyX nur für den Verfasser - eines Dokumentes da, um sich, wie der Name sagt, Notizen zu machen, und - wird nicht gedruckt. - Die andere wird gedruckt. - Es gibt fünf Arten, die über -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Notiz -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/note-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - ausgewählt werden können und mit einem Rechts-Klick auf das Kästchen geändert - werden können: +\lang english +LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Description +LyX-Notiz +\lang english + This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + -\family sans -LyX-Notiz: -\family default - \begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -LyX-Notiz + +\lang english +This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. \end_layout \end_inset - sie erscheint nur in LyX. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Notiz!Lyx@LyX \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Kommentar +\lang english + This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comment, + when you export the document to LaTeX via the +\lang ngerman + Menü +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX (pdflatex) / (normal) +\family default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize +\lang english -\family sans -Kommentar: -\family default - \begin_inset Note Comment -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Kommentar + +\lang english +This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files. \end_layout \end_inset - wird auch beim Exportieren nach LaTeX und Einfacher Text mit exportiert. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Description +Grauschrift +\lang english + This note will appear in the output as grey text. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + -\family sans -Grauschrift: -\family default - wird, wie der Name sagt, als \begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +This is text +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -grauer + +\lang english +This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. + In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue. + How this can be done is explained in the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \end_inset - Text gedruckt. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Notiz!Grauschrift + of a comment that appears in the output as grey text. \end_layout \end_inset - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Notiz!Kommentar -\end_layout +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - Wenn Ihnen das Standardgrau zu hell ist, können Sie es ändern, wie in -\emph on -Eingebettete Objekte -\emph default - beschrieben. +As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit + indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete Objekte -\emph default + +\lang english +Notes are inserted with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "note-insert" +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +\lang ngerman +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Notiz +\family default +\lang english . + Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -18841,11 +17859,7 @@ Im Gegensatz zu anderen Textverarbeitungsprogrammen stellt LyX Fußnoten \emph on einklappbare \emph default - Gleitobjekte, auch -\emph on -Floats -\emph default - genannt. + Gleitobjekte. Wenn Sie über den Menüpunkt \family sans Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -18863,7 +17877,7 @@ Fußnote \emph on Fußnote \emph default - und einer Zahl (standardmäßig hellblau) beschriftetetes Kästchen und rechts + und einer Zahl (standardmäßig hellblau) beschriftetes Kästchen und rechts davon ein roter Rahmen. \end_layout @@ -18907,15 +17921,11 @@ Fußnote den Text, in dem sich die Fußnote befindet) zurückwandeln, indem Sie den Cursor an den Anfang des Textes in der Fußnote setzen und Sie die -\family sans -Backspace -\family default --Taste ( \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ \end_inset -) drücken oder indem Sie den Cursor ans Ende des Fußnotentextes setzen und - die +-Taste drücken oder indem Sie den Cursor ans Ende des Fußnotentextes setzen + und die \family sans Entf \family default @@ -18949,7 +17959,7 @@ Hinweis: In LyX und LaTeX ist ein Gleitobjekt nicht einfach ein gewöhnlicher Das bedeutet, dass Sie innerhalb eines solchen Gleitobjektes alle Ihnen bekannten Layout-Elemente, ja sogar Tabellen oder Abbildungen verwenden können. - Das wird sicherlich nicht allzuoft der Fall sein, aber dann ist es ungemein + Das wird sicherlich nicht allzu oft der Fall sein, aber dann ist es ungemein praktisch. \end_layout @@ -18994,10 +18004,10 @@ Randnotiz \emph on Rand \emph default - (standardmäßig purpurrot) beschriftetetes Kästchen und rechts davon ein - roter Rahmen. + (standardmäßig purpurrot) beschriftetes Kästchen und rechts davon ein roter + Rahmen. \begin_inset Marginal -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Dies ist eine solche Randnotiz. @@ -19063,588 +18073,766 @@ name "sec:Abbildungen" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Kein Textverarbeitungsprogramm ist ohne die Fähigkeit, Grafiken und Bilder - aus anderen Anwendungen in das Dokument einzubinden, vollständig. - In LyX werden derartige Objekte -\emph on -Abbildungen -\emph default - genannt, unabhängig davon, ob es sich nun um Abbildungen im traditionellen - Sinn oder um sonstige Bilder handelt. - Mit Abbildungen kann LyX ganz hervorragend umgehen, es verwendet -\family typewriter -ImageMagick -\family default -, um die Bilder im LyX-Fenster darzustellen und den LaTeX-Befehl -\family typewriter -\backslash -includegraphics +\lang english +To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position + you want and click on the toolbar icon +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" +\end_inset + + or select +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Graphics \family default -, um sie im endgültigen Dokument einzubinden. + from the menu. + Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Ein Hinweis am Rande: Die Art von Abbildungen, die hier beschrieben werden, - haben keine zugeordneten Bildunterschriften und erscheinen im Text genau - da, wo Sie sie platziert haben. - Falls das nicht Ihren Bedürfnissen entspricht, lesen Sie bitte den Abschnitt - + +\lang english +This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. + The +\family sans +Graphics +\family default + tab allows you to choose your image file. + The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling + factor. + The scaling units are explained in Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\lang ngerman + \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Beschriftung-von-Abbildungen" +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:In-LyX-verfügbare" \end_inset + +\lang english . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Um eine Abbildung in Ihr Dokument einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \- -leiste oder wählen +\lang english +In the tab \family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Grafik\SpecialChar \ldots{} - +Clipping \family default - Ein Dialogfenster erscheint, in dem Sie einen Dateinamen direkt oder über + it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width + of the image in the output. + The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button \family sans -Durchsuchen -\family default - eingeben können. - -\end_layout +Get +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Description +from +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\series bold -Achtung -\series default -: Wenn Sie einen Dateinamen über -\family sans -Durchsuchen +file \family default - eingeben, wird LyX den gesamten Pfad in das Feld +. + The option \family sans -Datei -\family default - eintragen. - Das ist etwas lästig, wenn Sie relative Pfade benötigen. - Also passen Sie auf! -\end_layout +Clip +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Außerdem können Sie in diesem Dialogfenster einige Einstellungen ändern. - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/mobius.eps - lyxscale 30 - scale 20 +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +bounding +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - Ohne weitere Absatzformatierungen erscheint die Abbildung dort, wo sie - eingefügt wurde. - Das bedeutet auch, dass die Abbildung über den Seitenrand ragen kann wie - hier. - Um zum Beispiel kleine Bilder wie Icons in der Zeile zu zentrieren kann - man im +box +\family default + will only print the image region within the given coordinates. + Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore + the tab \family sans -Grafik +Clipping \family default --Dialogfenster auf der Karteikarte +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +In the \family sans -Ausschnitt +LaTeX and LyX options \family default - den y-Wert für + tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options. + You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX. + The option \family sans -Links +Draft \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -unten +mode \family default - ändern. - Wenn Ihnen das Ergebnis nicht gefällt, machen Sie Ihre Einstellungen am - besten durch einen Klick auf + has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame + with the image size is printed. + The option \family sans -Lese -\begin_inset space \space{} +Don't +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -aus -\begin_inset space \space{} +unzip +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Datei +on +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +export \family default - rückgängig. - Damit wird sichergestellt, dass nichts zurückbleibt. + is explained in the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual in section +\emph on +Graphics Dialog +\emph default +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In Tabelle -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Maßeinheiten-zur-Bildskalierung" + +\lang english +The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. + The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is + in the text. + This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/mobius.eps + scale 70 \end_inset - sind die Maßeinheiten zur Bild\SpecialChar \- -skalierung beschrieben. - Alle Veränderungen werden erst durchgeführt, wenn Sie auf -\family sans -Übernehmen -\family default - oder -\family sans -OK -\family default - klicken. - Wenn Sie später noch Änderungen vornehmen wollen, erhalten Sie das Dialogfenste -r auch, wenn Sie mit der linken Maustaste in die Abbildung klicken. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption +\lang english +If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put + the image into a float, see section +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Maßeinheiten-zur-Bildskalierung" + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Figure-Floats" \end_inset -Maßeinheiten zur Bildskalierung +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Grafikformate \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bildskalierung +Grafikformate \end_layout \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Grafikformate" \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +Sie können Grafiken in allen bekannten Formaten einfügen, aber weil jedes + Druckausgabe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Einheit +"= \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +Format nur bestimmte Grafikformate zulässt, benutzt LyX das Programm +\family typewriter +ImageMagick +\family default + im Hintergrund, um die Bilder ins richtige Format zu konvertieren. + In den Abschnitt +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset -\series bold -Name/Beschreibung -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -mm + ist beschrieben, welche Grafikformate Sie benutzen sollten. + Ähnlich wie bei Schriften gibt es zwei Hauptarten: \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Pixelbilder +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Millimeter -\end_layout +(Bitmaps) bestehen aus einzelnen Pixeln, oft in komprimierter Form. + Bei starker Vergrößerung sind diese Pixel sichtbar – man spricht vom +\emph on +Treppeneffekt +\emph default + (oder von +\emph on +Aliasing +\emph default +). + Bekannte Formate sind +\lang english + +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cm -\end_layout +Graphics Interchange Format +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + (GIF, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Zentimeter -\end_layout +\family typewriter +.gif +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -in +GIF|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Zoll (Inch) + +} \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pt + \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Punkt (72.27 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -pt = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Portable Network Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -in) -\end_layout - + (PNG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -pc -\end_layout +\family typewriter +.png +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Pica (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +PNG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -pc = 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -pt) +{ \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -sp + +} \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Scaled Point (65536 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + +\end_layout + \end_inset -sp = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +, und +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -pt) -\end_layout +Joint Photographic Experts Group +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + (JPG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -bp -\end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\family typewriter +.jpg +\family default -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Big Point (72 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -bp = 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + oder +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -in) -\end_layout +\family typewriter +.jpeg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -dd +JPG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Didot (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset -dd -\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset +} +\end_layout - 0.376 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -mm) + \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -cc +. \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Skalierbare +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Cicero (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Grafiken +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -cc = 12 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +(Vektor-) bestehen aus Vektoren, die das Bild beschreiben, und lassen sich + ohne Datenverlust beliebig vergrößern. + Das ist bei Präsentationen wichtig, weil dort die Bilder durch den Projektor + skaliert werden. + Hilfreich sind sie auch bei Online-Dokumenten, um den Benutzer in Diagramme + hineinzoomen zu lassen. +\lang english + +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -dd) -\end_layout +Scalable image formats can be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +Scalable Vector Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - - + (SVG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\family typewriter +.svg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +SVG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Einheit +{ \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Name/Beschreibung +} \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Scale% + \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -% der originalen Bildbreite -\end_layout +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text + +Encapsulated PostScript +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (EPS, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.eps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -text% +EPS|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +Grafikformate +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Textbreite + +} \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, und +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Portable Document Format +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (PDF, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -col% + +\lang english +PDF \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +. + We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF + oder EPS und the result won't be scalable. + In this cases nur a header mit the image properties is added to the original + image +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Spaltenbreite + +\lang english +In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. \end_layout \end_inset - - + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Abbildungseinstellungen gruppieren +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Abbildungen!Einstellungen gruppieren +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Jede Abbildung kann eine neue Gruppe von Abbildungseinstellungen definieren + oder zu einer vorhandenen hinzugefügt werden. + Abbildungen einer Gruppe haben dieselben Einstellungen, so dass die Änderung + der Einstellungen einer Abbildung automatisch die Einstellungen aller Abbildung +en dieser Gruppe ändert. + Das erleichtert das Bearbeiten ähnlicher Abbildungen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Eine Gruppe definieren Sie, indem im Grafik-Dialogfenster einer Abbildung + auf der Karteikarte +\family sans +LaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X- +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +und +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +X-Optionen +\family default + im Feld +\family sans +Gruppenname +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +initialisieren +\family default + einen Namen einfügen. + Wenn Sie dann im Grafik-Dialogfenster einer anderen Abbildung denselben + Namen eintragen, gehört auch diese Abbildung zur Gruppe. + Wenn es schon Gruppennamen gibt, können Sie diese im Kontextmenü (Rechtsklick + auf die Abbildung) ankreuzen. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Tabellen +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tabellen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Tabellen" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +You can insert a table using either the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "tabular-insert" +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table +\family default +. + A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. + The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated + from the rest of the table. + This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row + have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above + them. + Here's an example table: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -page% + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Seitenbreite +1 \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -line% +2 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Zeilenbreite +3 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19655,27 +18843,25 @@ line% \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -theight% +A \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Texthöhe + \end_layout \end_inset - - \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -pheight% + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19684,7 +18870,7 @@ pheight% \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -% der Seitenhöhe + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19695,29 +18881,25 @@ pheight% \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -ex +B \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Höhe des Buchstabens -\emph on -x + \end_layout \end_inset - - \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -em + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19726,9 +18908,7 @@ em \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Breite des Buchstabens -\emph on -m + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19739,28 +18919,34 @@ m \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -mu +C \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math Unit (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset -mu = -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{18}$ +\end_layout + \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout -em) \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19773,211 +18959,218 @@ em) \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Subsection +\lang english +The Table dialog \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Das Dialogfenster hat eine ganze Reihe Parameter, von denen die meisten - selbsterklärend sind. - Auf der Karteikarte -\family sans -Grafik -\family default - können Sie im Feld -\family sans -Datei: -\family default - Ihre Bilddatei eingeben. - Bemerken Sie auch, dass die Darstellungen in LyX (Karteikarte -\family sans -LaTe -\family default -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} +\lang english +You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which + brings up the table dialog. + Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively + where the cursor is placed currently. + Most of the dialog options also work on selections. + This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is + done on all of your selection. \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Standard +\lang english +Additionally to the table dialog, the \family sans -X- -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset space \space{} +table +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Ly +toolbar \family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} + helps you in setting table properties. + It appears when the cursor is inside a table. \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Standard +\lang english +In the tab \family sans -X-Optionen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -in -\begin_inset space \space{} +Table +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Ly +Settings \family default + of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. + If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the + current cell respectively. + The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width + is given. + A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs + of text, see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -{} -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Table-Cells" \end_inset +. +\end_layout -\family sans -X -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -anzeigen +\lang english +You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell + using the check box +\family sans +Multicolumn \family default -) und im gedruckten Dokument (Feld + or \family sans -Ausgabegröße +Multirow \family default -) getrennt definiert werden können, was bei großen Bildern hilfreich sein - kann. +. + This will merge the cells to +\emph on +one +\emph default + cell, spread over more than one column/row. + Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, + and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. + Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one + in the last row without the upper border: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Die Abbildung kann auch gedreht werden (Feld -\family sans -Grafik -\family default +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +abc +\end_layout -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +def ghi +\end_layout -\family sans -drehen -\family default -). - Über die Karteikarte -\family sans -Ausschnitt -\family default - kann die Lage festgelegt werden. - Auf der Karteikarte -\family sans -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -{} \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -X- -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +jkl +\end_layout -und -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} +A \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -X-Optionen -\family default - können Sie das Aussehen der Grafik in LyX einstellen und LaTeX-Experten - weitere LaTeX-Optionen eingeben. - Die weiteren Optionen sind im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete -\emph default - -\emph on -Objekte -\emph default - beschrieben. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +B \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Abbildungen aus der Zwischenablage -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Zwischenablage!Abbildung einfügen +C \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +D +\end_layout +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -An der Cursorposition können Sie mit -\family sans -Strg+V -\family default - oder -\family sans -Bearbeiten -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -\family sans -Einfügen -\family default - eine Abbildung einfügen. - In einem Dialogfenster werden Sie vorher gebeten, einen Speicherort und - das Grafikformat JP[E]G oder PNG für die Abbildung festzulegen. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Grafikformate -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Grafikformate +3 \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +4 +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Grafikformate" +\end_inset + + + \end_inset @@ -19985,3657 +19178,2349 @@ name "sec:Grafikformate" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sie können Grafiken in allen bekannten Formaten einfügen, aber weil jedes - Druckausgabe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -"= -\end_layout +\lang english +Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table. + They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells, + explained in the tables section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Format nur bestimmte Grafikformate zulässt, benutzt LyX das Programm -\family typewriter -ImageMagick -\family default - im Hintergrund, um die Bilder ins richtige Format zu konvertieren. - In den Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} +Objects +\emph default + manual. + You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +degrees counterclockwise. + These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output. +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Ausgabe-Dateiformate" +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\lang english +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open - ist beschrieben, welche Grafikformate Sie benutzen sollten. - Ähnlich wie bei Schriften gibt es zwei Hauptarten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Pixelbilder -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -(Bitmaps) bestehen aus einzelnen Pixeln, oft in komprimierter Form. - Bei starker Vergrößerung sind diese Pixel sichtbar – man spricht vom -\emph on -Treppeneffekt -\emph default - (oder von +\series bold +\lang english +Note: +\series default + Most DVI-viewers are \emph on -Aliasing +not \emph default -). - Bekannte Formate sind -\lang english - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + able to display rotations. +\end_layout -Graphics Interchange Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (GIF, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_layout -\family typewriter -.gif +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The +\family sans +Borders +\family default + tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column. + The button +\family sans +Default \family default + adds lines for all cell borders. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +Lange Tabellen +\end_layout -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_layout Plain Layout -GIF|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\lang english +If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option +\family sans +Use +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout +long +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -{ +table +\family default + in the tab +\family sans +Longtable +\family default + of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages. + Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define: \end_layout +\begin_layout Description + +\family sans +\lang english +Header +\family default +: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable; + except for the first page, if +\family sans +First +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +header +\family default + is defined. +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Description -} +\family sans +\lang english +First +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +header +\family default +: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Description +\family sans +\lang english +Footer +\family default +: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable; + except for the last page, if +\family sans +Last +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +footer +\family default + is defined. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Description -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\family sans +\lang english +Last +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Portable Network Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +footer +\family default +: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. +\end_layout - (PNG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\begin_layout Description + +\lang english +Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. + You can now insert there the table caption via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Caption +\family default +. + More about longtable captions can be found in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout -\family typewriter -.png -\family default +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\lang english +You can also specify a row where the table is split. + If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware + of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row. + The others will then be defined as +\emph on +empty +\emph default +. + In this context, first means first in this order: +\family sans +Footer, Last +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PNG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +footer, +\family default + +\family sans +Header, +\family default + +\family sans +First +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout +header. -{ +\family default + See the following longtable to see how it works: \end_layout -\end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -} +\series bold +Telefonliste (ignoriere die Namen) \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -Joint Photographic Experts Group -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_layout - (JPG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family typewriter -.jpg -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\series bold +NAME +\end_layout - or -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family typewriter -.jpeg -\family default +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -JPG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -{ +\series bold +TEL. \end_layout \end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -} +\series bold +Telefonliste \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout -. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Skalierbare -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -Grafiken -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -(Vektor-) bestehen aus Vektoren, die das Bild beschreiben, und lassen sich - ohne Datenverlust beliebig vergrößern. - Das ist bei Präsentationen wichtig, weil dort die Bilder durch den Projektor - skaliert werden. - Hilfreich sind sie auch bei Online-Dokumenten, um den Benutzer in Diagramme - hineinzoomen zu lassen. -\lang english +\series bold +NAME +\end_layout -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -Scalable image formats can be -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -Scalable Vector Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_layout - (SVG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family typewriter -.svg -\family default +\series bold +TEL. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -SVG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +wird fortgesetzt +\series default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} -{ \end_layout \end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -} \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -Encapsulated PostScript -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\series bold +Annovi +\end_layout - (EPS, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Silvia +\end_layout -\family typewriter -.eps -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -EPS|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -{ +\series bold +Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset - -Grafikformate -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -} +Stefano \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -Portable Document Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\series bold +Bozzi +\end_layout - (PDF, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Walter +\end_layout -\family typewriter -.pdf -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -PDF +111 \end_layout \end_inset - -. - We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF - or EPS and the result won't be scalable. - In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original - image -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\lang english -In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. +\series bold +Cachia \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Maria \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Abbildungseinstellungen gruppieren -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Abbildungen!Einstellungen gruppieren +111 \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Cachia \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Jede Abbildung kann eine neue Gruppe von Abbildungseinstellungen definieren - oder zu einer vorhandenen hinzugefügt werden. - Abbildungen einer Gruppe haben dieselben Einstellungen, so dass die Änderung - der Einstellungen einer Abbildung automatisch die Einstellungen aller Abbildung -en dieser Gruppe ändert. - Das erleichtert das Bearbeiten ähnlicher Abbildungen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine Gruppe definieren Sie, indem im Grafik-Dialogfenster einer Abbildung - auf der Karteikarte -\family sans -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} +Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -X- -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout -und -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - -Ly -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -{} +\series bold +Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset - -X-Optionen -\family default - im Feld -\family sans -Gruppenname -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -initialisieren -\family default - einen Namen einfügen. - Wenn Sie dann im Grafik-Dialogfenster einer anderen Abbildung denselben - Namen eintragen, gehört auch diese Abbildung zur Gruppe. - Wenn es schon Gruppennamen gibt, können Sie diese im Kontextmenü (Rechtsklick - auf die Abbildung) ankreuzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Die -\family sans -Beschrif -\family default -t -\family sans -ung von -\family default - Abbildungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Abbildungs!-beschriftung -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Beschriftung-von-Abbildungen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Wie es funktioniert -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Problem beim direkten Einfügen von Abbildungen in den Text ist, dass - der Seitenumbruch extrem schwierig wird. - Wegen der LyX-Maxime, derartige Prozesse zu automatisieren, ist es deshalb - meist besser, Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen zu verwenden, die LyX (eigentlich - LaTeX) relativ frei im Dokument herumschieben kann, um so ein ansprechendes - Ergebnis zu erzielen. - Als Gegenleistung automatisiert LyX das Erstellen einer Abbildungsliste - und erlaubt, die Abbildungen mit Titeln zu versehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Um Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen anzulegen, wählen Sie aus der Menüleiste den - Punkt -\family sans -Einfü\SpecialChar \- -gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Abbil\SpecialChar \- -dung -\family default - oder klicken auf -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. - Sie erhalten einen leeren roten Rahmen ohne Abbildung. - In das rot umrahmte Feld rechts von -\emph on -Abbildung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Nr: -\emph default - schreiben Sie den Bildtitel. - Nach einem Klick oberhalb oder unterhalb von -\emph on -Abbildung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Nr: -\emph default - können Sie dann, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Abbildungen" - -\end_inset - - beschrieben, eine Abbildung einfügen. - -\begin_inset Float figure -placement htbp -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Abb:Escher-Knoten" - -\end_inset - -M.C. - Escher in Hochform. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Float figure -placement htbp -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/platypus.eps - lyxscale 50 - scale 60 - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Abb:Platypus" - -\end_inset - -Ein Schnabeltier in einer Gleitobjekt-Umgebung. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das erscheint sehr einfach, aber bei der Positionierung des Bildtitels gibt - es eine kleine Besonderheit. - Wenn Sie den Titel unter der Abbildung bevorzugen, müssen Sie die Abbildung - oberhalb von -\emph on -Abbildung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Nr: -\emph default - einfügen, wie bei Abbildung -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "Abb:Platypus" - -\end_inset - -. - Wollen Sie den Titel über der Abbildung haben, müssen Sie die Abbildung - unterhalb von -\emph on -Abbildung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Nr: -\emph default - einfügen, wie bei Abbildung -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Abb:Escher-Knoten" - -\end_inset - -. - Es empfiehlt sich, nur jeweils eine Abbildung je Gleitobjekt zu verwenden. - Dadurch kann LyX (eigentlich LaTeX) den besten Platz für jede Abbildung - zu finden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können aber auch auf einen Bildtitel, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Ohne-Titel" - -\end_inset - - für Tabellen beschrieben, verzichten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Abbildung zeigt auch, wie man eine Marke setzen und darauf verweisen - kann. - Dies geschieht einfach durch -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marke -\family default -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/label-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, während sich der Cursor in der Bildunterschrift befindet (siehe auch Abschnitt - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Querverweise" - -\end_inset - -). - Einen Verweis fügen Sie wie gewohnt mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Querverweis\SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - ein. - Insbesondere für Gleitobjekte ist diese Art der Referenzierung unbedingt - den vagen Formulierungen wie -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - -in der obenstehenden Abbildung -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - vorzuziehen, da LaTeX diese Gleitobjekte jederzeit im Text verschieben - kann und sich die Abbildung dann vielleicht gar nicht mehr über der verweisende -n Textstelle befindet. - Passt sie nicht mehr auf dieselbe Seite wie der Text, der sich darauf bezieht, - wird sie auf eine andere Seite verschoben oder sogar auf einer eigenen - Seite gesetzt. - Sie können sich aber darauf verlassen, dass das Ergebnis im allgemeinen - sehr gut aussieht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Es gibt noch zwei weitere Dinge, die die Verwendung von Gleit\SpecialChar \- -objekt-Abbildungen - so angenehm macht: falls Sie eine Liste der Abbildungen in Ihr Dokument - einfügen wollen (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sec:Verzeichnisse" - -\end_inset - -), werden die Abbildungen dort automatisch eingetragen. - Außerdem lassen sie sich schließen und öffnen, wodurch Sie sich besser - auf Ihren Text konzentrieren können. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Platzierung von -\family sans -Gleitobjekt -\family default --Umgebungen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Der Gedanke hinter den gleitenden Abbildungen (ebenso wie bei den in -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Tabellen-in-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen" - -\end_inset - - beschriebenen gleitenden Tabellen) ist es, LyX zu ermöglichen, die Abbildung - (oder eben Tabelle) auf eine möglichst konsistente, kontextbezogene Art - und Weise auf der Seite zu platzieren. - Das wäre aber ziemlich sinnlos, wenn Sie nicht auch eine Möglichkeit hätten, - diese -\emph on -Art und Weise -\emph default - irgendwie zu beeinflussen. - Deshalb bietet Ihnen LyX in -\family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt-Platzierung -\family default - mehrere Möglichkeiten, wenn Sie -\family sans -Standard-Platzierung -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -verwenden -\family default - deaktivieren: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Anfang -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Seite LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt oben auf der aktuellen Seite einzufügen. - Passt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ende -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Seite LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt unten auf der aktuellen Seite einzufügen. - Passt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Seite -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -mit -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Gleitobjekten Nur wenn mehr als 50 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -% einer Seite von Gleitobjekten belegt wird, wird eine neue Seite für weitere - Gleitobjekte bereitgestellt. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hier, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -wenn -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -möglich LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt genau an der Stelle einzufügen, an - der es im Text steht. - Ist dort nicht ausreichend Platz, versucht es eine der anderen drei Positionen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\noun on -HHa -\noun default -: Diese Platzierung sollte immer dann verwendet werden, wenn das Gleitobjekt - nicht zu weit entfernt von seinem Text gedruckt werden soll. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hier, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -auf -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -jeden -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Fall: ist selbsterklärend. +Giusi \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Ignoriere -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Regeln damit können Sie die LaTeX-Regeln außer Kraft setzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Damit wird diese Einstellung dann für alle Gleitobjekte im gesamten Dokument - verwendet. - Wenn Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein Gleitobjekt klicken, können - Sie diese Einstellungen nur für dieses Objekt ändern. +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Wie geht das nun genau vor sich? Sie können unter -\family sans -Gleitobjekt-Platzierung -\family default - jede Kombination der ersten vier Möglichkeiten ankreuzen, die letzte nur - allein. - Wenn Sie eine Möglichkeit angekreuzt haben, können Sie zusätzlich -\family sans -Ignoriere -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - -LaTe -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -{} +\series bold +Colin \end_layout \end_inset - - -\family sans -X-Regeln -\family default - ankreuzen. - Ihre Reihenfolge ist nicht maßgeblich – LaTeX gibt intern die Suchreihenfolge - -\family typewriter -htbp -\family default - (here, top, bottom, page) vor. - Wenn es LaTeX nicht gelingt, das Gleitobjekt nach Ihren Regeln zu platzieren, - wird es in einem neuen Durchlauf auf die nächste Seite gesetzt. - Und ein letzter Hinweis: -\family sans -Gleitobjekt-Platzierung -\family default - kontrolliert die Position sowohl von Abbildungen als auch von Tabellen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Tabellen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen +Bernard \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Tabellen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LyX besitzt die Fähigkeit, Tabellen im WYSIWYM -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -WYSIWYM -\end_layout - -\end_inset - --Stil zu erstellen und zu editieren. - LaTeX beherrscht beim Umgang mit Tabellen weit mehr, als LyX derzeit unterstütz -t. - Sollten Ihnen die hier beschriebenen Möglichkeiten nicht ausreichen, sollten - Sie ein gutes LaTeX-Buch zu Rate ziehen. +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Eine gewöhnliche Tabelle fügen Sie mit -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabelle -\family default -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - ein. - Es wird ein Dialogfenster geöffnet, in dem Sie die Anzahl der Zeilen und - Spalten der Tabelle angeben müssen. - Beim Klicken auf -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - \end_inset - -öffnet sich darunter ein Fenster, in dem Sie die Größe mit dem Mauszeiger - festlegen. - In der so erstellten Tabelle ist jede Zelle umrandet. - Die erste Zeile ist vom Rest durch eine doppelte Linie -\emph on -abgetrennt -\emph default -. - Am besten sehen Sie das an einem Beispiel: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Concli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -12 +Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -45 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -98 + +\series bold +Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -A +Carolina \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -B +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -multi +Domenico \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -C + +\series bold +Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Paola \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Die Tabelle wird dort eingefügt, wo der Cursor gerade ist. - Wenn sie in einen neuen Absatz soll, müssen Sie vor der Tabelle auf -\family sans -Eingabe -\family default - drücken. - -\family sans - -\family default -Andere Ausrichtungen erreichen Sie mit -\family sans -Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Absatz -\family default -- -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -. - Dabei -\emph on -muss -\emph default - der Cursor unmittelbar vor oder hinter der Tabelle stehen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Das Dialogfenster -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen -\family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! Einstellungen bearbeiten -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Tabellen-Einstellungen" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Eine Tabelle können Sie verändern, indem Sie den -\family sans - -\family default -Cursor -\family sans - -\family default -in die Tabelle stellen -\family sans - -\family default -und auf die rechte Maustaste klicken. - Sie können auch auf -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - klicken, und sehen am unteren Rand die Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste. - Welche Einstellungen für die Zelle gelten, in -\family sans - -\family default -der der Cursor steht, erkennen Sie am grauen Hintergrund des Icons. - Wenn Sie -\family sans - -\family default -mit der rechten Maustaste in die Tabelle klicken, finden Sie am Ende den - Punkt -\family sans -Einstellungen -\family default -. - Ein Klick darauf öffnet ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie Eigenschaften der - Tabelle ändern können, unter anderem die folgenden – die Symbole in Klammern - sind die entsprechenden aus der Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Karteikarte -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Horizontale Ausrichtung -\family default - der Spalte(n) festlegen ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_m-align-left.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_m-align-center.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_m-align-right.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Spaltenbreite -\family default - Hier können Sie eine feste Spaltenbreite vorgeben. - Wenn Sie das machen, können Sie auch eine -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Vertikale -\family default - -\family sans -Ausrichtung -\family default - definieren ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_m-valign-top.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_m-valign-middle.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_m-valign-bottom.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das ist bei einer variablen Spaltenbreite natürlich nicht möglich. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Mehrfachspalte -\family default - definieren ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_multicolumn.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -). - Die Option -\family sans -Mehrfachspalte -\family default - verbindet zwei oder mehr benachbarte Zellen in einer Zeile. - Im obigen Beispiel wurden so in Zeile B die Spalten 45 und 98 verknüpft. - Um dies zu erreichen, müssen Sie zunächst die gewünschten Zellen markieren - und dann die Option -\family sans -Mehrfachspalte -\family default - ankreuzen. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Mehrfachzeile -\family default - definieren ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_multirow.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -). - Die Option -\family sans -Mehrfachzeile -\family default - verbindet zwei oder mehr benachbarte Zellen in einer Spalte. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -Drehen der gesamten Tabelle oder einzelner Zellen um 90 Grad ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_set-rotate-tabular.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_set-rotate-cell.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -LaTe -\family default - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\family sans -X-Argument -\family default - eingeben -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Karteikarte -\family sans -Rahmenlinien -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Rahmen für eine Zelle ein- und ausschalten ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_toggle-line-top.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_toggle-line-bottom.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_toggle-line-left.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_toggle-line-right.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_set-all-lines.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_unset-all-lines.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -). - Wenn Sie eine der Linien entfernen, wird in LyX eine gestrichelte Linie - angezeigt, diese dient aber nur zu Ihrer Orientierung. - In der Druckausgabe ist keine Linie zu sehen. - Wenn Sie die unterste Linie einer Zeile -\emph on -und -\emph default - die obere der darunterliegenden Zelle aktivieren, werden die beiden Zeilen - durch einen kleinen Leerraum getrennt, wie Sie auch im Beispiel oben erkennen - können. - Sie können das auch vertikal erreichen, indem Sie die rechte Linie einer - Spalte und die linke der rechts danebenliegenden Spalte einschalten. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn der Cursor in einer Zelle steht, sehen Sie unter -\family sans -Rahmenlinien -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -ein -\family default - die Rahmen dieser Zelle. - In -\family sans -Alle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Rahmenlinien -\family default - können Sie alle Rahmen einer Zelle und der mit ihr verbundenen Zeilen und - Spalten -\family sans -Festlegen -\family default - oder -\family sans -Löschen -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie eine Linie für die ganze Zeile haben wollen, klicken Sie an den - Anfang der Zeile. - Damit wird die gesamte Zeile ausgewählt, und die Linie wird für die gesamte - Zeile gesetzt oder gelöscht. - Entsprechend klicken Sie für eine Spalte auf den oberen Rand der Spalte - und (de)aktivieren die Linie. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die Einstellungen -\family sans -Stil -\family default - und -\family sans -Zusätzlicher -\family default - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Abstand -\family default - sind in -\emph on -Eingebettete -\emph default - -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - - -\emph on -Objekte -\emph default - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Karteikarte -\family sans -Lange Tabelle -\family default -: -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Einstellungen für Tabellen, die länger sind als die Seitenhöhe des Dokumentes. - Die Tabelle wird dann am Seitenende umgebrochen und auf der folgenden Seite - fortgesetzt. -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Die Bedeutung der Parameter -\family sans -Kopfzeile -\family default -, -\family sans -Erste -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Kopfzeile -\family default -, -\family sans -Fußzeile -\family default - und -\family sans -Letzte -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -Fußzeile -\family default - finden Sie -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vpageref -reference "ErsteKopfzeile" - -\end_inset - -, oder im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete Objekte -\emph default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Seitenumbruch -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -nach -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -der -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -aktuellen -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -Zeile -\family default - ist hilfreich, wenn LaTeX die Tabelle innerhalb von zusammengehörigen Zeilen - umbricht. -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können übrigens auch die Menüleiste verwenden, um eine Tabelle zu verändern, - wenn sich der Cursor innerhalb einer Tabelle befindet: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -B -\family sans -earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator - -\family default -T -\family sans -abelle -\family default - setzt Rahmen, Mehrfachspalten und Mahrfachzeilen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Bearbeiten -\family sans -\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zeilen -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -& -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Spalten -\family default - legt die Ausrichtung des Textes fest und fügt Zeilen und Spalten hinzu - oder löscht sie ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_append-column.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -, -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_delete-row.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_delete-column.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - - -\family default -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -B -\family sans -earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabellen-Einstellungen -\family default -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - öffnet das Menüfenster. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Die meisten Optionen können Sie auch auf markierte Bereiche anwenden, das - heißt wenn Sie mehrere Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten markiert haben (Zellen - müssen Sie immer anwählen; es hängt jedoch vom Kontext ab, wie diese interpreti -ert werden) und dann eine Option anwählen, wird sie bei allen markierten - Zellen aktiviert. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Falls Sie eine neue Zeile hinzufügen, so wird sie -\emph on -unter -\emph default - der Zeile eingefügt, in der sich der Cursor gerade befindet. - Gleichermaßen werden Spalten -\emph on -rechts -\emph default - vom Cursor eingefügt. - Aus diesem Grund ist es ziemlich schwierig, eine Spalte auf der linken - Seite der Tabelle oder über der ersten Zeile hinzuzufügen – es ist eine - Menge Ausschneide- und Kopierarbeit notwendig. - Gelöscht wird immer die Zeile oder Spalte, in der sich der Cursor befindet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können den Mehrfachspalten-Modus auch verwenden, um für eine einzelne - Zelle eine Sonderformatierung im Hinblick auf die Rahmen und die Ausrichtung - des Textes zu ermöglichen. - Hier ein Beispiel, bei dem das ausgenutzt wurde: +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - +\end_inset + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -* +Galletti \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -x +Oreste \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -y +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Punkt a & b +Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -103 +Franca \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -9 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Punkt b & a +Rizzardi \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -599 +Paola \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -340 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Punkt abcd +Lassini \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -96 +Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -11 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - - -\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Malfatti \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Wie Sie sehen, sind die Überschriften der einzelnen Spalten jeweils zentriert - gesetzt, während die eigentlichen Einträge in der linken Spalte linksbündig - und in den übrigen Spalten rechtsbündig sind. - Außerdem wurde zwischen zwei Zellen der Trennstrich entfernt. -\end_layout +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Standard -Wenn eine Spalte eine feste Breite haben soll, können Sie diese im Feld - -\family sans -Breite -\family default - eintragen. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Luciano \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Wird Ihre Tabelle zu breit, um auf eine normale Seite im Hochformat zu passen, - können Sie die Option -\family sans -Tabelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -um -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -90 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout -Grad -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -drehen -\family default - ( -\family sans +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_set-rotate-tabular.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon +\series bold +Malfatti +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Valeriano +\end_layout -\family default -) aktivieren, die Tabelle wird dann im Querformat gesetzt. - Außerdem ist es auch möglich, nur einzelne Zellen um 90° zu drehen ( -\family sans -Zelle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -um -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -90 -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout -Grad -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -drehen -\family default -, -\family sans +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-feature_set-rotate-cell.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon +\series bold +Meneguzzo +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - -\family default -) und so Platz zu sparen. - Werfen Sie einen Blick auf Tabelle -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Zellen-um-90°-drehen" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -. - Sie zeigt, wozu man diese Fähigkeit verwenden kann. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\align center -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Zellen-um-90°-drehen" +\series bold +Mezzadra +\end_layout \end_inset - -Zellen um 90° drehen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! -zelle drehen +Roberto \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout \end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\noindent -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Beschreibung + +\series bold +Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 1 +Erich \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 2 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 3 + +\series bold +Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 4 +Paolo \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 5 +111, 222 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 6 + +\series bold +Radina \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 7 +Claudio \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 8 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 9 + +\series bold +Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Flag 10 +Oskar \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Summe +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Beschr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -1 +\series bold +Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Ugo \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Margit \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Frieda \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Vieider \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Hilde \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -7 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Beschr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -2 +\series bold +Vigna \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Weber \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +111 +\end_layout + \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Winkler \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +Franz +\end_layout +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ + +\end_layout + \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Annovi \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Silvia \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -9 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Beschr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -3 +\series bold +Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Stefano \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Walter \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Cachia \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Maria \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Cachia \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -8 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Beschr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -4 +\series bold +Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Giusi \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Colin \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Bernard \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Concli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Carolina \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -6 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Gesamt + +\series bold +Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Domenico \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Paola \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Galletti \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Oreste \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -30 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - - -\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Hinweis -\emph on -: -\emph default - Diese 90°-Drehung wird weder im LyX-Fenster noch mit -\family typewriter -xdvi -\family default - angezeigt – aber mit -\family typewriter -kdvi -\family default - und auch in der PostScript-Ausgabe. - Verwenden Sie also -\family sans -Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Postscript -\family default - ( -\family sans -Strg+T -\family default -) oder andere, wenn Sie eine Druckvorschau der Tabelle betrachten wollen. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franca \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Wie Sie an Tabelle -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Zellen-um-90°-drehen" - \end_inset - - schön erkennen können, würde der Text in der Titelzeile (Flag 1 \SpecialChar \ldots{} - Flag 10) - nicht auf das Papier passen, wenn er nicht gedreht wäre. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Was kann eine Zelle -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! -zelle +555 \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text - alles enthalten? -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Viele Objekte können in eine Zelle einer Tabelle eingefügt werden. - Eine (oder mehrere) Textzeilen, eine Formel (allerdings keine hervorgehobenen - Formeln, und auch keine mehrzeiligen Gleichungen), eine Abbildung oder - sogar alle diese Objekte gleichzeitig können in eine Zelle eingefügt werden. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -Sie können Schriftgröße und -art verändern, und die Geometrie der Tabelle - passt sich automatisch den neuen Gegebenheiten an. - Es ist lediglich nicht möglich, eine weitere Tabelle in einer Tabelle einzufüge -n, genausowenig können Sie besondere Umgebungstypen (wie -\family sans -Abschnitt* -\family default - usw.) verwenden. - LyX würde dann versuchen, die gesamte Tabelle in diesem Umgebungstyp zu - setzen – mit unvorhersehbaren Auswirkungen. +\series bold +Rizzardi \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Ausschneiden -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! ausschneiden +Paola \end_layout \end_inset - - und Einfügen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! einfügen +555 \end_layout \end_inset - - in Tabellen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Das Ausschneiden und Einfügen in und zwischen Tabellen funktioniert im allgemein -en recht gut. - Sie können dabei sogar mehr als eine Zeile gleichzeitig verarbeiten. - Das Markieren funktioniert wie gewohnt mit der Maus oder über -\family sans -Umschalt -\family default - mit den Cursortasten. - Im folgenden Beispiel wurden die Einträge in der zweiten Tabelle durch - markieren, kopieren und einfügen aus der ersten Tabelle übernommen: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1 + +\series bold +Lassini \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 +Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -3 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 + +\series bold +Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 +Luciano \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -6 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -7 + +\series bold +Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -8 +Valeriano \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -9 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1 + +\series bold +Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 +Roberto \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -3 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 + +\series bold +Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 +Roberto \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -6 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -7 + +\series bold +Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -8 +Erich \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -9 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Beim Einfügen muss der Cursor in der Zelle links oben stehen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In der Zieltabelle darf auch nicht mehr als eine Zelle markiert sein. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Beachten Sie bitte, dass Quell- und Zieltabelle dieselbe Anzahl an Zeilen - und Spalten haben sollten, da sonst beim Einfügen Daten weggelassen werden. - Bei größeren Zieltabellen werden die überzähligen Zeilen und Spalten leergelass -en. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1 + +\series bold +Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 +Paolo \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 +555, 222 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 + +\series bold +Radina \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -7 +Claudio \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -8 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Oskar \end_layout \end_inset - - - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 + +\series bold +Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -3 +Ugo \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 + +\series bold +Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 +Margit \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -6 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset - - - -\end_inset + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Frieda +\end_layout -\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 + +\series bold +Vieider \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -3 +Hilde \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 + +\series bold +Vigna \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 +Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -6 +999 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Weber \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -7 +Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -8 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -9 + +\series bold +Winkler \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Franz \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +End \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -23644,7 +21529,7 @@ en. \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -23661,151 +21546,63 @@ en. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Sie können auch eine ganze Tabelle auf einmal kopieren, indem Sie den Cursor - vor oder hinter die Tabelle stellen und dann auswählen. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Subsection -Mehrzeiliger Text in Tabellen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! mehrzeiliger Text -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mehrzeiliger Text mit Zeilenumbruch ist auch in Tabellen möglich, wenn auch - nicht im gewohnten WYSIWYM +\lang english +Table Cells \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -WYSIWYM -\end_layout - -\end_inset - --Stil. - Sie können es auf mehreren Wegen erreichen. - Geben Sie im Dialogfenster -\family sans -Tabellen -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Einstellungen -\family default - eine feste Breite für die Spalte vor: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Danach wird der eingegebene Text automatisch umgebrochen und die Höhe der - Zeile entsprechend angepasst, falls er länger ist als die vorgegebene Länge - (Zeile 3). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Entfernen Sie die Linien zwischen zwei oder mehr benachbarten Zeilen. - Dies erweckt aber nur den Eindruck eines echten mehrzeiligen Eintrags (Zeilen - 4 und 5). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Sie können durch -\family sans -Strg+Eingabe -\family default - einen Zeilenumbruch erzwingen (Zeile 6). - Aber dann stimmt wahrscheinlich der Zeilenabstand nicht. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Sie können durch -\family typewriter - -\backslash -newline -\family default - als TeX-Code ( -\family sans - -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/ert-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - -\end_inset - -\family default -) einen Zeilenumbruch erzwingen (Zeile 7). - Dies ist die beste Methode. +\lang english +Tables ! Cells \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Tabelle -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Mehrzeilige-Tabelle" - \end_inset - ist ein Beispiel dafür. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\noindent -\align center -\begin_inset Caption -\begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Mehrzeilige-Tabelle" +name "sub:Table-Cells" \end_inset -Mehrzeilige Tabelle -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! mehrzeilig \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Standard +\lang english +A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. + All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. + Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. + But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like +\family sans +Section* +\family default +, etc.), nor set spacing options etc. + for the cell's paragraph. \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Standard +\lang english +To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width + for the column in the table dialog. + Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell + is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. + An example: \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular - + + - + \begin_inset Text @@ -23816,7 +21613,7 @@ Tabellen ! mehrzeilig \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -23825,9 +21622,7 @@ Tabellen ! mehrzeilig \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -23836,26 +21631,22 @@ Tabellen ! mehrzeilig \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist ein -\emph on -mehrzeiliger -\emph default - Tabelleneintrag. +4 \end_layout \end_inset - - \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 +This is a multi-line entry in a table. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -23864,22 +21655,27 @@ mehrzeiliger \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist ein -\emph on -mehrzeiliger -\emph default - Tabelleneintrag. +5 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +6 \end_layout \end_inset - - \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 +This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -23888,82 +21684,90 @@ mehrzeiliger \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Jetzt ist er länger. +7 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -6 +8 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist ein -\emph on -mehrzeiliger -\emph default - Tabelleneintrag. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Jetzt ist er länger. +This is a multi-line entry in a table. + This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -7 +9 \end_layout \end_inset - -\begin_inset Text + + -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dies ist ein -\emph on -mehrzeiliger -\emph default - Tabelleneintrag. -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\end_layout -\backslash -newline +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. + You can cut and paste even more than one row. +\begin_inset Foot +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would + not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. + \end_layout \end_inset - Er sollte so aussehen wie oben. + Selection with the mouse or with +\family sans +Shift +\family default + plus the arrow keys works as usual. + You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting + the selection from outside the table. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - +\begin_layout Section +Gleitobjekte +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Gleitobjekte" \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleitobjekte \end_layout \end_inset @@ -23972,210 +21776,288 @@ newline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\noindent -Wie Sie sehen, wird in LyX der Text nicht (immer) mehrzeilig angezeigt, - im endgültigen Dokument stimmt die Ausgabe aber. + +\lang english +A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't + have a fixed location. + It can +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. -\end_layout +\family sans +Footnotes +\family default + and +\family sans +Margin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Lange Tabellen +Notes +\family default + are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are + too many notes on the page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Ein weiteres Problem in diesem Zusammenhang ist, dass Tabellen nicht automatisch - so formatiert werden, dass sie auf die Seite passen. - Das heißt wenn der Text in einer Zelle ohne Zeilenumbrüche zu lang ist, - wird sich die Tabelle über den Rand der Seite hinaus erstrecken, gleiches - gilt für Tabellen mit zu vielen Zeilen: sie reichen über das untere Seitenende - hinaus. - Zur Lösung dieser Probleme stehen Ihnen folgende Wege zur Auswahl: -\end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Teilen Sie die Tabelle in zwei unabhängige Teile, so dass die Zeilen- und - Seiten\SpecialChar \- -umbrüche eingehalten werden können. -\end_layout +\lang english +Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. + Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace + and pages without text. + As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table +, every float can be referenced in the text. + Floats are therefore numbered. + Referencing is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" -\begin_layout Enumerate -Aktivieren Sie die Option -\family sans -Lange -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -Tabelle -\family default - im Dialog -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen -\family default . - Dies verteilt die Tabelle automatisch auf mehrere Seiten, falls sie zu - lang wird. - Danach stehen Ihnen in diesem Dialog auch die zusätzlichen Optionen für - lange Tabellen zur Verfügung, und Sie können die folgenden Dinge festlegen: \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Standard +\lang english +To insert a float, use the menu \family sans -Erste +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Floats +\family default +. + A box with a caption that has e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -Kopfzeile -\family default +the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +#: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document. + The label will automatically be translated to the document language in + the output. + After the label you can insert the caption text. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen!erste Kopfzeile + +\lang english +Floats ! Captions \end_layout \end_inset -: -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "ErsteKopfzeile" + The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate + paragraph within the float. + To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box + by left-clicking on the box label. + A closed float box looks like this: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename clipart/GleitobjektQt4.png + scale 80 \end_inset -Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen - aktiviert haben, werden als Überschrifts-Zeilen der ersten Seite einer - mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert. + – a gray button with a red label. \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Kopfzeile -\family default +\lang english +It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible + LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\lang english +Float Types +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +\lang english +Figure Floats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen!Kopfzeile + +\lang english +Floats ! Figure floats \end_layout \end_inset -: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen - aktiviert haben, werden als Überschrifts-Zeilen aller Seiten festgelegt - (mit Ausnahme der ersten, wenn -\family sans -Erste -\begin_inset space ~ + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Figure-Floats" + \end_inset -Kopfzeile -\family default - aktiviert ist). + \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Standard +\lang english +The menu \family sans -Fußzeile +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Figure \family default + inserts a float with the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen!Fuszeile@Fußzeile -\end_layout +\series bold +Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +#: +\series default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen - aktiviert haben, werden als Fußzeilen aller Seiten festgelegt (mit Ausnahme - der letzten, wenn -\family sans -Letzte +. + Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert + the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image. + This is what we did for Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Fußzeile -\family default - aktiviert ist). + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:A-severely-distorted" + +\end_inset + +. + If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end + of the caption, press enter and insert the image. + This was done in Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Escher" + +\end_inset + +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/platypus.eps + width 50col% -\family sans -Letzte -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -Fußzeile -\family default -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen!letzte Fußzeile + +\lang english +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:A-severely-distorted" + +\end_inset + +A severely distorted platypus in a float. \end_layout \end_inset -: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen - aktiviert haben, werden als die Fußzeilen der letzten Seite einer mehrseitigen - Tabelle definiert. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Legende: Die erste Zeile wird als einzelne Spalte zurückgesetzt. - Sie dort können nun die Tabellenbeschriftung (Legende) über das Menü -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marke -\family default - einfügen. - Mehr über Beschriftungen langer Tabellen ist im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -Objekte -\emph default - zu finden. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open -\family sans -Seitenumbruch -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption -nach -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Escher" -der -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -aktuellen -\begin_inset space \space{} +M.C. + Escher on acid. +\end_layout + \end_inset -Zeile: -\family default - manueller Seitenumbruch. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + +\end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen!Seitenumbruch +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps + scale 80 + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24184,376 +22066,348 @@ Tabellen!Seitenumbruch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Falls Sie mehrere dieser Optionen in einer einzelnen Zeile aktivieren wollen, - sollten Sie sich bewusst sein, dass nur die erste davon verwendet wird, - alle anderen werden auf -\emph on -leer -\emph default - gesetzt. - In diesem Zusammenhang bedeutet -\begin_inset Quotes gld + +\lang english +This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference + to it. + As described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -die erste -\begin_inset Quotes grd + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Querverweise" + \end_inset - die erste in der Reihenfolge +, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu \family sans -Fußzeile +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label \family default -, + and refer to it using the menu \family sans -Letzte -\begin_inset space ~ +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference +\family default +. + It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague + references like +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Fußzeile -\family default -, -\family sans -Kopfzeile -\family default -, -\family sans -Erste -\begin_inset space ~ +the figure above +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -Kopfzeile -\family default - (betrachten Sie das Beispiel in -\emph on -Eingebettete -\emph default - -\emph on -Objekte -\emph default -, um einen Eindruck zu bekommen, wie das funktioniert). +, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it + might not be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +above +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + at all. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie mit dem Seitenumbruch nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie mit -\family sans -Seitenumbruch -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\lang english +Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you + might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. + This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. + Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -nach -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" + \end_inset -der -\begin_inset space \space{} + is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. + You can also set the images one below the other. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -aktuellen -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Undefinable" + \end_inset -Zeile -\family default - einen erzwingen. -\end_layout + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Platypus" -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Benutzen Sie das Feld -\family sans -Breite: -\family default - im Dialog -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -bearbeiten -\family default -, um die Breite der Tabelle einzuschränken, bis sie auf die Seite passt. + are the subfigures. \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Eine Tabelle kann auch in eine Gleitobjekt-Umgebung eingebettet werden, - das ermöglicht es LaTeX, sie so gut wie möglich in die Seite einzupassen. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open -\begin_layout Description -Hinweis: -\family sans -Lange -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -Tabelle -\family default -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! lange -\end_layout +\begin_inset Caption -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Undefinable" - und -\family sans -90° -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -drehen -\family default - verwenden spezielle LaTeX-Pakete. - Sie sollten mittels -\family sans -Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTe -\family default +Undefinable +\end_layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -{} \end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps + width 45col% + \end_inset -\family sans -X-Kon\SpecialChar \- -fi\SpecialChar \- -gu\SpecialChar \- -ra\SpecialChar \- -tion -\family default - nachprüfen, ob diese auf Ihrem System vorhanden sind. - \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist der Anfang einer langen Tabelle, bei der Sie durch Rechtsklick - auf eine der ersten Zeilen auf der Karteikarte -\family sans -Lange -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -Tabelle -\family default - deren Eigenschaften sehen können. - Die gesamte Tabelle finden Sie im -\emph on -Eingebettete -\emph default - -\emph on -Objekte -\emph default - Handbuch. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption -\series bold -Telefonliste (ignoriere die Namen) +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Platypus" + +\end_inset + +Platypus \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/platypus.eps + lyxscale 60 + width 45col% + \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -NAME +\lang english +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + +Two distorted images. \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -TEL. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Note that the caption is added to the +\family sans +List +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Figures +\family default + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Telefonliste -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Verzeichnisse" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\lang english +Table Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +\lang english +Floats ! Table floats \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -NAME \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Table floats can be inserted using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table +\family default +. + They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different + label. + Table +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Table-float" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -TEL. + is an example of a table float. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption -\series bold -wird fortgesetzt -\series default - \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\end_layout +\lang english +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Table-float" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +A table float. \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout -\end_inset - - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Kemenater +1 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Klaus +2 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +3 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24564,18 +22418,16 @@ Klaus \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Maccioni +Joe \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Piero +Mary \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24584,437 +22436,423 @@ Piero \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +Ted \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Pochiesa -\end_layout - +\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paolo + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -999, 222 -\end_layout - +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +a & b\\ +c & d +\end{array}\right]$ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Radina \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Claudio -\end_layout - +\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -999 + \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + + +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oskar + \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\lang english +Algorithm Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -999 + +\lang english +Floats ! Algorithm floats \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Tacchelli \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +This float type is inserted with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Algorithm +\family default +. + It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms. + A possible environment for algorithms is the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +, described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ugo -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LyX-Code" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -999 +. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Tezzele +\lang english +Note: +\series default + that the float label is not automatically translated into the document + language. \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Margit + You have to do this manually by adding the following line \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +\lang english + +\backslash +floatname{algorithm}{your +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -999 +name} \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +to the document preamble (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default +). + +\series bold +your +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - +name +\series default + is the word +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +\emph on +algorithm +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in your language. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\lang english +Wrap Floats +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -addtocounter{table}{-1} +\lang english +Floats ! Text Wrap Floats \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Note Note +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Wrap figure +lines 0 +placement l +overhang 0in +width "40col%" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -siehe -\series bold -Beschriftungen langer Tabellen -\series default - im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete Objekte -\emph default -. -\end_layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/mobius.eps + width 40col% \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Tabellen in -\family sans -Gleitobjekt -\family default --Umgebungen -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! in Legende-Umgebungen -\end_layout -\end_inset +\lang english +\begin_inset Caption +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\lang english \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Tabellen-in-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen" +name "fig:Wrapped-figure" \end_inset +This is a wrapped figure +\lang ngerman +. +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Falls Sie zum Erstellen der Tabelle einfach nur die Schaltfläche -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - \end_inset - in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \- -leiste oder den Menüpunkt -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabelle -\family default -\SpecialChar \ldots{} - verwenden, wird die Tabelle genau an der Stelle im Text erscheinen, an - der sich der Cursor befand. - Sie wird als eigener Absatz und zentriert gesetzt. - Verwenden Sie stattdessen -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabelle -\family default - oder -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon + +\end_layout \end_inset -, so kann LaTeX die Tabelle auch ein wenig verschieben und so möglichst - optimal positionieren. - Diese Positionierung einer Gleitobjekt-Umgebung mit einer Tabelle funktioniert - genauso, wie es im Abschnitt -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen" +\lang english +This float type is used if you want to +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - für Abbildungen erläutert wurde. - Tabelle -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" +wrap +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column + width. + It can be inserted using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Wrap +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Gleitobjekt-Tabelle. - In LyX wurde sie am Ende dieses Absatzes eingefügt. - -\begin_inset Float table -placement htbp -wide false -sideways false -status open +Float +\family default + if the LaTeX-package +\series bold +wrapfig +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption + +\lang english +LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + is installed. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" +\lang english +Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the +\emph on +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Eine gleitende Tabelle +Configuration +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \end_inset + The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the + float box. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Wrapped-figure" -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout +\end_inset + is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +col%. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout +\lang english +Available units are explained in Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "chap:In-LyX-verfügbare" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Martin +. \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Lena + Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi +ng text. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Alina -\end_layout +\series bold +\lang english +Note: +\series default + Wrap floats might be fragile! E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - +having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so + that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some + other text. \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} -a & b\\ -c & d -\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset + In general: +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +\lang english +Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break. + That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact + place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where + page breaks will appear. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset +\lang english +Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph + where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +\lang english +Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that + there is a text paragraph between them as separator. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - +\begin_layout Itemize -\end_inset +\lang english +Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\end_layout +\lang english +Rotated Floats +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Rotated-Floats" \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Tabellentitel \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tabellen ! -titel + +\lang english +Floats ! Rotating \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25023,140 +22861,141 @@ Tabellen ! -titel \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Wenn Sie eine neue Gleitobjekt-Umgebung für eine Tabelle anlegen, ist das - erste, wozu Sie aufgefordert werden, die Eingabe eines Titels hinter -\emph on -Tabelle -\series bold +\lang english +Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated. + To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box + and use the option +\family sans +Rotate \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +sideways +\family default +. +\end_layout -\series default -Nr: -\emph default +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you + have a multicolumn document). + You can let them span several columns using the float settings option +\family sans +Span +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +columns +\family default . - Um wirklich eine Tabelle einzufügen, müssen Sie dies innerhalb der Gleitobjekt- -Umgebung ähnlich wie bei Abbildungen + Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin. + Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption + format is also the same: Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vpageref -reference "sub:Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen" +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset - durchführen. + is an example of a rotated table float. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Ob die Tabelle über oder unter dem Titel steht, können Sie wie auch bei - den Abbildungen über die Position des Cursors beim Einfügen der Tabelle - festlegen: Befindet er sich über dem Wort -\emph on -Tabelle -\series bold -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\lang english +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +\lang english +Note: \series default -Nr: -\emph default -, so erscheint die Tabelle über dem Text (wie in Tabelle -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle-mit-Titel-darunter" + Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats. +\end_layout \end_inset -), befindet er sich darunter, wird sie unter den Text gesetzt (Tabelle -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" -\end_inset +\end_layout -). - +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table -placement htbp wide false -sideways false +sideways true status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\end_layout +\lang english +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 + Rotated table \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -4 + \end_layout -\end_inset - - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 +test \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -6 +b \end_layout \end_inset - - \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -7 +c \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25165,7 +23004,7 @@ status open \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -8 +d \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25174,7 +23013,7 @@ status open \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -9 +e \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25185,28 +23024,27 @@ status open \end_inset -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_layout + \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Section +Gleitobjekt-Platzierung \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle-mit-Titel-darunter" +name "sec:Gleitobjekt-Platzierung" \end_inset -Noch eine gleitende Tabelle, mit dem Titel darunter -\end_layout - -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Gleitobjekte ! Platzierung \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25215,219 +23053,350 @@ Noch eine gleitende Tabelle, mit dem Titel darunter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Ohne-Titel" +\lang english +Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement + options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float. +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Sie können auch Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen ohne Titel erzeugen, dafür gibt es - zwei Möglichkeiten. - Entweder erstellen Sie zunächst eine einfache Tabelle (ohne Gleitob\SpecialChar \- -jekt-Umgebun -g), markieren diese und wählen dann +The option \family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tabelle -\family default - -\begin_inset Newline linebreak +Span +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -( -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - +columns +\family default + is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will + span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one. +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -), oder Sie erstellen ganz normal eine gleitende Tabelle, geben aber keinen - Text ein, sondern fügen nur eine Tabelle ein. - Setzen Sie nun den Cursor rechts neben den Titel und drücken Sie -\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +The option +\family sans +Rotate +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. - Der Eintrag -\emph on -Tabelle -\series bold - +sideways +\family default + is used to rotate floats, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\series default -Nr: -\emph default - verschwindet, die Tabelle wird ohne Titel gesetzt. - Tabelle \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Tabelle-ohne-Titel" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Rotated-Floats" \end_inset - ist ein Beispiel dafür. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -placement htbp -wide false -sideways false -status open -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\lang english +You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to + set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option +\family sans +Use +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -9 +default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +placement +\family default +: \end_layout +\begin_layout Description + +\lang english +Here +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -8 +if +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted \end_layout +\begin_layout Description + +\lang english +Top +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -7 +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page: try to place the float at the top of the current page \end_layout +\begin_layout Description + +\lang english +Bottom +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -6 +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page \end_layout +\begin_layout Description + +\lang english +Page +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -5 +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +floats: try to place the float at an own page \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The order of the above option is +\emph on +always +\emph default + used by LaTeX. + That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out + +\family sans +Here +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -4 -\end_layout +if +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +possible +\family default +, then +\family sans +Top +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -3 +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page +\family default +, and then the others. + If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but + in the same order. + If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated + but it is tried to put the float on the following page. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_layout Plain Layout -2 +\lang english +By default, each option has its own rules: \end_layout +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\lang english +Top +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page +\family default + only floats occupying less than 70 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +% of the page can be placed at the top of a page ( +\series bold + +\backslash +topfraction +\series default +) \end_layout +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\lang english +Bottom +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - +page +\family default +: only floats occupying less than 30 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page. + ( +\series bold +\backslash +bottomfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Tabelle-ohne-Titel" +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\lang english +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +floats +\family default +: only if more than 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together + on a page. + ( +\series bold +\backslash +floatpagefraction +\series default +) \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional + option +\family sans +Ignore +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rules +\family default +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese +s after the rules description above. + To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule + to 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +% of the page, add this line to your document preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +\lang english +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +bottomfraction}{0.5} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Ohne Titel wird die Tabelle nicht nummeriert, deshalb wird sie, falls Sie - eine Marke für Querverweise einfügen, unter der Nummer des aktuellen (Unter)Kap -itels/Ab\SpecialChar \- -schnit\SpecialChar \- -tes referenziert. - Beachten Sie bitte auch, dass nur Tabellen und Abbildungen in Gleitobjekt-Umgeb -ungen mit einem Titel versehen werden können. + +\lang english +Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed + exactly at the position where it is inserted. + For this case you can use the option +\family sans +Here +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +definitely +\family default +. + Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to + be printed. + Because the float is then no longer able to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Platzierung +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always + surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Bei der Platzierung wird nicht zwischen Abbildungen und Tabellen unterschieden, - es gilt diesbezüglich uneingeschränkt das in Abschnitt -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen" + +\lang english +For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" \end_inset - Gesagte. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Section -Gleitobjekte +Minipage \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sec:Gleitobjekte" +name "sec:Minipage" \end_inset @@ -25436,7 +23405,7 @@ name "sec:Gleitobjekte" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Gleitobjekte +Minipage \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25445,35 +23414,145 @@ Gleitobjekte \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Gleitobjekte werden detailliert im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\lang english +LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, + called minipage. + Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Objekte, Kapitel -\begin_inset space \space{} +apply. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Box +\family default +. + Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage + and its alignment within the page. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\lang english +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "30col%" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +\lang english +This is a minipage. + The text is set in an italic style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +\lang english +Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs + another formatting. +\end_layout + \end_inset -3 -\emph default - beschrieben. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Minipage -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipage" +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset +If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use +\family sans +Horizontal Fills +\family default + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontaler-Leerraum" + +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1.5in" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Minipage + +\lang english +This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. + This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1.5in" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. + This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25482,23 +23561,28 @@ Minipage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Minipages werden detailliert im Handbuch -\emph on -Eingebettete -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\lang english +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -Objekte + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage + to other box types. + All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter +\emph on +Boxes \emph default -in + of the \emph on - +Embedded Objects \emph default -Kapitel -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -5 beschrieben. + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter @@ -26330,7 +24414,7 @@ Mathe-Werkzeugleiste Andere Spezialworte sind trigonometrische Funktionen (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Mathematische-Funktionen" +reference "sub:Mathematische-Funktionen" \end_inset @@ -26401,15 +24485,6 @@ Mathe-!Kontrollflächen \end_inset -\family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "Mathe-Kontrollflächen" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -26552,7 +24627,7 @@ rend ist. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Mathematische-Funktionen" +reference "sub:Mathematische-Funktionen" \end_inset @@ -26567,7 +24642,7 @@ Die folgenden Symbole sind auch in Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Andere-Mathe-Symbole" +reference "sub:Andere-Mathe-Symbole" \end_inset @@ -26990,7 +25065,7 @@ mathematische!Symbole \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Andere-Mathe-Symbole" +name "sub:Andere-Mathe-Symbole" \end_inset @@ -27129,7 +25204,7 @@ Symbole \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Weitere-Symbole" +name "sub:Weitere-Symbole" \end_inset @@ -27263,7 +25338,7 @@ mathematische!Funktionen \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Mathematische-Funktionen" +name "sub:Mathematische-Funktionen" \end_inset @@ -27378,7 +25453,7 @@ hat{a Tabelle \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Akzente" +reference "tab:Akzente" \end_inset @@ -27398,7 +25473,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Akzente" +name "tab:Akzente" \end_inset @@ -27819,7 +25894,7 @@ Dekorationen \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Klammern-und-Dekos" +name "sec:Klammern-und-Dekos" \end_inset @@ -27860,7 +25935,7 @@ Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. In Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen" +reference "sec:Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen" \end_inset @@ -28059,7 +26134,7 @@ Gleichungen \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen" +name "sec:Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen" \end_inset @@ -28118,7 +26193,7 @@ zeichen \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Klammern-und-Dekos" +reference "sec:Klammern-und-Dekos" \end_inset @@ -28427,7 +26502,7 @@ Gleichungen!markieren \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren" +name "sec:Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren" \end_inset @@ -28718,7 +26793,7 @@ I Tabelle \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Mathematik-Schriftstile" +reference "tab:Mathematik-Schriftstile" \end_inset @@ -28740,7 +26815,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Mathematik-Schriftstile" +name "tab:Mathematik-Schriftstile" \end_inset @@ -30006,7 +28081,7 @@ Es gibt folgende Querverweisstile: : druckt die Nummer, dies ist die Voreinstellung: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" +reference "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset @@ -30027,7 +28102,7 @@ Gleichung weggelassen wird: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" +reference "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset @@ -30042,7 +28117,7 @@ reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand pageref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" +reference "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset @@ -30069,7 +28144,7 @@ auf Seite und die Seitennummer: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vpageref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" +reference "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset @@ -30100,7 +28175,7 @@ auf Seite , und die Seitennummer: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" +reference "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset @@ -30165,7 +28240,7 @@ LaTeX-Paket ! refstyle Textverweis: druckt die Beschriftung oder den Namen der Referenz: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand nameref -reference "Tab:Gleitende-Tabelle" +reference "tab:Rotated-table" \end_inset @@ -30252,7 +28327,7 @@ chrift; bei Gleitobjekten setzen Sie die Marke in die Beschriftung; bei \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren" +reference "sec:Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren" \end_inset @@ -30509,7 +28584,7 @@ Dokumentklassen erscheinen. Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Einträge im Dialogfenster \family sans Dokument-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator - Nummerierung +Nummerierung \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset @@ -31083,7 +29158,7 @@ Literaturverzeichnis \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung" +reference "sub:Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung" \end_inset @@ -31624,107 +29699,48 @@ Stichwort!verzeichnis@-verzeichnis \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Stichwort erstellen -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard -Ein gutes Stichwortverzeichnis zu erstellen, gehört bei längeren Dokumenten - mit zu den schwierigsten Aufgaben. - Aber LyX unterstützt Sie auch hier und vereinfacht die Dinge, indem es - eine Schnittstelle zu einem Programm zur Erzeugung von Stichwortverzeichnissen - bereitstellt. - Das ist unter Linux standardmäßig -\family typewriter -xindy -\family default -, wenn Sie es installiert haben, ansonsten -\family typewriter -makeindex -\family default -, das zu allen LaTeX-Distributionen gehört. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Das Einfügen eines Stichwortverzeichnisses und das Markieren von Worten, - die in diesem Stichwortverzeichnis erscheinen sollen, funktioniert ähnlich - wie das Erstellen eines Literaturver\SpecialChar \- -zeich\SpecialChar \- -nisses, das im vorigen Abschnitt - beschrieben wurde. - Setzen Sie den Cursor zunächst ganz ans Ende des Dokuments und wählen Sie - dort den Menüpunkt +\lang english +An index entry is created if you use the menu \family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Liste +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -/ -\begin_inset space ~ +Entry +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "index-insert" \end_inset -Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Stichwortverzeichnis -\family default . -\end_layout + A box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Standard -Für jedes Wort, das in dieser Liste erscheinen soll, setzen Sie nun den - Cursor direkt hinter dieses Wort und wählen den Menüpunkt -\family sans -Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Stichwort -\family default -oder \family sans - +Index \family default -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/index-insert.png - scale 85 - groupId Icon - +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -\family sans -. - -\family default - Eine Schaltfläche mit der (standardmäßig grünen) Aufschrift -\family sans -Stichwort -\family default - erscheint an der Cursorposition. + is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. + The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed + by LyX as the index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Das Eingabefeld für Stichworte unterscheidet sich von allen anderen Eingabefelde -r, weil Sie gültigen LaTeX-Code eingeben müssen. - Deswegen können Sie zum Beispiel nicht -\series bold -Suchen & Ersetzen -\series default - eingeben, weil & in LaTeX benutzt wird, um Tabellenspalten zu trennen. - Die richtige Eingabe ist -\series bold -Suchen -\backslash -& Ersetzen -\series default -. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Dies ist notwendig, weil Stichworte auf vielfältige Art und Weise mit LaTeX-Befe -hlen formatiert werden können. - In den folgenden Abschnitten finden Sie eine Übersicht über einige Möglichkeite -n. - Eine ausführliche Beschreibung des Stichwort-Mechanismus von LaTeX finden - Sie in LaTeX-Büchern wie +\lang english +We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. + For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one + of the LaTeX books \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" @@ -31735,57 +29751,41 @@ key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sie können den Text ändern, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche klicken. - Wenn Sie vor dem Aufruf mehrere Worte markiert haben, stehen alle in Feld - -\family sans -Schlagwort -\family default -. - Das ist bereits alles; LyX ruft bei Bedarf automatisch das Programm auf, - das in -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout +\lang english +The index list is inserted in the document with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -X -\family default -\SpecialChar \menuseparator -im Feld -\family sans -Befehl +/ \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -für +TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Stichwortverzeichnis +List \family default - eingetragen ist, das ist standardmäßig -\family typewriter -xindy +. + A light blue box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Index \family default -, welches dann das eigentliche Stichwortverzeichnis erzeugt. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Achten Sie darauf, dass sich zwischen dem zu indizierenden Wort im Text - und der Stichwort-Marke kein Leerzeichen befindet, da auf diese Weise falsche - Seitennummern im Stichwortverzeichnis erzeugt werden können. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will show the place where the index is printed in the output. + The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -31823,8 +29823,8 @@ Liste \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Listen" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Listen" \end_inset @@ -31843,16 +29843,22 @@ Liste \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref +LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Auflistung" \end_inset - fügen wir als Stichwort -\family typewriter + fügen wir als Stichwort +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold Liste ! Auflistung -\family default - und +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +und \series bold \series default @@ -31862,19 +29868,22 @@ in Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Aufzählung" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Aufzählung" \end_inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + \series bold - -\family typewriter -\series default Liste ! Aufzählung -\family default - ein. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +ein. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -31911,70 +29920,97 @@ Stichwort ! Mehrere Seiten \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Normalerweise erscheint ein Stichwort zusammen mit der Seitenzahl, wo es - steht. - Aber manchmal wollen Sie einem Stichwort vielleicht mehrere aufeinanderfolgende - Seiten zuordnen. - Wenn Sie am Anfang von Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\lang english +Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed + section. + But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. + E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry + in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Absatzumgebungen" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Absatzumgebungen" \end_inset - das Stichwort -\family typewriter -Absatz ! -umgebungen|( -\family default - und am Ende von Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} + with the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +\lang english +Paragraph environments|( +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +and another entry at the end of section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "LyX-Code" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LyX-Code" \end_inset - das Stichwort -\family typewriter -Absatz ! -umgebungen|) -\family default - eingeben, wird im Stichwortverzeichnis folgendes erscheinen: + with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Absatz + +\series bold +\lang english +Paragraph environments|) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ + +\lang english +The commands +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset --umgebungen, 22-36 -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Die Befehle -\family typewriter \series bold |( -\family default \series default - und -\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + \series bold |) -\family default \series default - begrenzen den Seitenbereich des Stichwortes. - Sie können dasselbe an verschiedenen Stellen Ihres Dokuments wiederholen. - Die Seitenbereiche werden dann nacheinander, durch Komma getrennt, aufgelistet. + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + respectively start and end the index range. + You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. + They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of + the pages of the indexed document parts. + An example is the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Document ! Settings +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -32037,12 +30073,17 @@ reference "sec:Grafikformate" \end_inset -), so schreiben Sie in das Stichwort-Eingabefeld -\family typewriter +), so schreiben Sie in das Stichwort-Eingabefeld +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold GIF|see{Grafikformate} -\family default -. - Der Text in den geschweiften Klammern wird dann im Stichwortverzeichnis +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Der Text in den geschweiften Klammern wird dann im Stichwortverzeichnis ohne Seitenangabe erscheinen. \end_layout @@ -32061,79 +30102,144 @@ Stichwort ! Reihenfolge \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Worte mit Umlauten und ß werden nicht richtig sortiert. - So wird -\emph on -Bäume -\emph default - im Stichwortverzeichnis vor -\emph on -Baum -\emph default - erscheinen. - Um das zu verhindern, schreiben Sie ins Feld -\family sans -Schlagwort -\family default - folgendes: -\emph on -Baume@Bäume -\emph default + +\lang english +You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might + then not follow the rules for the index order. + The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see + section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" + +\end_inset + . - Für Soße also -\emph on -Sose@Soße -\emph default +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages. + We have created as an example the three dummy index entries +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +maison +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +maître +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + . - Damit werden Umlaute und ß richtig einsortiert, und in der Ausgabe so geschrieb -en, wie es hinter @ steht. - Das bedeutet natürlich auch, dass Sie durch das Wort vor @ eine beliebige - Sortierreihenfolge erzwingen können. +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! maïs \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Verwendet man im Menü -\family sans -Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ausgaben\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTe -\family default +\end_inset -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + +\begin_inset Index idx +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! maître +\end_layout -{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! maïs@maison \end_layout \end_inset + +\lang english +They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the order + maïs, maison, maître. + To achieve this, we use the command +\end_layout -\family sans -X -\family default - zusätzlich den Parameter -\begin_inset Quotes gld +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +\lang english +previous entry@current entry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +In our case we want to have +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +maison +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family typewriter --g -\family default + after +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset Quotes grd +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - für -\family typewriter -makeindex -\family default -, wird der Index gemäß den deutschen Regeln sortiert. + and write therefore for the index entry of maison: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +maïs@maison +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use + another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for + an example. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\lang english \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset @@ -32141,13 +30247,15 @@ makeindex \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In einigen Fällen ist die Stichwort-Reihenfolge nicht korrekt wenn das Programm - + +\lang english +In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the + program \family sans makeindex \family default -verwendet wird um das Stichwortverzeichnis zu erzeugen (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ +to generate the index (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -32162,8 +30270,9 @@ reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" \family sans makeindex \family default - würde zum Beispiel das Stichwort für das LaTeX-Paket cjk in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ + would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in + sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -32173,35 +30282,31 @@ reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" \end_inset - nach den Stichworten für die anderen LaTeX-Pakete drucken, obwohl all diese - Stichworte mit dem Befehl -\begin_inset Quotes gld + after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these + index commands start with +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\family typewriter -LaTeX-Paket ! \series bold - -\family default +LaTeX-packages ! \series default -\begin_inset Quotes grd +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - beginnen. - Der Grund ist, dass sich das Stichwort für cjk in einer Fußnote befindet. - Um diesen +. + The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote. + To fix this \family sans makeindex \family default - Fehler zu beheben, fügen Sie diese Befehle zum LaTeX-Vorspann ihres Dokuments - hinzu: + bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\series bold \backslash let @@ -32213,7 +30318,7 @@ index \begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\series bold \backslash renewcommand*{ @@ -32238,171 +30343,163 @@ Stichwort ! formatieren \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sie können ein Stichwort wie normalen Text formatieren. + +\lang english +You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog. +\lang ngerman + \begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort ! -\emph on -dies ist kursiv +Sinnloseintrag ! +\shape italic +Dies ist ein kursiver Sinnloseintrag \end_layout \end_inset - Sie können auch die Seitenzahlen formatieren wie mit dem Befehl -\begin_inset Quotes gld + +\lang english +You can also format the page number using the character +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\family typewriter -Mediävalziffern | oldstylenums -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd +| +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, der Mediävalziffern (siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset + followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash. + We can write for example +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Mediävalziffern-verwenden" +\series bold +\lang english +italic page number:|textit +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +to get the page number in italic. +\lang ngerman -) ausgibt. \begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Stichwort ! Mediävalziffern| oldstylenums +Sinnloseintrag ! kursive Seitennummer:|textit \end_layout \end_inset - Normalerweise beginnen alle LaTeX-Befehle mit -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset - - -\family typewriter - -\backslash - -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - -, aber in diesem Spezialfall bedeutet -\begin_inset Quotes gld + +\lang english +Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special + case +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold -| -\family typewriter +|command \series default -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Befehl -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Quotes gld +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -\family typewriter + means +\series bold \backslash -Befehl{Seitenzahl} -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes grd +command{page +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +number} +\series default . - In Abschnitt + Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "LaTeX-Syntax" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset - erfahren Sie mehr über die LaTeX-Syntax. + to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Anmerkung: Das Formatieren von einzelnen Stichworten funktioniert nur mit - -\family typewriter -make\SpecialChar \- -index +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +\lang english +Note: +\series default + Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program +\family sans +makeindex \family default -, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space ~ +to generate the index, see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref +LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" \end_inset . - Wenn Sie jedoch -\family typewriter -xindy -\family default - benutzen, funktioniert es nur für -\series bold -fett -\series default - und -\emph on -kursiv -\emph default -. - Das liegt daran, dass man für -\family typewriter + If you use +\family sans xindy \family default - semantische Elemente definieren muss, bevor man sie benutzen kann. - In +, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text. + This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they + can be used, see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite -after ", S. 678ff" +after "p. 678 ff." key "latexcompanion" \end_inset - finden Sie Einzelheiten dazu. + for details. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sie sollten Seitennummern nicht wie oben gezeigt formatieren. - Stattdessen sollten Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann ein Makro definieren und dieses - benutzen. - Wenn Sie zum Beispiel alle Seitenzahlen, die auf eine Definition verweisen, - kursiv schreiben wollen, damit sie leichter zu erkennen sind, schreiben - Sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann: + +\lang english +In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown + above. + Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. + Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold. + Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of + the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. + If so, put the following in the preamble \end_layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold \backslash newcommand{ @@ -32413,21 +30510,37 @@ textit{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -und im Dokument im Stichwort -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\lang english +and write +\end_layout -\family typewriter -meinStichwort | IndexDef -\family default +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +mein Eintrag|IndexDef +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +in the index entry. +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Index idx +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sinnloseintrag ! mein Eintrag|IndexDef +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset -. - Der Vorteil ist, dass Sie später solche Formatierungen leichter und dokumentwei -t im LaTeX-Vorspann ändern können, zum Beispiel von kursiv auf fett. + +\lang english +The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher + insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to + change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -32452,7 +30565,9 @@ Wenn Sie wollen, dass die Stichworte mit Stichwortverzeichnis statt Index beginnen, sollten Sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes einfügen: \end_layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold \backslash addto @@ -32621,6 +30736,175 @@ Stichwortverzeichnis eintragen. \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection + +\lang english +Multiple Indexes +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +In many fields, it is common to have more than one index. + For instance, you might need to set up a separate +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Index of Names +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + next to the standard index. + LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many + packages that add this feature. + LyX uses the +\series bold +splitidx +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +LaTeX-packages ! splitidx +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + package to generate multiple indexes. + The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions. + If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeXCatalogue" + +\end_inset + +. + Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also + includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. + Please consult the package's manual for details. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Indexes +\family default + and select +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Use multiple Indexes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Note that the list of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Available Indexes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + below already contains the standard index. + To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should + also appear as a heading) to the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +New +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + input field and press the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Add +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + button. + The new index should now appear in the list as well. + If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index + by selecting the index in the list and hitting the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + button. + The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different + indexes in the LyX work area. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index + list in +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +/ +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +TOC +\family default + and the +\family sans +Insert +\family default + menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes. + The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there + are some additional features: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\lang english +If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking + on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\lang english +By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. + Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Subindex +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined + as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested + to the non-subindexes. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Nomenklatur/Glossar \begin_inset CommandInset label @@ -32673,8 +30957,7 @@ Einen Glossar-Eintrag erstellen Sie, indem Sie den Cursor hinter ein Symbol oder einen Begriff stellen und \family sans Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nomenklatureintrag\SpecialChar \ldots{} - +Nomenklatureintrag \family default oder \begin_inset Graphics @@ -33296,8 +31579,8 @@ Entfernen . \lang english -Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch - to the name of the other) and to add +Furthermore, the Dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch + to the name of the other) und to add \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33309,8 +31592,8 @@ unknown branches \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -e., branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other - documents, without having being defined) to the document's branch list. +e., branches that were added to the document via copy und paste from other + documents, ohne having being defined) to the document's branch list. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33378,7 +31661,7 @@ Zweige an den Dateinamen angehängt. \lang english -Consider for example a file +Consider zum Beispiel a file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33411,7 +31694,7 @@ Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - and + und \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33427,7 +31710,7 @@ Exam-Question.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - if only the + if nur the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33443,7 +31726,7 @@ Exam-Answer.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - if only the + if nur the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33451,7 +31734,7 @@ Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - branch was active, and + branch was active, und \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33460,7 +31743,7 @@ Exam-Question-Answer.pdf \end_inset if both branches were active. - This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without + This helps you to easily export different versions of your document ohne much hassle. \end_layout @@ -33487,7 +31770,7 @@ Eine Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax ist in Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "LaTeX-Syntax" +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset @@ -33675,7 +31958,7 @@ PDF!-Eigenschaften \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "PDF-Eigenschaften" +name "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" \end_inset @@ -33849,10 +32132,10 @@ TeX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -TeX-Code-Kästchen +TeX-Code-BocKästchen \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "TeX-Code-Kästchen" +name "sub:TeX-Code-Kästchen" \end_inset @@ -34091,10 +32374,10 @@ Handbuchergänzungen \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -LaTeX-Syntax +Kurze Einführung in die LaTeX-Syntax \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "LaTeX-Syntax" +name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset @@ -34102,149 +32385,64 @@ name "LaTeX-Syntax" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Manchmal gibt es Situationen, in denen Sie zusätzliche LaTeX-Befehle benötigen, - um ein Dokument -\emph on -schön -\emph default - zu gestalten oder dokumentenweite Einstellungen zu ändern. - Das ist keine Schwäche von LyX, weil Sie diese Befehle auch in reinen LaTeX-Dat -eien verwenden müssten. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Deshalb sollten Sie ein wenig über LaTeX-Befehle wissen. - Alle LaTeX-Befehle fangen mit -\family typewriter - -\backslash -\family default - an, das Argument steht zwischen den geschweiften Klammern -\family typewriter -{} -\family default -, und die Optionen in eckigen -\family typewriter -[] -\family default -. - Nicht alle Befehle haben Optionen und Argumente. - Es gibt folgende Arten: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Spezialbefehle mit einem oder zwei Zeichen -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Befehle der Art -\family typewriter - -\backslash -Befehlsname -\family default -. - Sie enden vor dem ersten Zeichen, der kein Buchstabe ist. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Befehle der Art -\family typewriter - -\backslash -Befehlsname[Optionen]{Argument} -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Befehle der Art -\family typewriter - -\backslash -Befehlsname[Optionen]{Argument1}{Argument2} -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -Befehle, deren Befehlsname -\family typewriter - mit einem * endet. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection* -Beispiele -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Ein Spezialbefehl ist -\family typewriter -"= -\family default -, der bei der Silbentrennung in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} +\lang english +When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something + about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background. + Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Zusammengesetzte-Worte" - +program +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - beschrieben wird. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Befehle der 3. - Art haben Sie mit -\family typewriter -sloppypar -\family default - in Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} + your text. + This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at + any time if you know the right commands. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Sloppypar" - +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - kennengelernt. +imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the + end of the day. + Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have + all caption labels bold. + But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels + in your manual. + Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one + day. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Stellen Sie sich vor, Sie müssten ein Handbuch für ein Produkt schreiben, - und der Termin wäre morgen. - Gerade hat Ihr Chef Sie für Ihre Arbeit gelobt, möchte aber alle Legenden-Marke -n fett gedruckt. - Weil Sie aber über hundert Bild- und Tabellen-Legenden im Handbuch haben, - können Sie das natürlich nicht an einem Tag von Hand ändern. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Jetzt kommt LaTeX ins Spiel. - Weil es für fast jedes Problem ein LaTeX-Paket gibt, müssen Sie zunächst - herausfinden, ob eines und welches infrage kommt. - Dazu sehen Sie in der LaTeX-Paket-Datenbank +\lang english +Now LaTeX comes into play. + As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package. + First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package + database, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite -key "TeXCatalogue" +key "Catalogue" \end_inset - nach. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Das Ergebnis ist, dass das Paket -\family typewriter + +\lang english +As result you know that the package +\lang ngerman + +\series bold caption -\family default +\series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -34255,78 +32453,109 @@ LaTeX-Paket ! caption \end_inset - das richtige ist. - Um es benutzen zu können, müssen Sie in + +\lang english +is what you need. + To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu \family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X-Vorspann +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings \family default - folgenden Befehl eintragen: +) with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\series bold +\lang english \backslash -usepackage[Optionen]{Paketname} +usepackage[options]{package name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In diesem Fall ist der Paketname -\family typewriter + +\lang english +All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within + two braces, and the options are set within two brackets. + Note that not all commands have an argument and options. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +In your case the package name is +\series bold caption -\family default +\series default . - Ein Blick in die Paket-Dokumentation zeigt, dass die Option -\family typewriter + After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option + +\series bold labelfont=bf -\family default - den Schriftstil für die Legenden-Marken ändert. - Also würden Sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes eintragen: +\series default + will change the font of all caption labels to bold. + So you add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\series bold +\lang english \backslash usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -und das Problem ist gelöst. + +\lang english +to the preamble and the problem is solved. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +For more commands provided by the +\series bold +caption +\series default + package, have a look at its documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "caption" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Manche Dokumentklassen haben eingebaute Lösungen für bekannte Probleme wie - das obige. - Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Klasse + +\lang english +Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems + like your case. + For example if you use a \family sans KOMA-Script \family default - benutzen, benötigen Sie das Paket -\family typewriter + class, you don't need the package +\series bold caption -\family default - nicht, stattdessen können Sie +\series default +, you can instead write \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\series bold +\lang english \backslash setkomafont{captionlabel}{ @@ -34335,38 +32564,40 @@ bfseries} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen. - Bevor Sie also ein großes Dokument schreiben, ist es sinnvoll, dass Sie - sich zunächst die Dokumentation der Dokumentklasse durchlesen. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family typewriter +\lang english +in the preamble and the problem is solved. + So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the + documentation of the document class you want to use. + ( +\series bold \backslash setkomafont -\family default - ist ein Beispiel für einen Befehl mit mehr als einem Argument. +\series default + is an example of a command with more than one argument.) \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Standard +\lang english +Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the + text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command + argument. + To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in + the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann betreffen das gesamte Dokument, während Befehle - im Text nur den Text nach dem Befehl betreffen, oder nur den Text, der - als Argument benutzt wird. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In LaTeX-Büchern erfahren Sie mehr über die LaTeX und seine Syntax: +\lang english +If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the + LaTeX-books +\lang ngerman + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite -key "latex-einführung,latex-praxisbuch,latexcompanion,latexguide" +key "latexcompanion,latexguide" \end_inset @@ -34558,6 +32789,13 @@ Roman{page} \begin_layout Section Benutzerdefinierte Kopf/Fußzeilen +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Benutzerdefinierte-Kopf/Fußzeile" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -35455,27 +33693,27 @@ netpbm \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts - of it. - Use the menu -\family sans +You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document oder + parts of it. + Use the \lang ngerman -Ansicht -\lang english -\SpecialChar \menuseparator + Menü +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Quelle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ansehen \family default - and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code. - The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is +\lang english + und a Fenster will be shown where you can siehe the LaTeX-source code. + The Fenster zeigt the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is currently in. - You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this + You can auch select document parts in LyX's main Fenster, then nur this selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. - To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in - the source view window. + To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding Option in + the source view Fenster. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -35514,18 +33752,18 @@ Einleitung \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex, - format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents. - It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature. - The key-features are: +The advanced find und replace Feature of LyX allows für searching of complex, + format-sensitive text segments und mathematics contents within LyX documents. + It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find und replace Feature. + The key-Features are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english -Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the - latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire - mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex +Both searching of text und of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the + latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not nur entire + mathematical formulas are found, but auch parts occurring within more complex formulas \end_layout @@ -35533,9 +33771,9 @@ Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the \lang english Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in - any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics -), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with - a section heading will only be found within section headings + any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, und even mathematics +), oder it may be format-sensitive, so that, zum Beispiel, a word entered + mit a section heading will nur be found within section headings \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -35554,7 +33792,7 @@ e. \end_inset a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited, - all the open files, or all the Handbuchs available from the + all the open files, oder all the Handbuchs available from the \family sans Help \family default @@ -35583,7 +33821,7 @@ Benutzung \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu +The advanced find und replace Feature of LyX is activated through the Menü \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -35596,13 +33834,13 @@ Advanced ) \family default \noun default - (shortcut + (Tastenkürzel \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" \end_inset -) or the toolbar button +) oder the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_findreplaceadv.png scale 85 @@ -35613,9 +33851,9 @@ arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" . This opens the \family sans -Advanced Find and Replace +Advanced Find und Replace \family default - dialog. + Dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -35629,18 +33867,18 @@ Enter into the \family sans Find \family default - LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking + LyX mini-editor a simple word, und search für occurrences of it by clicking on the \family sans Find Next \family default - button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the + button at the bottom of the Dialogs (or just press the \family sans Return \family default key). - The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized -, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text. + The entered word is found both in text mode und in math mode, und in emphasized +, bold oder normal face, und in both in section titles und in standard text. Pressing repeatedly \family sans Enter @@ -35650,7 +33888,7 @@ Enter \family sans Shift+Enter \family default - searches for the entered text backwards. + searches für the entered text backwards. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -35660,7 +33898,7 @@ While searching, the \family sans Case sensitive \family default - option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the + Option allows matches to occur nur mit the same case as entered in the \family sans Find @@ -35670,7 +33908,7 @@ Find \family sans Whole words \family default - option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries. + Option allows matches to occur nur at word boundaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -35680,7 +33918,7 @@ Suche nach Formeln \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the +Mathematical formulas may be searched für by typing in the \family sans Find \family default @@ -35688,13 +33926,13 @@ Find \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset - or also something more complex like + oder auch something more complex like \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset . - When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when - it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example + When searching für a formula, it is found both when it is alone und when + it occurs in sub-formulas und nested parts of sub-formulas, zum Beispiel the mentioned segments would be found in something like \lang ngerman @@ -35711,12 +33949,12 @@ Suche nach Textformatierung \begin_layout Standard \lang english -It is also possible to search for text with specific styles. +It is auch possible to search für text mit specific styles. This is done by switching to the \family sans Advanced \family default - tab of the dialog and unchecking the + tab of the Dialogs und unchecking the \family sans Ignore format \family default @@ -35731,34 +33969,33 @@ Find \begin_layout Itemize \lang english -a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring - in emphasized or boldface. +a plain word und searching für it would not find instances of the word occurring + in emphasized oder boldface. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english -an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective - instances with same face only, and within the same text style only. - Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring - alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence. +an emphasized oder boldface word und searching für it would find the respective + instances mit same face only, und within the same text style only. + Note that, zum Beispiel, an emphasized text is found not nur when occurring + alone, but auch when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english -a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences - of if only within section headings. - Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition - to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same - style. +a plain word in a section heading, und searching für it, finds occurrences + of if nur within section headings. + Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized oder bold face, in addition + to a section style, then it is found nur when occurring mit the same style. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english -some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this - formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). +some mathematics in a displayed formula will nur find instances of this + formula that are auch displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -35772,7 +34009,7 @@ The text segments matching the text entered in the \family sans Find \family default - editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the + editor may be replaced mit the text segments entered in the \family sans Replace \family default @@ -35780,11 +34017,11 @@ Replace \noun default editor. - In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the + In order to find the next occurrence und replace it, click on the \family sans Replace \family default - button or alternatively + button oder alternatively \noun on \noun default @@ -35792,7 +34029,7 @@ press \family sans Enter \family default - or + oder \family sans Shift+Enter \family default @@ -35818,8 +34055,8 @@ You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching \begin_layout Itemize \lang english -replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the - same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like +replacing occurrences of a word mit a benutzerdefinierten formatted version + of the same word, zum Beispiel replacing occurrences of a name like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -35827,7 +34064,7 @@ func() \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - with its typewriter version + mit its typewriter version \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -35843,7 +34080,7 @@ func() \begin_layout Itemize \lang english -performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing +performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, zum Beispiel replacing occurrences of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -35856,7 +34093,7 @@ performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - with + mit \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -35872,15 +34109,15 @@ performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing \family sans Whole words \family default - and + und \family sans Case sensitive \family default - options and disable the + Optionen und disable the \family sans Ignore format \family default - option in the + Option in the \family sans Advanced \family default @@ -35892,19 +34129,19 @@ R \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of + letters occurring in normal text), oder occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ \end_inset - with + mit \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$ \end_inset -, or occurrences of +, oder occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ \end_inset - with + mit \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ \end_inset @@ -35938,18 +34175,18 @@ target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression" \end_inset - You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into + You can search für regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into the \family sans Find \family default editor. - This is done via the menu + This is done via the Menü \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Insert Regular Expression \family default - (shortcut + (Tastenkürzel \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "regexp-mode" @@ -35977,7 +34214,7 @@ e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed +when matching LaTeX code, no segments mit unbalanced {} braces are allowed to match expressions. \end_layout @@ -35985,14 +34222,14 @@ when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the same text in the document. - Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual. - Examples of using such a feature may be: + Note that it is allowed to cut und paste regexp-mode insets as usual. + Examples of using such a Feature may be: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english -Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering +Searching für all fractions mit a given denominator: zum Beispiel, entering in the \family sans Find @@ -36006,18 +34243,18 @@ Find \end_inset on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all - fractions with the given denominator. + fractions mit the given denominator. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english -Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking +Searching für all text mit a given style: für Beispiel, nach unchecking the \family sans Ignore format \family default - option from the + Option from the \family sans Advanced \family default @@ -36029,14 +34266,14 @@ Advanced \series default - regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds - all emphasized and bold face text, respectively. + regular expression und adding für it an emphasized oder bold face, finds + all emphasized und bold face text, respectively. Also, inserting a \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset - regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading, - you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings. + regular expression in a bullet oder enumerated list oder a section heading, + you can find all bullet oder enumerated lists oder section headings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -36047,7 +34284,9 @@ Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual, \begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset -, and referring back to them through +, und referring back to them through +\lang ngerman + \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ \end_inset @@ -36055,23 +34294,33 @@ Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual, \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ \end_inset -, etc., where a +, usw., +\lang english +where a +\lang ngerman + \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$ \end_inset + +\lang english symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key. - For example, try searching for the regexp + For Beispiel, try searching für the regexp +\lang ngerman + \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$ \end_inset - in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. + +\lang english +in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, - and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of + und when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -36094,7 +34343,7 @@ e. \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) +Note auch that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented. \end_layout @@ -36335,7 +34584,7 @@ Thesaurus \lang english LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus. - It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely + It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice und Firefox (namely the \emph on MyThes @@ -36360,14 +34609,14 @@ target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html" thesaurus library, which is included in LyX). Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which - are available for many languages. + are available für many languages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This Abschnitt describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for - the use with LyX. +This Abschnitt describes how new dictionaries are installed und set up für + the use mit LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -36383,23 +34632,23 @@ The \emph on MyThes/ \emph default -OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix +OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file mit the suffix \emph on *.dat \emph default - containing the data and an index file with the suffix + containing the data und an index file mit the suffix \emph on *.idx \emph default . - The standardized file names include the language code for the given language + The standardized file names include the language code für the given language (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. - en_EN for English). + en_EN für English). For instance, the English files are named: \end_layout @@ -36418,9 +34667,9 @@ th_en_EN_v2.dat \begin_layout Standard \lang english -If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be +If you have OpenOffice und its thesaurus installed, these files should be already on your system. - If not, you can get dictionaries either from + If not, you can get dictionaries entweder from \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed @@ -36431,7 +34680,7 @@ http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes \end_inset - or from the site + oder from the site \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed @@ -36476,12 +34725,12 @@ http://extensions.services.openoffice.org \emph on *.idx \emph default - and + und \emph on *.dat \emph default files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder -s), and specify the path to this directory in +s), und specify the path to this directory in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -36500,24 +34749,24 @@ Using the thesaurus \begin_layout Standard \lang english -To start the thesaurus, use the menu +To start the thesaurus, use the Menü \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Thesaurus \family default - or the toolbar button + oder the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "thesaurus-entry" \end_inset - while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is + while the cursor is at the word you want to look up oder while a word is selected. - A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as + A Dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as replacement. The proposals are grouped into categories. - Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms - and hyponyms (such as + Note that the thesaurus does not nur show synonyms, but auch hyperonyms + und hyponyms (such as \emph on plant \emph default @@ -36529,7 +34778,7 @@ tree \emph on tree diagram \emph default -) and antonyms (such as +) und antonyms (such as \emph on women \emph default @@ -36543,40 +34792,40 @@ men \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but - you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look +The language is automatisch chosen from the language at the cursor, but + you can auch switch it in the Dialog, as you can enter new words to look up directly there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in +Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (nur compounds that are in the dictionary, such as the above \emph on tree diagram \emph default -), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i. +), und you have to use the so called lemma form, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person - singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs). - For example looking up the word forms + singular indicative active für nouns, infinitive für verbs). + For Beispiel looking up the word forms \emph on reports \emph default - or + oder \emph on reporting \emph default - yields no results, while results are shown for the word form + yields no results, while results are shown für the word form \emph on report \emph default . - Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e. + Your best bet is to highlight nur the relevant parts of such word (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -36589,9 +34838,9 @@ report \emph on report \emph default -s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and - also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted - part will be replaced, thus the ending remains). +s), then you get proposals ohne adjusting the query in the Dialog, und auch + the replacement will probably be correct (as nur the highlighted part will + be replaced, thus the ending remains). \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -36974,9 +35223,9 @@ Die Werkzeugleiste hat auch zwei Schaltknöpfe, um Notizen zu behandeln, \begin_layout Standard Um Änderungen in der Druckausgabe anzeigen zu können, benötigen Sie das LaTeX-Paket -\family typewriter +\series bold dvipost -\family default +\series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -37108,7 +35357,7 @@ Wenn Ihre Tastatur an Ihre Sprache angepasst ist (zum Beispiel eine deutsche \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Sprachoptionen" +reference "sub:Sprachoptionen" \end_inset @@ -37157,7 +35406,7 @@ Sprachoptionen \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Sprachoptionen" +name "sub:Sprachoptionen" \end_inset @@ -37228,7 +35477,7 @@ Latin5 (In Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "Zeichentabellen" +reference "sub:Zeichentabellen" \end_inset @@ -37280,11 +35529,11 @@ CJK utf8-plain \family default für die Verwendung von LyX mit XeTeX, einem TeX-System, das Unicode direkt - (ohne Zuhilfenahme des -\family typewriter + (ohne Zuhilfenahme des Paketes +\series bold inputenc -\family default --Paketes +\series default + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -37347,7 +35596,7 @@ Tastatur ! -tabellen \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Tastaturtabellen" +name "sub:Tastaturtabellen" \end_inset @@ -37393,7 +35642,7 @@ Zeichentabellen \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Zeichentabellen" +name "sub:Zeichentabellen" \end_inset @@ -37423,11 +35672,10 @@ name "chap:Die-Benutzeroberfläche" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality. - It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special - topic inside the user's guide. +Dieser Anhang listet alle verfügbaren Menüs auf und beschreibt ihre Funktionalit +ät. + Er ist als schnelle Referenz angelegt, wenn man nach einem bestimmten Thema + im Benutzerhandbuch sucht. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -37445,14 +35693,11 @@ Menü ! Datei \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Under the +Im Menü \family sans -File +Datei \family default - menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations. - At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed. + finden sich alle Grundlegenden und einige fortgeschrittene Aktionen. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37460,9 +35705,7 @@ Neu \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Creates a new document. +Erstellt ein neues Dokument. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37470,11 +35713,9 @@ Neu von Vorlage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -This menu entry prompts you for a template to use. - Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for - the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. +Dieser Menüeintrag fragt Sie nach einer Vorlage, die Sie verwenden wollen. + Das Auswählen einer Vorlage wird automatisch bestimmte Dokumenteinstellungen + setzen, die Sie sonst selbst vornehmen müssten. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37482,9 +35723,7 @@ This menu entry prompts you for a template to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Opens a document. +Öffnet ein Dokument. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37492,10 +35731,8 @@ Zuletzt geöffnet \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files. - Click there on a file to open it. +Dieses Untermenü zeigt eine Liste aller zuletzt geöffneten Dateien. + Beim Klicken auf eine Datei wird diese geöffnet. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37503,9 +35740,7 @@ Schließen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Closes the current document. +Schließt das aktuelle Dokument. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37513,9 +35748,7 @@ Alle schließen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Closes all opened documents. +Schließt alle geöffneten Dokumente. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37523,9 +35756,7 @@ Speichern \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Saves the actual document. +Speichert das aktuelle Dokument. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37533,9 +35764,8 @@ Speichern unter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy. +Speichert das aktuelle Dokument unter einem neuen Namen um eine Kopie zu + erstellen. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37543,9 +35773,7 @@ Alle speichern \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Saves all opened documents. +Speichert alle geöffneten Dokumente. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -37553,21 +35781,17 @@ Zum Gespeicherten zurückkehren \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Reloads the actual document from disk. +Lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection - -\lang english Versionskontrolle \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This is used when more people are working on the same document. +This is used when more people are working on the same Dokument. It is described in the Abschnitt \emph on Version Control in LyX @@ -37587,15 +35811,15 @@ Importieren \lang english You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files, - NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files - (CSV) as a new LyX-document. - The files will be imported as new LyX-document. + NoWeb-files, plain text files, und comma separated, table like, text files + (CSV) as a new LyX-Dokument. + The files will be imported as new LyX-Dokument. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -When using the menu entry +When using the Menü entry \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ @@ -37603,7 +35827,7 @@ Plain Text \family default -, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu +, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the Menü entry \family sans Plain @@ -37634,16 +35858,16 @@ name "sub: Exportieren" \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can export your document to various file formats. +You can export your Dokument to various file formats. The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file. - The menu entries are not the same on all installations. - They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration. + The Menü entries are not the same on all installations. + They depend on the Programms found by LyX while its configuration. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail +Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in Detail in Abschnitt \lang ngerman @@ -37667,7 +35891,7 @@ CJK LyX \lang english -format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean +Format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions für Chinese, Japanese, und Korean (CJK) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -37680,10 +35904,8 @@ DVI DVI-Format \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\lang english -HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not - work in all cases) +HTML HTML-Format (Der HTML-Konverter ist kein Bestandteil von LyX und funktionie +rt eventuell nicht in allen Fällen.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -37697,11 +35919,11 @@ HTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to +Word) HTML-Format specialized so that the result can be imported to \family sans MS Word \family default -; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and +; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts und not in the format \family sans MathML @@ -37710,9 +35932,6 @@ MathML \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed @@ -37728,20 +35947,16 @@ eX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(pdflatex) -\family default - text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document - will be converted to a format that is readable by the +(pdflatex) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode. + Zusätzlich werden alle Bilder des Dokuments in ein Format konvertiert, + dass vom Programm \family typewriter pdflatex \family default - program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) + gelesen werden kann (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed @@ -37757,25 +35972,22 @@ eX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(plain) -\family default - text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the - document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable - by the +(normal) Textdatei mit dem LaTeX-Quellcode. + Zusätzlich werden alle Bilder des Dokuments in das EPS-Format konvertiert. + Nur dieses Format ist vom Programm \family typewriter latex \family default - program + lesbar \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\lang english LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -z.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x ( +z.y.x LyX-Dokument in einem Format, das von der LyX-Version z.y.x lesbar ist. + ( \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset @@ -37783,27 +35995,23 @@ z \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset y -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset - represent the version number) + repräsentieren die Versionsnummer) \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\lang english -LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine +LyXHTML HTML-Format, unter Verwendung von LyXs internem XHTML-Konverter \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\lang english -OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with +OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatierte Datei, um sie mit \family sans OpenOffice \family default @@ -37815,130 +36023,95 @@ KOffice \family sans Abiword \family default -, etc. - (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in - all cases) +, usw. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +zu öffnen. + (Der OpenDocument-Konverter ist kein Bestandteil von LyX und funktioniert + eventuell nicht in allen Fällen.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(dvipdfm) -\family default - PDF-format using the program +(dvipdfm) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms \family typewriter dvipdfm \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(pdflatex) -\family default - PDF-format using the program +(pdflatex) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms \family typewriter pdflatex \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(ps2pdf) -\family default - PDF-format using the program +(ps2pdf) PDF-Format unter Verwendung des Programms \family typewriter ps2pdf \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english -Plain +Einfacher \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -text -\family default - text format +Text Textformat \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english -Plain +Einfacher \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -text +Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(ps2ascii) -\family default - text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format - and then exported as text using the program +(ps2ascii) Textformat, das Dokument wird zuerst ins PostScript Format konvertier +t und dann als Text exportiert unter Verwendung des Programms \family sans ps2ascii \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english -Postscript -\family default - PostScript format using the program +Postscript PostScript Format unter Verwendung des Programms \family typewriter dvips \end_layout -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -\lang english -Custom -\family default - custom format -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -The program +Das Programm \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default - produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file. - It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from + erzeugt intern eine DVI-Datei, die in eine PDF-Datei konvertiert wird. + +\lang english +It is a bit out of date und therefore the output could look different from what you want. \family typewriter pdflatex \family default - produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats. + produces PDF-files directly und supports the latest PDF-file formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -If one of the menu entries +If one of the Menü entries \family sans DVI \family default @@ -37950,34 +36123,30 @@ PDF (pdflatex) \family default - or + oder \family sans Postscript \family default is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation. - After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see Abschnitt + After updating you have to reconfigure LyX +\lang ngerman +, siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\lang ngerman - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" \end_inset - -\lang english . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -Reconfiguration of LyX +Neukonfiguration von LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -37988,12 +36157,12 @@ Reconfiguration of LyX \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The menu +The Menü \family sans Custom \family default - allows you to export your file by using special command line options for - the export program. + allows you to export your file by using special Befehl line Optionen für + the export Programm. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38003,25 +36172,25 @@ Drucken \begin_layout Standard \lang english -With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript - format or send it to a printer. - The printer will also use the document in PostScript format. +With this Menü entry you can print your Dokument to a file in PostScript + format oder send it to a printer. + The printer will auch use the Dokument in PostScript format. The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the - program + Programm \family typewriter dvips \family default . - For more information have a look at Abschnitt + For more information have a look at \lang ngerman - + Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Printing-the-File" +reference "sub:Datei-ausdrucken" \end_inset @@ -38035,9 +36204,9 @@ Fax \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on - Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH - prefix, see Abschnitt +This Menü entry will nur appear when you have a fax Programm installed (on + Windows you zusätzlich need to register its Programm path to LyX's PATH + prefix, siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38053,19 +36222,20 @@ reference "sec:Pfade" \lang english ). - With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like + With this Menü entry you can send your Dokument to a fax Programm like + \family typewriter hylapex \family default - or + oder \family typewriter kdeprintfax \family default . The default format of the sent file is PostScript. - The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in Abschnitt + The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described \lang ngerman - + in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38084,9 +36254,7 @@ Neues Fenster und Fenster schließen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Opens or closes a new instance of LyX. +Öffnet oder schließt eine neue Instanz von LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38094,9 +36262,8 @@ Beenden \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits. +Fordert Sie auf alle ungespeicherten Dokumente zu schließen und beendet + LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -38184,10 +36351,8 @@ Absatz nach oben/unten verschieben \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph - up or down. +Schiebt den Absatz, in dem sich der Cursor befindet, einen Absatz nach oben + oder unten. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38226,15 +36391,15 @@ Absatz ! Einstellungen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width. - These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently. +Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing und label width. + These settings nur affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you - have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents +You can auch prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you + have chosen to separate paragraphs mit indents \lang ngerman im Dialog \family sans @@ -38259,9 +36424,9 @@ Tabellen-Einstellungen und Mathe \begin_layout Standard \lang english -These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table - or a formula. - Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas. +These two Menüs are nur fully active when the cursor is inside a table oder + a formula. + Here you can change the properties of tables und formulas. The properties of tables are described in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38273,7 +36438,7 @@ reference "sec:Tabellen" \end_inset -, the properties of formulas in chapter +, the properties of formulas in Kapitel \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38294,8 +36459,8 @@ Listentiefe erhöhen / verringern \begin_layout Standard \lang english -These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment - that can be nested. +These Menü entries are nur active when the cursor is in an environment that + can be nested. They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in Abschnitt \lang ngerman @@ -38340,10 +36505,10 @@ The \family sans View \family default - menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual - document with an external program. - The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations - — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured. + Menü contains a list of available formats in which you can view the aktuelle + Dokument mit an external Programm. + The Menü entries für the viewing formats are not the same on all installations + — it depends on the LaTeX Programms that are found while LyX was configured. All possible formats are formats listed in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38356,11 +36521,11 @@ reference "sub: Exportieren" \end_inset . - You should at least see the menu entries + You should at least siehe the Menü entries \family sans DVI \family default - and + und \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ @@ -38370,29 +36535,25 @@ PDF \family default . If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation. - After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see Abschnitt + After updating you have to reconfigure LyX +\lang ngerman +, siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\lang ngerman - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "LyX-Grundeinstellungen" \end_inset - -\lang english . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -Reconfiguration of LyX +Neukonfiguration von LyX \end_layout \end_inset @@ -38403,8 +36564,8 @@ Reconfiguration of LyX \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Invoking a menu will start a viewer program. - The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see Abschnitt +Invoking a Menü will start a viewer Programm. + The viewer can be set oder changed in the preferences, siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38433,7 +36594,7 @@ At the bottom of the \family sans View \family default - menu the opened documents are listed. + Menü the opened Dokuments are listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38465,25 +36626,19 @@ Quelle ansehen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described +Öffnet ein Fenster, das den Quelltext des aktuellen Dokuments zeigt, wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\lang ngerman - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Dokumentteile-ansehen" \end_inset - -\lang english -. + beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38493,13 +36648,13 @@ Meldungen anzeigen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Opens a window showing console messages. - This is useful for debugging LyX (i. +Opens a Fenster showing console messages. + This is useful für debugging LyX (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background - while LaTeX is processing the document, +e., hunt für Fehler in the Programm) oder to see what is going on in the + background while LaTeX is processing the Dokument, \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38509,8 +36664,8 @@ Ansehen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output - format either in the preferences (see sec. +This Menü entry generates the output you have specified as default output + format entweder in the preferences (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38525,7 +36680,7 @@ reference "sec:Dateiformate" \lang english -) or in the document settings (see sec. +) oder in the Dokument settings (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38540,7 +36695,7 @@ reference "sec:Dokument-Ausgabe" \lang english -), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer. +), for instance PDF, und opens it in an appropriate viewer. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38550,7 +36705,7 @@ Andere Formate ansehen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats. +With this subMenü, you can view your Dokument in alternative output formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38560,9 +36715,9 @@ Aktualisieren \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in - the default output format as described in the previous Abschnitt) without - opening a new viewer window. +This Menü entry allows you to update the view mit your latest changes (in + the default output format as described in the previous Abschnitt) ohne + opening a new viewer Fenster. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38572,8 +36727,8 @@ Andere Formate aktualisieren \begin_layout Standard \lang english -With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats - of your document without opening a new viewer window. +With this subMenü, you can update the view of alternative output formats + of your Dokument ohne opening a new viewer Fenster. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38583,7 +36738,7 @@ Hauptdokument ansehen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, +This Menü item is nur visible if your Dokument is included to another Dokument, which is then its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -38592,17 +36747,17 @@ master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (see Abschnitt + (siehe Abschnitt \emph on -Child Documents +Child Dokuments \emph default in the \emph on Eingebettete Objekte \emph default - Handbuch for more information on this topic). - This item allows you to view the master document from within its child. - That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a + Handbuch für more information on this topic). + This item allows you to view the master Dokument from within its child. + That is, if you are working on a child Dokument which is a Kapitel of a book, \family sans View Master @@ -38611,14 +36766,14 @@ View Master \family sans View \family default - will just output the chapter alone. + will just output the Kapitel alone. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the preferences (see sec. + in the preferences (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38633,7 +36788,7 @@ reference "sec:Dateiformate" \lang english -) or in the document settings (see sec. +) oder in the Dokument settings (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38658,7 +36813,7 @@ Hauptdokument aktualisieren \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, +This Menü item is nur visible if your Dokument is included to another Dokument, which is then its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -38667,24 +36822,24 @@ master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (see Abschnitt + (siehe Abschnitt \emph on -Child Documents +Child Dokuments \emph default in the \emph on Eingebettete Objekte \emph default - Handbuch for more information on this topic). - This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within - its child without the need to switch to the master document itself. + Handbuch für more information on this topic). + This item allows you to update the view of a master Dokument from within + its child ohne the need to switch to the master Dokument itself. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the preferences (see sec. + in the preferences (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38699,7 +36854,7 @@ reference "sec:Dateiformate" \lang english -) or in the document settings (see sec. +) oder in the Dokument settings (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38726,14 +36881,14 @@ Split View \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally. - This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to - view the same document, but at different positions. - You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3 - or more documents at the same time. - To return to an unsplit view, use the menu +This will split LyX's main Fenster vertically oder horizontally. + This allows you to view Dokuments the same time to compare them, oder to + view the same Dokument, but at different positions. + You can even split the main Fenster several times to view zum Beispiel + 3 oder more Dokuments at the same time. + To return to an unsplit view, use the Menü \family sans -Close Current View +Close aktuelle View \family default . \end_layout @@ -38753,11 +36908,11 @@ Vollbild \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars +Using this Menü entry oder pressing F11 removes the Menü bar und all toolbars so that you will see nothing but your text. - It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen. - To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click - and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu. + It furthermore displays LyX's main Fenster fullscreen. + To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, oder right-click + und turn off the fullscreen mode in the context Menü. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -38784,8 +36939,8 @@ Werkzeugleiste \begin_layout Standard \lang english -In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars. - All toolbars and the +In this Menü entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars. + All toolbars und the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ @@ -38793,12 +36948,12 @@ Command Buffer \family default - can be turned on and off. + can be turned on und off. The \emph on on \emph default - state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. + state is denoted in the Menü mit a checkmark. The \family sans Review @@ -38815,15 +36970,15 @@ Math Panels \family default -, and +, und \family sans Math \family default - toolbars can be additionally set to the state + toolbars can be zusätzlich set to the state \emph on automatic \emph default - that is denoted in the menu with the suffix + that is denoted in the Menü mit the suffix \family sans (auto) \family default @@ -38841,17 +36996,17 @@ on \emph on automatic \emph default - state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment - or when a certain feature is enabled. - That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking - is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor - is inside a formula or table, respectively. + state the toolbar is nur shown when the cursor is in a certain environment + oder when a certain Feature is enabled. + That means that the review toolbar will nur be shown when change tracking + is activated, the math und table toolbars are nur shown when the cursor + is inside a formula oder table, respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in Abschnitt +LyX's toolbars und their buttons are explained in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38908,13 +37063,6 @@ Mathe \begin_layout Subsection Sonderzeichen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Sonderzeichen" - -\end_inset - - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -38925,8 +37073,8 @@ Hier können die folgenden Zeichen eingefügt werden: Symbole Fügt \lang english any character that can be output by your LaTeX system. - Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available - characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. + Therefore the number of character categories in this Dialog und the available + characters depend on the LaTeX-Pakete you have installed. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -38945,8 +37093,8 @@ Not all characters will be visible in the \family sans Symbols \family default - dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences - dialog (siehe + Dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences + Dialog (siehe \lang ngerman Abschnitt \lang english @@ -39092,7 +37240,7 @@ tipa status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-Pakete ! tipa +LaTeX-Paket ! tipa \end_layout \end_inset @@ -39556,10 +37704,10 @@ Benutzerdefinierte Einfügungen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Inserts document class-specific insets. - Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain - document class. - An example is the document class +Inserts Dokument class-specific insets. + Such insets nur exist when they are defined in the layout file für a certain + Dokument class. + An Beispiel is the Dokument class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -39567,16 +37715,16 @@ article (Elsevier) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - with three custom insets. + mit three benutzerdefinierten insets. The Abschnitt \emph on -Flex insets and InsetLayout +Flex insets und InsetLayout \emph default des \emph on Anpassung \emph default - Handbuchs explains how custom insets are defined. + Handbuchs explains how benutzerdefinierte insets are defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -39596,8 +37744,8 @@ Externes Material \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX - files in your document +This Menü entry allows you to insert oder include the contents of other + LyX files in your Dokument \lang ngerman . Wie dies geschieht ist im Detail im Kapitel @@ -40010,12 +38158,12 @@ Menü ! Navigieren \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu lists the existing chapters, Abschnitts, figures, tables, etc. +This Menü lists the existing Kapitels, Abschnitts, figures, tables, etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -of the current document. - This allows you to navigate easily through you document. +of the aktuelle Dokument. + This allows you to navigate easily through you Dokument. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -40025,8 +38173,8 @@ Lesezeichen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. - This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have +With this Menü entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. + This is useful when you are working on a large Dokument und often have to jump e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -40039,12 +38187,12 @@ between Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.5 and 6.3. - To create bookmarks for this example, go to Abschnitt +2.5 und 6.3. + To create bookmarks für this Beispiel, go to Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.5 and use the menu +2.5 und use the Menü \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ @@ -40061,7 +38209,7 @@ Bookmark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -6.3 and use +6.3 und use \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ @@ -40074,14 +38222,14 @@ Bookmark \family default 2. - Now you can jump easily between these Abschnitts by using the menu or by - the key bindings + Now you can jump easily between these Abschnitts by using the Menü oder + by the key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 1" \end_inset - and + und \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 2" @@ -40093,8 +38241,8 @@ arg "bookmark-goto 2" \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. - The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. +You can auch use bookmarks to jump between several opened Dokuments. + The saved bookmarks are valid till the Dokument is closed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -40102,10 +38250,8 @@ Nächste Notiz, Änderung, Querverweis \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current - cursor position. +Springt zur nächsten Notiz, Änderung, oder Querverweis der der aktuellen + Cursorposition folgt. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -40171,9 +38317,9 @@ eX-Protokoll \begin_layout Standard \lang english -After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be - enabled. - It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program. +After running LaTeX by viewing oder exporting a Dokument, this Menü will + be enabled. + It zeigt the logfile of the used LaTeX-Programm. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -40184,7 +38330,7 @@ Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background. \emph on Experts \emph default - will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. + will find in it reasons für LaTeX-Fehler. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -40220,22 +38366,20 @@ Anhang hier beginnen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor - position as described in Abschnitt +This Menü will start the appendix of the Dokument at the aktuelle cursor + position as described +\lang ngerman + in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\lang ngerman - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Anhang" \end_inset - -\lang english . \end_layout @@ -40343,10 +38487,8 @@ Zeichen zählen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the - highlighted document part. +Zählt die Wörter und Zeichen des aktuellen Dokuments oder des markierten + Dokumentteils. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -40366,7 +38508,7 @@ TeX-Informationen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system. +Shows you a list of the Klassen und styles installed in your LaTeX-system. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -40418,8 +38560,8 @@ Neukonfiguration von LyX \begin_layout Standard \lang english -This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages - and needed programs it needs; see also Abschnitt +This Menü entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks für LaTeX-Pakete und + needed Programms it needs; siehe auch Abschnitt \lang ngerman \begin_inset space ~ @@ -40469,27 +38611,21 @@ Menü ! Hilfe \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's - menus. +Dieses Menü listet die Dokumentationsdateien von LyX in der Sprache auf, + die aktuell für die LyX Menüs verwendet wird. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -The menu +Das Menü \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Configuration +Konfiguration \family default - shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes - found by LyX (see also Abschnitt -\lang ngerman - + öffnet ein LyX-Dokument mit Informationen über die LaTeX-Pakete und -Klassen + die von LyX gefunden wurden (siehe auch Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42494,7 +40630,7 @@ Mathe \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter -Dokument-Einstellungen +Die Dokument-Einstellungen \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Dokument-Einstellungen" @@ -42505,90 +40641,126 @@ name "chap:Dokument-Einstellungen" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In diesem Kapitel werden die Möglichkeiten des Menüs + +\lang english +The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the + whole document and is called with the menu \family sans -Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Einstellungen + Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings \family default - beschrieben, sofern das nicht bereits geschehen ist. - Dann wird nur noch darauf verwiesen. - Wenn Sie auf diesen Menüpunkt klicken, wird das Fenster +. + You can save your document settings as default with th \family sans -Ly +e Save as Document Defaults +\family default + button in the dialog. + This will create a template named +\family typewriter +default.lyx \family default + which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without + using a template. +\end_layout -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\lang english +The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following. +\end_layout -{} +\begin_layout Section +Dokumentklasse \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a + master document. + Document classes are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\family sans -X: Dokument-Einstellungen -\family default - geöffnet. - Der Baum im linken Teilfenster zeigt, was alles eingestellt werden kann. - Im unteren Teil des Fensters gibt es die beiden Schaltflächen. -\end_layout +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Dokumentklassen" -\begin_layout Description -Klassen-Standards -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -verwenden Hiermit setzen Sie alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte der - benutzten Dokumentklasse zurück. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Als -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\lang english +. + Some classes use some class options by default. + If this is the case, they are listed in the field +\family sans +Predefined +\family default + and you can decide to use them or not. + If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is + recommended not to touch them. + The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout + packages. + When using +\family sans +Default +\family default +, the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used. + It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are + doing. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed -Dokument-Standards -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +When you want one of the following drivers +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -speichern siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} +dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset +you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Dokument-Standard" +2 in +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" \end_inset . \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Die untersten vier Schalter sind wie üblich zu verwenden. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Dokumentklasse -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Dokumentklasse" +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -. +\lang english +Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a + child or subdocument. + This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened + without its master. + This way child documents are always compilable. + More about master and child documents is explained in the section +\emph on +Child Documents +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -42613,66 +40785,18 @@ Module \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Hier können Sie zusätzliche Funktionen hinzufügen, die nicht zum Standard - der gewählten Dokumentklasse gehören. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Verfügbar listet alle Module auf, die Sie in Ihrem Dokument zusätzlich verwenden - können. - Wenn Sie auf ein Modul klicken, sehen Sie im unteren Fenster Erklärungen, - manchmal auch Benutzungshinweise. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Ausgewählt listet alle Module auf, die Sie Ihrem Dokument hinzugefügt haben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Mit -\family sans -\series bold -Hinzufügen -\family default -\series default -, -\family sans -\series bold -Löschen -\family default -\series default -, -\family sans -\series bold -Rauf -\family default -\series default - und -\family sans -\series bold -Runter -\family default -\series default - können Sie die rechte Liste bearbeiten. -\end_layout +Module sind in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\series bold -Bemerkung 1 -\series default -: Manche Module benötigen LaTeX-Pakete, die nicht immer standardmäßig installier -t werden. - LyX warnt Sie, wenn Sie die benötigten Pakete nicht haben. -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Module" -\begin_layout Standard +\end_inset -\series bold -Bemerkung 2 -\series default -: Manche Module benötigen weitere Module, und manche Module sind inkompatibel - mit anderen. + beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -42681,13 +40805,13 @@ Schriften \begin_layout Standard Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "sub:Schriften" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Schrift-und-Textstile" \end_inset @@ -42699,18 +40823,31 @@ Textformat \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +\lang english +You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical + skips. + The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified. + +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Textformat" +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\lang english +Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen. + That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept. + However, it will be as you specified it in the output. +\end_layout -. +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the + +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -42718,18 +40855,25 @@ Seitenlayout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} +Eine Beschreibung ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "Seitenlayout" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Seitengröße-und-Orientierung" \end_inset -. + und +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Dokumentlayout" + +\end_inset + + zu finden. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -42738,7 +40882,7 @@ Seitenränder \begin_layout Standard Siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset space \space{} +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -43675,8 +41819,8 @@ Stichwortverzeichnis \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated - and you can define additional indexes. +Here, you can customize how the index of your Dokument is being generated + und you can define additional indexes. Please refer to \lang ngerman Abschnitt @@ -43690,9 +41834,9 @@ reference "sec:Stichwortverzeichnisse" \end_inset - + für \lang english -for details. +Details. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -43707,7 +41851,7 @@ Die PDF-Eigenschaften sind in Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "PDF-Eigenschaften" +reference "sec:PDF-Eigenschaften" \end_inset @@ -43720,9 +41864,9 @@ Mathe-Optionen \begin_layout Standard Mit diesen Optionen können Sie LyX zwingen, die LaTeX-Pakete -\family typewriter +\series bold amsmath -\family default +\series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -43734,9 +41878,9 @@ LaTeX-Paket ! amsmath \end_inset und -\family typewriter +\series bold esint -\family default +\series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -43772,7 +41916,7 @@ Siehe auch Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "Weitere-Symbole" +reference "sub:Weitere-Symbole" \end_inset @@ -43791,7 +41935,7 @@ Siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen" +reference "sec:Gleitobjekt-Platzierung" \end_inset @@ -43805,7 +41949,7 @@ Auflistungszeichen \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels. +Here you can adjust the characters für the itemize levels. The itemize environment is described in \lang ngerman Abschnitt @@ -43968,7 +42112,7 @@ Er enthält LaTeX-Befehle, die nicht zum Klassenstandard gehören. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref -reference "LaTeX-Syntax" +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset @@ -44063,14 +42207,14 @@ Achtung \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user +The appearance of the Menüs und toolbars can be changed by choosing a user interface (ui) file. - An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed. - The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files + An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars und Menüs are listed. + The toolbar buttons und Menü entries are specified in the files \shape italic stdtoolbars.inc \shape default - and + und \shape italic stdmenus.inc \shape default @@ -44080,8 +42224,8 @@ stdmenus.inc default.ui \emph default file. - To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these - files and edit the entries. + To create your own Menü und toolbar layout, start mit a copy of these files + und edit the entries. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -44095,11 +42239,11 @@ Menubar \family sans Menu \family default - and + und \family sans Toolbar \family default - entries must be ended with an explicit + entries must be ended mit an explicit \family sans End \family default @@ -44124,7 +42268,7 @@ Separators \family sans Icons, \family default - and in the case of the + und in the case of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -44132,12 +42276,12 @@ file \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - menus a + Menüs a \family sans Lastfiles \family default entry. - The syntax for the entries is: + The syntax für the entries is: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -44178,7 +42322,7 @@ LyX-function \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset -All LyX-functions are listed in the menu +All LyX-functions are listed in the Menü \family sans Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator LyX @@ -44202,12 +42346,12 @@ Functions \begin_layout Standard \lang english -An example: Assuming you use the menu +An Beispiel: Assuming you use the Menü \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Bookmarks \family default - quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the + quite often und therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the line \end_layout @@ -44245,7 +42389,7 @@ bookmark-save 6 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset -to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark. +to the navigate Menü section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -44255,12 +42399,12 @@ Automatische Hilfe \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The option +The Option \family sans Enable tool tips in main work area \family default enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries - or footnotes. + oder footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -44270,7 +42414,7 @@ Sitzung \begin_layout Standard \lang english -With the option +With the Option \family sans Allow saving \begin_inset space \thinspace{} @@ -44280,16 +42424,16 @@ Allow saving \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -restoring of window layout and geometries +restoring of Fenster layout und geometries \family default - LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used + LyX's main Fenster will be opened mit the Größe und layout that was used in the last LyX session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The option +The Option \family sans Restore cursor positions \family default @@ -44300,7 +42444,7 @@ Restore cursor positions \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The option +The Option \family sans Load opened files from last session \family default @@ -44331,9 +42475,9 @@ Sicherung ! Dokumente \begin_layout Standard \lang english -When the option +When the Option \family sans -Backup documents +Backup Dokuments \family default is set, you can specify the time between backup saves. \end_layout @@ -44344,7 +42488,7 @@ Backup documents \lang english Maximum last files \family default - is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu + is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the Menü \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -44360,9 +42504,9 @@ Recent \begin_layout Standard \lang english -When the option +When the Option \family sans -Open documents in tabs +Open Dokuments in tabs \family default is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of LyX. @@ -44392,7 +42536,7 @@ Schrift ! Bildschirm \begin_layout Standard \lang english -These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen. +These fonts are used to display your Dokuments on the screen. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -44408,12 +42552,12 @@ Achtung \lang english : \series default - This Abschnitt only deals with the fonts + This Abschnitt nur deals mit the fonts \emph on inside \emph default - the LyX window. - The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and + the LyX Fenster. + The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, und set in the \family sans \lang ngerman @@ -44438,7 +42582,7 @@ Times \family typewriter Arial \family default - or + oder \family typewriter Helvetica \family default @@ -44450,7 +42594,7 @@ sans serif \family default - font, and + font, und \family typewriter Courier \family default @@ -44464,13 +42608,17 @@ typewriter \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can change the font size with the +You can change the Schriftgröße mit the \family sans Zoom \family default setting. - You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the - current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel. + You can auch change the font zoom outside the preferences Dialog für the + aktuelle LyX session by pressing +\family sans +Strg +\family default + und scrolling the mouse wheel. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -44485,11 +42633,11 @@ Screen DPI \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -points have the size of 1 +points have the Größe of 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -inch, see Appendix +inch, siehe Anhang \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -44510,12 +42658,12 @@ The default \family sans Font Sizes \family default - are the same as if a document font size of 10 + are the same as if a Dokument Schriftgröße of 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt would be used. - The sizes are explained in detail in Abschnitt + The Größen are explained in Detail in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -44536,20 +42684,22 @@ reference "sub:Dokumentschrift-und-Schriftgröße" \begin_layout Standard \lang english -With the option +With the Option \family sans Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering \family default enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often. This results in better performance, especially on slow systems. On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen. - So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over - aesthetics. - Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac + So whether you enable this oder not depends on whether you prefer speed + over aesthetics. + Note dass der Pixmap Cache +\lang ngerman + nur unter Mac \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -OS and Windows. +OS und Windows verfügbar und nützlich ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -44580,7 +42730,7 @@ Einstellungen ! Farbe \lang english You can here change all the colors used by LyX. - Choose an item in the list and use the + Choose an item in the list und use the \family sans Alter \family default @@ -44613,45 +42763,33 @@ Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed. \lang english Instant Preview \family default - enables previewing snippets of your document. - This feature is described in Abschnitt + enables previewing snippets of your +\lang ngerman + Dokument. + Dieses Feature ist in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\lang ngerman - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Dokumentteile-ansehen" \end_inset - -\lang english -. + beschrieben. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -The option +Die Option \family sans -Mark -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -end +Absatzenden \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -paragraphs +markieren \family default - displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph. + zeigt ein Absatzzeichen (¶) am Ende jedes Paragraphen an. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -44679,50 +42817,50 @@ Bearbeiten \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The option +The Option \family sans Cursor follows scrollbar \family default - sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when + sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed Dokument part when scrolling. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the +You can adjust the thickness of the cursor mit the \family sans Cursor width \family default setting. If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative - to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts. + to the zoom value you choose für the screen fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The option +The Option \family sans Sort environments alphabetically \family default - sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. + sorts the entries in the pull-down box für the paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The option +The Option \family sans Group environments by their category \family default - groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. + groups the entries in the pull-down box für the paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the Abschnitt +The math macro editing Option determines the editing style, siehe the Abschnitt \emph on Math Macros @@ -44742,7 +42880,7 @@ Vollbild \lang english Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode. - The option + The Option \family sans Limit text width \family default @@ -44961,13 +43099,6 @@ LyX-Funktion \begin_layout Subsection Tastatur / Maus -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Tastatur-/-Maus" - -\end_inset - - \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -44993,7 +43124,7 @@ Einstellungen ! Tastaturtabelle \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system. +Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a Menü of your operating system. For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps. If you have e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} @@ -45003,8 +43134,8 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you - can use the keyboard map file named +a Czech keyboard but want to write mit it like mit a Romanian one, you can + use the keyboard map file named \emph on romanian.kmap \emph default @@ -45024,7 +43155,7 @@ Achtung \lang english : \series default - Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems. + Keyboard maps are nur provided as makeshift und don't work on all systems. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -45068,7 +43199,7 @@ Eingabevervollständigung \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Input completion is described in sec. +Input completion is described in Abschnitt \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -45080,11 +43211,11 @@ reference "sec:Eingabevervollständigung-general" \end_inset . - The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options - for text. - With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and - popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or - not. + The completion Optionen für math do the same as the corresponding Optionen + für text. + With the general Optionen you can define the delay time für the inline + und popup completion und choose if long completions should be abbreviated + oder not. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -45335,7 +43466,7 @@ Identität \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Here you can insert your name and email address. +Here you can insert your name und email address. The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described in Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ @@ -45401,10 +43532,10 @@ Interface \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus. - Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows. - It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated. - You find the actual translation status here: +language Here you can select the language of LyX's Menüs. + Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac und Windows. + It works on Linux für the languages into LyX's Menüs und Dialogs are translated. + You find the aktuelle translation status here: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n" @@ -45490,11 +43621,11 @@ Verwendet immer babel, auch wenn ein anderes Paket (bspw. Benutzerdefiniert: \series default Hier können Sie ein beliebiges Sprachpaket (via -\family typewriter +\series bold \backslash usepackage{Paketname} -\family default +\series default ) definieren. \end_layout @@ -45524,11 +43655,11 @@ Anfang Wenn ein besonderes LaTeX-Paket benötigt wird, um in einer gewissen Dokumentsprache zu schreiben, können Sie hier den Befehl zum Start des Paketes eingeben. Ein Beispiel ist der Befehl -\family sans +\series bold \backslash begin{arabtext} -\family default +\series default , der gebraucht wird, um mithilfe des Paketes \series bold ArabTeX @@ -45546,11 +43677,11 @@ key "Arabic" babel \series default -Befehl -\family sans +\series bold \backslash selectlanguage{$$lang} -\family default +\series default . \end_layout @@ -45768,6 +43899,33 @@ Achtung: \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Druckbefehl ist der Befehl, den LyX/LaTeX zum Drucken benutzt. + Der Standard ist bei den meisten Systemen +\family sans +dvips +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Optionen +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +für +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Druckbefehl Hier können Sie Drucker-Optionen angeben. + Eine Liste mit Drucker-Optionen und Erläuterungen finden Sie in der Dokumentati +on des Programms dessen +\family sans +Druckbefehl +\family default + Sie verwenden. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Description Ausgabe \begin_inset space ~ @@ -45805,46 +43963,8 @@ dvips Sie aktiviert eine Konfigurationsdatei für dvips. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Druckbefehl ist der Befehl, den LyX/LaTeX zum Drucken benutzt. - Der Standard ist bei den meisten Systemen -\family sans -dvips -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description - -\lang english -Printer -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Command -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options Here you can specify printer options. - A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation - of the program that provides the -\family sans -\lang ngerman -Druckbefehl -\family default -\lang english - you are using. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Subsection Datumsformat -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Datumsformat" - -\end_inset - - \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -45868,9 +43988,8 @@ Einstellungen ! Datumsformat \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here: +Das Datumsformat kann eines oder eine Mischung der hier aufgelisteten Formate + sein: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -45889,7 +44008,7 @@ http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -For example the format +Zum Beispiel gibt das Format \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -45897,7 +44016,7 @@ For example the format \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -prints the date as day/month/year. +das Datum in der Form Tag/Monat/Jahr aus. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -45909,22 +44028,20 @@ Ausgabe \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Zeilenlänge -\lang english - sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the - menu +Zeilenlänge legt die maximale Anzahl an Zeichen pro Zeile fest, die für + das Menü \family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Plain +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einfacher \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -text +Text \family default -. - Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless - line. + verwendet wird. + Wird die Zeilenlänge auf 0 gesetzt, wird der komplette Text in einer endlos + langen Zeile ausgegeben. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -45977,12 +44094,6 @@ Einstellungen ! LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\lang english -Use -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - LaTe \begin_inset ERT status collapsed @@ -45994,20 +44105,18 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -X +X-Fontkodierung \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -font -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -encoding This is the default encoding of the document font. +verwenden +\lang english +This is the default encoding of the Dokument font. \family sans T1 \family default - is the default and covers western languages and symbols. + is the default und covers western languages und symbols. \family sans T2A @@ -46024,11 +44133,11 @@ T2C \family sans LCY \family default -, and +, und \family sans X2 \family default - are for Cyrillic. + are für Cyrillic. Combinations of the encodings are possible, like \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset @@ -46042,29 +44151,28 @@ T1, T2B \end_inset . - The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages + The font encoding is normally automatisch loaded by the language packages LyX sets up in the background. So there is no need to change the default encoding. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Standard-Papiergröße -\lang english - This is the paper size that is used for new documents. - The +Standard-Papiergröße Dies ist die Papiergröße die für neue Dokumente verwendet + wird. + Der \family sans -Default +Standard \family default - value depends on your LaTeX-system setup. + Wert hängt von den LaTeX-Systemeinstellungen ab. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications. +You can auch specify here Befehle mit Parametern für the listed applications. But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the Handbuchs of the applications. - Currently the following commands can be set: + Currently the folgenden Befehle can be set: \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -46079,21 +44187,19 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -X-Befehl -\lang english - Command for the program +X-Befehl Befehl für das Programm \family sans CheckTeX \family default - that is described in the Abschnitt +, das im Abschnitt \emph on -Checking TeX +TeX prüfen \emph default - of the + der \emph on -Additional Features +Handbuchergänzungen \emph default - Handbuch. + beschrieben ist. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -46108,27 +44214,21 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -X-Befehl -\lang english - Command for the program +X-Befehl Befehl für das Programm \family sans -BibTeX +BibTeX, \family default - that generates the bibliography, see Abschnitt + das die Bibliographie erstellt, siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\lang ngerman - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Literaturverzeichnis-Datenbanken" \end_inset - -\lang english . \end_layout @@ -46145,44 +44245,34 @@ das \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Stichwortverzeichnis -\lang english - Command for the program that generates the index, see Abschnitt +Stichwortverzeichnis Befehl für das Programm, das das Stichwortverzeichnis + erstellt, siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\lang ngerman - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Stichwort-Programm" \end_inset - -\lang english . \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Nomenklarturbefehl -\lang english - Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see Abschnitt +Nomenklarturbefehl Befehl für das Programm, das die Nomenklatur erstellt, + siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\lang ngerman - \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Nomenklatur-Programm" \end_inset - -\lang english . \end_layout @@ -46195,33 +44285,27 @@ des \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -DVI-Betrachters -\lang english - They only have an effect when the program +DVI-Betrachters Diese haben nur einen Effekt, wenn das Programm \family sans xdvi \family default - is used as DVI-viewer. + als DVI-Betrachter verwendet wird. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\lang english -There are additionally the following options: +Es gibt zusätzlich die folgenden Optionen: \end_layout \begin_layout Description - -\lang english -Use +Verwende \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Windows-style +windowskonforme \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -paths +Pfade \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -46229,11 +44313,9 @@ in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -LaTeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that +LaTeX-Dateien +\lang english +Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -46252,14 +44334,14 @@ files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that \end_inset to separate folders. - This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows. + This Option is enabled by default when you use LyX on +\lang ngerman + Windows. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -Paths +Pfade \end_layout \end_inset @@ -46269,9 +44351,7 @@ Paths status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -Settings ! Paths +Einstellungen ! Pfade \end_layout \end_inset @@ -46306,15 +44386,11 @@ zurücksetzen entfernt beim Wechsel der Dokumentklasse alle von Hand gesetzten \begin_layout Section Datei-Handhabung -\lang english - \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang english -File handling +Datei-Handhabung \end_layout \end_inset @@ -46346,9 +44422,9 @@ Konverter \begin_layout Standard \lang english -Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material +Here you find the list of defined converter Befehle to convert material from one format to another. - You can modify them or create new ones. + You can modify them oder create new ones. To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field \family sans Converter @@ -46361,7 +44437,7 @@ Extra flag \family default -, and press the +, und press the \family sans Modify \family default @@ -46379,7 +44455,7 @@ format \family sans Converter \family default - field, and press the + field, und press the \family sans Add \family default @@ -46400,20 +44476,20 @@ Maximum Age (in days \family default ). This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen - a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead. + a Dokument; the converted images from the cache will be used instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in - the converter definition, is described in the Abschnitt +More über converters, like the variables und flags that can be used in the + converter definition, is described in the Abschnitt \emph on Converters \emph default of the \emph on -Customization +Anpassung \emph default Handbuch. \end_layout @@ -46443,7 +44519,7 @@ Dateiformate \lang english Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle. - You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain + You can modify the viewer und editor Programm that should be used für certain formats. \end_layout @@ -46478,32 +44554,32 @@ Update \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -View Master Document +View Master Dokument \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - and + und \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Update Master Document +Update Master Dokument \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in the Edit menu or the toolbar. + in the Edit Menü oder the toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english -More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition, +More über formats, like the Optionen that can be used in the format definition, is described in the Abschnitt \emph on Formats \emph default of the \emph on -Customization +Anpassung \emph default Handbuch. \end_layout @@ -46512,22 +44588,23 @@ Customization \lang english Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary - directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it + directory, it is manchmal notwendig to modify a file before copying it to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed. This is done by specifying a \family sans Copier \family default . - More about this is described in the Abschnitt + More über this is described in the Abschnitt \emph on Copiers \emph default - of the +\lang ngerman + des \emph on -Customization +Anpassung \emph default - Handbuch. + Handbuchs. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter @@ -46560,7 +44637,7 @@ Um die in diesem Handbuch verwendeten Maßeinheiten zu verstehen, erläutert \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "Tab:Maßeinheiten" +reference "tab:Maßeinheiten" \end_inset @@ -46580,7 +44657,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "Tab:Maßeinheiten" +name "tab:Maßeinheiten" \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx index b8ba39be2d..bdbbbefee2 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es/UserGuide.lyx @@ -1344,20 +1344,6 @@ clic con el botón izquierdo del ratón sobre su recuadro abre o cierra cualquie En otra sección de este manual encontrarás más detalles. \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Cuadros -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -Un clic derecho -\emph on - -\emph default -con el ratón abre una ventana de diálogo que permite manipular el cuadro. -\end_layout - \end_deeper \begin_layout Section Navegación @@ -2713,7 +2699,7 @@ bles. \begin_layout Subsubsection Formato local \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Documentos ! Formato local @@ -2742,7 +2728,13 @@ Formato local \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset - de LyX, cuyo uso se describe en el capítulo 5 del manual + de LyX, cuyo uso se describe en el sección +\emph on +\lang english +Local Layout +\emph default +\lang spanish + del manual \emph on Personalización \emph default @@ -3266,7 +3258,11 @@ Sección, Subsección, Subsubsección \family default y otros. - Los describiremos detalladamente en la sección + Los describiremos detalladamente en la sección +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Encabezados" @@ -3445,17 +3441,18 @@ LaTeX, paquetes ! fancyhdr \end_inset . - De momento, el soporte en LyX es limitado. - Para disponer de todo el poderío de este paquete, tienes que recurrir a - código en el preámbulo del documento. - Mira la documentación del paquete -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - para más detalles, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "fancyhdr" + +\lang english +How they are defined is explained in +\lang spanish + sección +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset @@ -3463,18 +3460,14 @@ key "fancyhdr" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -La -\family sans -Separación -\family default - de párrafos se describe en la sección +La separación de párrafos se describe en la sección \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Intro-Sangrado-de-párrafos" +reference "sub:Separación-de-párrafos" \end_inset @@ -3610,7 +3603,11 @@ Personalizado \family sans Orientación \family default - Dos botones excluyentes para imprimir la salida como + +\lang english +To choose whether to output +\lang spanish + como \family sans Retrato \family default @@ -3818,6 +3815,13 @@ todos \begin_layout Subsection Separación de párrafos +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Separación-de-párrafos" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -4584,41 +4588,9 @@ Encabezados de sección ! No numerados \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Hay 5 tipos de encabezados no numerados, que son: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Parte* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Capítulo* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Sección* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subsección* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subsubsección* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -El +\lang english +The unnumbered section headings have a \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset @@ -4626,8 +4598,10 @@ El \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset - significa que estos encabezados no se numeran. - Trabajan como sus homólogos numerados pero no aparecen en el índice general, + at the end of their name. + +\lang spanish +Trabajan como sus homólogos numerados pero no aparecen en el índice general, véase la sección \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -8127,7 +8101,18 @@ Entornos de párrafo|) \end_inset - + +\lang english +For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described + in the chapter +\emph on +Program Code Listings +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @@ -11999,7 +11984,7 @@ name "sec:Estilo-de-letra" \begin_layout Subsection Clasestipográficas \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tipografías ! Clases @@ -12021,7 +12006,7 @@ Tipografías vectoriales \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tipografías ! Vectoriales @@ -12089,7 +12074,7 @@ de bits \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tipografías ! Mapa de bits @@ -12260,7 +12245,7 @@ name "sub:Tipografía-del-documento" \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tipografías ! Tamaño @@ -12270,7 +12255,7 @@ Tipografías ! Tamaño \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Documentos ! Tipografías @@ -12289,7 +12274,7 @@ Configuración \family default \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Documentos ! Configuración @@ -12423,7 +12408,11 @@ Predeterminado \family typewriter -Computer Modern +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes frd @@ -12488,20 +12477,37 @@ Reader \begin_layout Itemize Utilizar la tipografía -\family typewriter -Latin Modern -\family default - ( -\family typewriter -lm +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default -). +. Esta tipografía ha sido desarrollada por la comunidad LaTeX para reemplazar a \family typewriter cm \family default como tipografías predeterminadas. + +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + +\lang english +was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + as the default font. + +\lang spanish En la mayoría de los casos tienen un aspecto semejante a \family typewriter cm @@ -12511,18 +12517,18 @@ cm status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Una diferencia es un interletraje mejorado en las tipografías -\family typewriter -lm -\family default -. +Una diferencia es un interletraje mejorado. \end_layout \end_inset , pero -\family typewriter -lm +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default cubre un enorme número de caracteres en comparación con las familias \family typewriter @@ -12537,16 +12543,24 @@ ec \begin_layout Itemize Elegir la tipografía -\family typewriter +\family sans AE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Almost +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European) \family default - ( -\family typewriter -Almost European -\family default -) en el caso (raro) de que -\family typewriter -Latin Modern + en el caso (raro) de que +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default no esté disponible o no funcione, y se desee emular el aspecto de \family typewriter @@ -12689,7 +12703,11 @@ ec , podemos seleccionar una de las otras tipografías vectoriales suministradas, por ejemplo, \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default o \family typewriter @@ -12710,31 +12728,45 @@ A veces corresponden otras tipografías, (p. ej., \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default selecciona \family sans -Helvetiva +Helvetica \family default - para sans serif), y a veces, p. + para sans serif), o diferentes formas de la misma letra, o sea, una +\emph on +familia +\emph default + real de letras (p. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ej. - con -\family typewriter -Latin Modern +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +con +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default o -\family typewriter -Computer Modern +\family sans +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default -, diferentes formas de la misma letra, o sea, una -\emph on -familia -\emph default - real de letras. - +) \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12777,23 +12809,24 @@ reference "sub:Ajuste-fino-con" La tipografía \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default se diseñó originalmente para periódicos. Esto significa que sus formas son más pequeñas que las de otras tipografías para encajar en las pequeñas columnas de un periódico. Así pues, \family sans -Times Roman -\family default - no es la elección óptima para documentos extensos como los libros. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +Times +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - +Roman +\family default + no es la elección óptima para documentos extensos como los libros. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14897,7 +14930,7 @@ lenguaje de programación ; con él puedes calcular y dibujar imágenes y diagramas. \begin_inset Foot -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Si estás interesado en este tema acude al paquete LaTeX @@ -15296,7 +15329,7 @@ pdflatex \begin_layout Subsubsection XHTML \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Formatos de archivo ! XHTML @@ -15306,7 +15339,7 @@ Formatos de archivo ! XHTML \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout XHTML @@ -21950,7 +21983,7 @@ reference "sub:Índices-de" \begin_layout Subsubsection Cuadros flotantes \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Flotantes ! Cuadros y Tablas @@ -22871,7 +22904,8 @@ página De forma predeterminada cada una de las opciones tiene sus propias reglas: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Principio @@ -22889,9 +22923,17 @@ página: \end_inset % de la página puede ubicarse al principio de página. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +topfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Fin @@ -22909,9 +22951,17 @@ página: \end_inset % de la página puede ubicarse al fin de página. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +bottomfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Página @@ -22930,6 +22980,13 @@ flotantes: % de la página se ocupa por flotantes puede haber varios juntos en la misma página. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +floatpagefraction +\series default +) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -22951,6 +23008,29 @@ de LaTeX \family default . +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\lang english +You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese +s after the rules description above. + To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule + to 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +% of the page, add this line to your document preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +bottomfraction}{0.5} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -31104,6 +31184,13 @@ Roman{page} \lang english Customized Page Headers and Footers +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -39029,8 +39116,8 @@ LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1.y.x documento LyX en formato legible para las versiones correspondientes - de LyX («y.x» es el número de versión) +z.y.x documento LyX en formato legible para las versiones correspondientes + de LyX («z.y.x» es el número de versión) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -39138,14 +39225,6 @@ Postscript dvips \end_layout -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Personalizado -\family default - formato personalizado -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard El programa \family typewriter @@ -40877,7 +40956,7 @@ Leyenda \begin_inset Index idx -status open +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cuadros ! Largos ! leyenda en @@ -46889,7 +46968,7 @@ Comando de Impresión \begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -46904,40 +46983,6 @@ Nota: \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Adaptar -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -la -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -salida -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -a -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -la -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -impresora Esta opción sólo funciona si el -\family sans -Comando de Impresión -\family default - es « -\family sans -dvips -\family default -». - Activa un archivo de configuración para dvips. - Esta opción es para expertos en dvips. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Description \family sans @@ -46994,9 +47039,40 @@ Comando de impresión \family default puedes encontrar la explicación de las opciones que pueden configurarse en estos campos. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Adaptar +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +la +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +salida +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +a +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +la +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +impresora Esta opción sólo funciona si el \family sans - +Comando de Impresión +\family default + es « +\family sans +dvips +\family default +». + Activa un archivo de configuración para dvips. + Esta opción es para expertos en dvips. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx index fe264c7df3..cb5cb0362f 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/UserGuide.lyx @@ -1565,21 +1565,6 @@ Cliquez avec le bouton droit pour modifier ses propriétés. Voyez aussi la section correspondante de ce manuel pour plus de détails. \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Tableaux -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\emph on -Cliquez une fois -\emph default - sur le bouton droit pour ouvrir une fenêtre qui vous permettra de manipuler - le tableau. -\end_layout - \end_deeper \begin_layout Section Naviguer @@ -2938,6 +2923,51 @@ Notez : Certains modules ont besoin d'autres modules et que certaines paires \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Format local +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Format local +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be + used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself + needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider + writing a module for this purpose. + Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you + find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that + one time. + You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble. + What you want is LyX's +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Local Layout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + See section +\emph on +Local Layout +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for information on how to use it. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Subsubsection Propriétés \end_layout @@ -3474,29 +3504,33 @@ Paquetages LaTeX ! fancyhdr \end_inset . - Pour le moment, son support dans LyX est limité à ce réglage. - Pour utiliser toute la puissance de ce paquetage, vous devez insérer les - formules magiques correspondantes dans le préambule. - Voyez la documentation du paquetage -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - pour plus de détails. + +\lang english +How they are defined is explained in +\lang french + section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" + +\end_inset + +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -La -\family sans -Séparation -\family default - des paragraphes est décrite dans la section +La séparation des paragraphes est décrite dans la section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Intro-indent-par" +reference "sub:Séparation-des-paragraphes" \end_inset @@ -3621,8 +3655,11 @@ Réglable \family sans Orientation \family default - Deux boutons à bascule déterminent si vous voulez imprimer la sortie dans - le format + +\lang english +To choose whether to output +\lang french + dans le format \family sans Portrait \family default @@ -3872,6 +3909,13 @@ tous \begin_layout Subsection Séparation des paragraphes +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Séparation-des-paragraphes" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -4680,43 +4724,20 @@ En-têtes ! Non numérotés \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Il y a 5 types d'en-têtes de section non numérotés. - Ce sont : -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Partie* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Chapitre* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Section* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -SousSection* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate +\lang english +The unnumbered section headings have a +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset -\family sans -SousSousSection* -\end_layout +* +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -L'étoile après chaque nom signifie que ces en-têtes ne sont pas numérotés. - Autrement ils fonctionnent de la même façon que leurs homologues numérotés, + at the end of their name. + +\lang french +Autrement ils fonctionnent de la même façon que leurs homologues numérotés, mais ils n'apparaissent pas dans la table des matières, voir la section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -8161,7 +8182,18 @@ Environnements de Paragraphe |) \end_inset - + +\lang english +For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described + in the chapter +\emph on +Program Code Listings +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -12812,7 +12844,11 @@ implicite \family typewriter -Computer Modern +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd @@ -12885,20 +12921,37 @@ Reader \begin_layout Itemize Utiliser les polices -\family typewriter -Latin Modern -\family default - ( -\family typewriter -lm +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default -). +. Ces polices ont été développées à la demande de la communauté LaTeX pour remplacer les polices \family typewriter cm \family default comme polices implicites. + +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + +\lang english +was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + as the default font. + +\lang french Dans la plupart des cas elles ressemblent aux polices \family typewriter cm @@ -12908,18 +12961,18 @@ cm status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Une différence est un crénage amélioré avec les polices -\family typewriter -lm -\family default -. +Une différence est un crénage amélioré. \end_layout \end_inset , mais -\family typewriter -lm +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default couvre un grand nombre de caractères issus des deux familles \family typewriter @@ -12934,16 +12987,24 @@ ec \begin_layout Itemize Utiliser des polices -\family typewriter -AE -\family default -( -\family typewriter -Almost European +\family sans +AE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Almost +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European) \family default -) dans les (rares) cas où -\family typewriter -Latin Modern + dans les (rares) cas où +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default ne vous est pas accessible ou ne fonctionne pas et que vous voulez quand même imiter l'aspect des policesi @@ -13088,7 +13149,11 @@ ec , vous pouvez, bien sûr, chosir une autre police parmis les polices vectorielles proposées, comme par exemple \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default ou \family typewriter @@ -13106,26 +13171,38 @@ status collapsed Ces dernières sont parfois seulement d'autres polices qui sont compatibles (par exemple \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default sélectionne \family sans -Helvetiva -\family default - comme police sans empattement), mais parfois, comme par exemple avec -\family typewriter -Latin Modern +Helvetica \family default - ou -\family typewriter -Computer Modern -\family default -, on a les différentes formes d'une même police, c'est-à-dire une véritable - + comme police sans empattement), ou on a les différentes formes d'une même + police, c'est-à-dire une véritable \emph on famille \emph default - de polices. + de polices (comme par exemple avec +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + ou +\family sans +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default +). \end_layout \end_inset @@ -13166,24 +13243,29 @@ reference "sub:Réglage-fin-avec" \end_inset La police -\family typewriter -Times Roman +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default a été crée à l'origine pour être utilisée pour les journaux. ce qui signifie que ses glyphes sont plus petits que ceux des autres polices pour pouvoir tenir plus facilement dans les petites colonnes des journaux. La police -\family typewriter -Times Roman +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default n'est donc pas le choix optimal pour les document importants comme les livres. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - Pour les tailles de police, il y a quatre possibilités: \family sans défaut, 10 @@ -23221,7 +23303,8 @@ page Implicitement, chaque option a ses propres règles d'application: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Haut @@ -23240,9 +23323,17 @@ page \family default : seuls les flottants occupant moins de 70% de la page peuvent être placés en haut de page. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +topfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Bas @@ -23261,9 +23352,17 @@ page \family default : seuls les flottants occupant moins de 30% de la page peuvent être placés en bas de page. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +bottomfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Page @@ -23278,6 +23377,13 @@ flottants \family default : plusieurs flottants peuvent être placés ensembles sur une page seulement si ils occupent plus de 50% de celle-ci. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +floatpagefraction +\series default +) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -23299,6 +23405,29 @@ règles LaTeX \family default . +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\lang english +You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese +s after the rules description above. + To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule + to 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +% of the page, add this line to your document preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +bottomfraction}{0.5} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -31620,6 +31749,13 @@ Roman{page} \lang english Customized Page Headers and Footers +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -38063,15 +38199,23 @@ LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1.y.x fichier LyX dans un format lisible par la version 1.y.x ( -\begin_inset Quotes eld +z.y.x fichier LyX dans un format lisible par la version z.y.x ( +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +z +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset y -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset - est remplacé par un numéro de version) + sont remplacés par un numéro de version) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -38155,10 +38299,6 @@ Postscript format PostScript en utilisant le programme dvips \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Personnalisé format personnalisé -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard Le programme \family typewriter @@ -45787,47 +45927,6 @@ Vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide sous Windows puisqu'il n'a aucun effet \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Adapter -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -la -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -sortie -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -à -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -l'imprimante Cette option n'est active qu'avec la -\family sans -Commande d'impression -\family default -\series bold - -\series default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -dvips -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - -\family default -. - Elle active un fichier de configuration pour dvips. - C'est une option à réserver aux experts de dvips. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Description Commande \begin_inset space ~ @@ -45875,6 +45974,47 @@ Commande d'impression que vous utilisez. \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Adapter +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +la +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +sortie +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +à +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +l'imprimante Cette option n'est active qu'avec la +\family sans +Commande d'impression +\family default +\series bold + +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +dvips +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Elle active un fichier de configuration pour dvips. + C'est une option à réserver aux experts de dvips. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Subsection Format de la date \begin_inset Index idx diff --git a/lib/doc/id/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/id/UserGuide.lyx index 218525c116..3b3bd19a95 100644 --- a/lib/doc/id/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/id/UserGuide.lyx @@ -39,6 +39,12 @@ % macro for italic page numbers in the index \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}} +% for customized page headers/footers +% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +% change header rule width +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt} + % workaround for a makeindex bug, % see sec. "Index Entry Order" % only uncomment this when you are using makindex @@ -50,8 +56,12 @@ \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering} \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering} \end_preamble -\options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading,chapterprefix,numbers=noenddot +\options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading \use_default_options false +\begin_modules +customHeadersFooters +enumitem +\end_modules \maintain_unincluded_children false \language bahasa \language_package default @@ -1493,20 +1503,6 @@ Klik-kanan lebin terperinci. \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Tabel -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard - -\emph on -Klik-kanan -\emph default - pada sel tabel akan membuka dialog pengaturan lanjut pada tabel. -\end_layout - \end_deeper \begin_layout Section Navigasi @@ -1530,208 +1526,328 @@ Navigasi \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -LyX menyediakan dua cara navigasi dalam dokumen: + +\lang english +LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Menu + +\lang english +The \family sans -Navigasi +Navigate \family default - memaparkan semua bagian yang ada dalam dokumen yang bisa anda klik untuk - melihat bagian dokumen tersebut. + menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can + click to jump to the corresponding document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Menu + +\lang english +The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu \family sans -Dokumen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paparan -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Outline +\family default + or by the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle toc" \end_inset -Isi +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\lang english +You can set bookmarks in your document under +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bookmarks \family default - atau dari tombol bantuan -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png - scale 55 + and use the same menu to return to them. + Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +The toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset -. + (also +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator +NavigateBack +\family default +) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. + This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled + to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to + your last editing position. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\lang english +The Outliner \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Jendela paparan menampilkan kandungan dokumen berupa daftar isi (TOC) seperti - yang dikemukakan pada subbab -\begin_inset space ~ + +\lang english +The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +TOC +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset +, since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents. + The Outline has become much more powerful now, however. + In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between + several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists + of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen +ces (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Table-of-Contents" +LatexCommand formatted +reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset -. - Anda dapat memilih dan jika anda klik, anda akan dibawa ke bagian dokumen - yang anda klik tadi. - Pada bagian atas jendela paparan, ada kotak pilihan tarik yang berisi pilihan - berbagai daftar obyek, seperti Daftar Catatan Kaki. - Beberapa daftar lainnya, misalnya Daftar Tabel, Daftar Gambar, Daftar Algoritma - bisa juga ditambahkan dalam dokumen, lihat di subbab -\begin_inset space ~ +), or notes, or citations (see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand formatted +reference "sec:Bibliography" + \end_inset +). + Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your + document. + The Outline has become much more powerful now, however. + In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between + several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists + of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen +ces (see +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand formatted +reference "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset +), or notes, or of citations (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:List-of-Figures" +LatexCommand formatted +reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset -. - Pilihan -\family sans -Urutkan -\family default - akan mengurutkan semua yang ada dalam jendela paparan, sedangkan pilihan - Tetap akan mempertahankan tampilan paparan. +). + Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your + document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context + menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements. + For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation + dialog and to modify the citation. + Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it. + And so on. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Pilihan + +\lang english +The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear + in the Outline. + For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and + wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +sub: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow + you further to control the display. + The \family sans -Urutkan +Sort \family default - seperti namanya, akan mengurutkan yang ada di jendela paparan. - Sedangkan pilihan + option sorts the current list alphabetically. + Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the + document.The \family sans -Tetap +Keep \family default - akan mempertahankan tampilan seperti kondisi terakhir. - + option keeps it in the current view state. + Keeping means that when you have e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +the subsections of section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 and 4 shown and click on section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +3, the subsections of section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2 and 4 will still be shown. + Without the \family sans -Tetap +Keep \family default - disini berarti anda mempertahankan yang sudah dibuka. - Misalnya anda sudah membuka di aras sub-subbab, misalnya di sub-subbab + option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2 juga 4, kemudian anda berpindah ke subbab -\begin_inset space ~ +3. + Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +depth +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -3, maka sub-subbab yang sudah dibuka tidak akan ditutup. - Tanpa pilihan Tetap, ketika anda berpindah dari sub-subbab ke subbab, maka - sub-subbab akan ditutup dan kembali ke aras subbab. +. + It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Dengan menggunakan tombol -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\lang english +The +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/down.png + filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/reload.png \end_inset - dan + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary). + Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections + in your document. + The \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/up.png + filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/down.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset - yang berada di bagian bawah jendela paparan, anda dapat merubah posisi - bagian dokumen keatas atau kebawah. - Misalnya, dengan menggunakan tombol + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + and \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/up.png + filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/up.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset - anda dapat merubah subbab + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.5 menjadi subbab + buttons move sections up and down in the document. + So, for example, you can move section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.4. - LyX secara otomatis akan merubah nomor sesuai dengan posisi yang baru. -\end_layout +2.5 before section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Dengan menggunakan Tombol +2.4 or after section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +2.6. + LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order. + With the buttons \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/promote.png - scale 55 + filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/promote.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset - (tombol -\family sans - Tab) -\family default - dan + and \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/demote.png - scale 55 + filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/demote.png + scale 85 + groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset - (tombol + (or the corresponding key bindings +\family sans +Tab +\family default + and \family sans Shift-Tab \family default -), anda dapat merubah posisi bagian dokumen pada aras kedalamannya, misalnya - dari sub-subbab menjadi subbab atau sebaliknya dari subbab menjadi subsubbab. - Dengan mengunakan fitur ini, anda dapat merubah dari subbab +) you can change the level of sections. + So you can for example make section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.5 menjadi bab +2.5 chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -3 atau sub-subbab +3 or to subsection \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4.1. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Kotak bantuan -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png - scale 55 - rotateOrigin center - -\end_inset - - membantu anda untuk melompat ke posisi dokumen yang terakhir anda ubah. - Ini sangat bermanfaat jika anda bekerja dalam dokumen yang panjang; misalnya - anda merubah teks kemudian melihat ke bagian lain dan ingin kembali ke - tempat semula saat anda melakukan perubahan. - Dengan sekali tekan tombol bantuan ini, anda akan kembali ke posisi semula. - -\end_layout - \begin_layout Section Masukan / Melengkapi Kata \begin_inset CommandInset label @@ -2868,7 +2984,7 @@ Customization \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -2884,6 +3000,52 @@ Note: \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Local Layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Local Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be + used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself + needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider + writing a module for this purpose. + Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you + find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that + one time. + You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble. + What you want is LyX's +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Local Layout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + See +\lang english +section +\emph on +Local Layout +\emph default +\lang bahasa + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for information on how to use it. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Subsubsection Properties \end_layout @@ -3555,7 +3717,7 @@ Headings Fancy \family default This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you - have the + have the LaTeX-package \series bold fancyhdr \series default @@ -3569,18 +3731,15 @@ LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr \end_inset - package installed. - At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting. - To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document - preamble. - Check the documentation for the -\series bold -fancyhdr -\series default - package for more details, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "fancyhdr" + installed. + How they are defined is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset @@ -3588,18 +3747,14 @@ key "fancyhdr" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Separation -\family default - of paragraphs is described in section +The separation of paragraphs is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" +reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation" \end_inset @@ -3636,14 +3791,14 @@ Page Layout \family default - of the dialog of the + of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default - menu: + dialog \family sans - +: \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -3722,7 +3877,7 @@ Custom \family sans Orientation \family default - Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as + To choose whether to output as \family sans Landscape \family default @@ -3914,6 +4069,13 @@ all \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Separation +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Paragraph-Separation" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -4661,7 +4823,7 @@ s \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -4720,42 +4882,7 @@ Section headings ! Unnumbered \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings. - They are: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Part* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Chapter* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Section* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subsection* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -Subsubsection* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The +The unnumbered section headings have a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -4763,9 +4890,9 @@ The \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - after each name means that these headings are not numbered. - They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the - table of contents, see section + at the end of their name. + They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in + the table of contents, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6230,12 +6357,12 @@ HFill \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Letters +Customized Lists \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Letters +Lists ! Customized \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6243,87 +6370,38 @@ Letters \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection - -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default -: An Overview -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard -Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph - environments called +To use the features described in this section, you must load the module + \family sans -Address +Customisable Lists (enumitem) \family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset + in the document settings. + This loads the features of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +enumitem +\series default -Address -\family default -. - To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments - in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document. - In contrast, you can use the -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -Address -\family default - paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. - You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest - anything in them. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! enumitem \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Of course, you're not limited to using -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Address -\family default - for letters only. - -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Address -\family default -, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in - some European academic papers. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Usage -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Address-Usage" +Custom Enumerate Lists +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom +\end_layout \end_inset @@ -6331,166 +6409,156 @@ name "sec:Address-Usage" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The +\noindent +The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional + argument (menu \family sans -Address +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Short Title \family default - environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used - for the opening and signature in some countries. - Similarly, the -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +) to the first item of each level in the list. + There you add the command +\end_layout -Address -\family default - environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which - is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. - Here's an example of each: +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +label= +\backslash +roman{enumi} \end_layout -\begin_layout Right Address -Right Address -\begin_inset Newline newline +\begin_layout Standard +in TeX Code (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "ert-insert" \end_inset -Who I am -\begin_inset Newline newline +). +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For more about TeX Code, look at section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Where I am -\begin_inset Newline newline + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:TeX-Code" + \end_inset -When is it? What is today? +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -That was -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Address -\family default + +\emph on + enumi +\emph default + is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level. + The command +\series bold + +\backslash +roman +\series default + outputs the counter as small Roman numeral. + For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above +\series bold + +\backslash +roman +\series default + by +\series bold + +\backslash +Roman +\series default . - Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to - fit the largest block of text on a single line. - Here's an example of the -\family sans -Address -\family default - environment: -\end_layout + For Arabic numerals use +\series bold -\begin_layout Address -Who are you -\begin_inset Newline newline +\backslash +arabic +\series default +. + To +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Where do I send this -\begin_inset Newline newline +number +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -Your post office and country + items with capital or small Latin letters use +\series bold + +\backslash +Alph +\series default + or +\series bold + +\backslash +alph +\series default +, respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As you can see, both -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\noindent +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open -Address -\family default - add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. - If you hit -\family sans -Return -\family default - in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets - the environment to -\family sans -Standard -\family default -. - This makes sense, since -\family sans -Return -\family default - is the -\family typewriter -break-paragraph -\family default - function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. - Thus, you have to use -\family typewriter -break-line -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout - or -\family sans -Formatting +\series bold +Note: +\series default + You can only number 26 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. +\end_layout -Break -\family default - from the -\family sans -Insert -\family default - menu) to start a new line in an -\family sans -Address -\family default - or -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Address -\family default - environment. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Academic Writing +\begin_layout Standard +To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command + by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography - or list of references. - LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. +As example a list with custom numbering: \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open -\family sans -Abstract -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Abstracts + +label= +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +# \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6498,106 +6566,87 @@ Abstracts \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment is used for the abstract of an article. - Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should - only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. - Also, don't bother trying to nest -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - in anything else or vice versa. - It won't work. - The -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment is only useful in the article and report document classes. - The book document classes ignores the -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - completely, and it's utterly silly to use -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - in a letter document class. +\end_inset + +Level 1 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii} \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment does several things for you. - First, it puts the centered label -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Abstract -\begin_inset Quotes erd + +\end_layout + \end_inset - above the text. - The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical - space. - Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. - Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and - the subsequent text. - Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen. - The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class. +Level 2 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Starting a new paragraph by hitting -\family sans -Return -\family default - does not reset the paragraph environment. - The new paragraph will still be in the -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment. - So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you - finish entering the abstract of your document. +\begin_layout Enumerate +Level 2 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +label= +\backslash +bf{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}} +\end_layout \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption +\end_inset + +Level 3 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "cap:Paragraph-in-the" +\begin_inset ERT +status open -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph in the -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment +label= +\backslash +emph{ +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6607,161 +6656,177 @@ Abstract \end_inset +Level 4 +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +For this list these commands were used: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -We'd love to give you directly an example of the -\family sans -Abstract -\family default - environment, but since this document is in the -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\noindent + +\series bold +label= +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +# +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -book -\begin_inset Quotes erd +label= +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii} +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - class, we can't do this. - We inserted it therefore as figure -\begin_inset space ~ +label= +\backslash +bf{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}} +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset +label= +\backslash +emph{ +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the" +\begin_layout Standard +where the command +\series bold -\end_inset +\backslash +emph{} +\series default + makes the label emphasized and +\series bold -. - If you've never heard of an -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\backslash +bf{} +\series default + makes it bold. +\end_layout -abstract -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open - before, you can safely ignore this environment. +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following + lists until you change the definition. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection +\end_inset -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Resumed Enumeration \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography + +\lang english +Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Biblio_environment" +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +label= +\backslash +arabic{enumi}. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment is used to list references. - Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should - only use it at the end of the document. - Nesting -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - in anything else or vice versa won't work. +\end_inset + + \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -When you first open a -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Bibliography -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - or -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +first +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -References, -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout - depending on the document class. - The heading is in a large boldface font. - Each paragraph of the -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment is a bibliography entry. - Thus, hitting -\family sans -Return -\family default - does not reset the paragraph environment. - Each new paragraph is still in the -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment. +\lang english +goes back to default numbering \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -There is another, usually better way to include references in your document - by using a BibTeX database. - For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra -phy handling, have a look at in section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Enumerate +second +\end_layout -. +\begin_layout Standard +regular text \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -LyX -\family sans --Code -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume +resumed +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! LyX code +\begin_layout Standard +To resume an enumeration, use the style +\family sans +Enumerate-Resume +\family default +. + Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed + list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LyX-Code" +\series bold +Note: +\series default + If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error. +\end_layout \end_inset @@ -6769,670 +6834,588 @@ name "sub:LyX-Code" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - environment is another LyX extension. - It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. - It also treats the -\family sans -Space -\family default - key as a fixed whitespace; -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the + next one. + Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number. + This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item + of a normal new enumeration. + There insert the command +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -In the -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - environment, the -\family sans -Space -\family default - key is treated as a -\family sans -Protected -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -Blank -\family default - instead of an end-of-word marker. +\series bold +start=number \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +where +\emph on +number +\emph default + is the number with which you want to resume the list. + An example: +\end_layout - this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX. - If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Enumerate +first item +\end_layout - (the -\family typewriter -break-line -\family default - function). - -\family sans -Return -\family default - breaks paragraphs. - Note, however, that -\family sans -Return -\family default - does not reset the paragraph environment. - So, when you finish using the -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself. - Also, you can nest the -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - environment inside of others. +\begin_layout Enumerate +second item \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are a few quirks with this environment: +Enumeration starting at a given value: \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -You can't use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - at the beginning of a new paragraph (i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Argument +status open -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open -you can't follow -\family sans -Return -\family default - with a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -). +start=4 \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -You can't follow a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset - with a -\family sans -Space -\family default -. -\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Use a -\family sans -Return -\family default - to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a -\family sans -Space -\family default -. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -Or: use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "space-insert protected" \end_inset - instead. +This enumeration starts at 4 \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line. - You must put at least one -\family sans -Space -\family default - in any line you want blank. - Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors. +\begin_layout Subsubsection +List Spacing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Spacing \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing -\family sans -" -\family default - since that will insert -\emph on -real -\emph default - quotes. - You get the typewriter double quotes with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "self-insert \"" \end_inset -. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here's an example: +In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items + of a list. + For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case: \end_layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code -#include +\begin_layout Itemize +A bullet list \end_layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code - +\begin_layout Itemize +with standard spacing \end_layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code -int main(void) +\begin_layout Standard +You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item + of the list. + There add the command +\series bold +nolistsep +\series default + to get no additional list space like in this example: \end_layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code -{ -\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_inset Argument +status open -\begin_layout LyX-Code - printf("Hello World! -\backslash -n"); -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open -\begin_layout LyX-Code - return 0; -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code -} +nolistsep \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -This is just the standard -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Hello world! -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - program. - \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -LyX-Code -\family default - has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts, - rc-files, and so on. - Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text - as if you used a typewriter. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph environments|) +A bullet list \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Itemize +without additional +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +vertical space \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Nesting Environments +\begin_layout Standard +To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package + +\series bold +enumitem +\series default + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Environments +LaTeX-packages ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Nesting" +. + For more info see its documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "enumitem" \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Introduction +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific - properties. - This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of - another block. - For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also - has two subpoints. - In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner - list -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -attached -\begin_inset Quotes erd +There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing + and indentation. + Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the + paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - to item #2: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -one +cm so that the number is in the page margin: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -two -\end_layout +\begin_inset Argument +status open -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -sublist – item #1 -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open -\begin_layout Enumerate -sublist – item #2 -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -three +labelindent= +\backslash +parindent, labelsep=2cm \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other. - Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select -\family sans -Increase -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -List -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -Depth -\family default - or -\family sans -Decrease -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout -List -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Depth -\family default - from the -\family sans -Edit -\family default - menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar - will tell you how far you are nested). - Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-increment.png +An enumeration +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Enumerate +with negative indentation +\end_layout - and -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Further Customization +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Lists ! Description +\end_layout - or the convenient key bindings -\family sans -Tab -\family default - and -\family sans -Shift-Tab -\family default - or -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" \end_inset - and -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset - to change the nesting level. - The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing - you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current - paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. - If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. - Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the - depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. +You can also change the style of description lists. + The command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Nesting isn't limited to lists. - In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're - about to find out. - This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -What You Can and Can't Nest +\series bold +font=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell - you a little bit more about how nesting works. +changes the description label font, the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more - complicated than a simple yes or no. - There are three types of paragraph environments: + +\series bold +style=definition \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -Completely unnestable +\begin_layout Standard +sets the list style. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other - things inside them. +\begin_layout Standard +An example where the command \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest - anything into them. +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +font= +\backslash +itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph - environments have them: +is used: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Unnestable Can't nest them. - Can't nest into them. -\end_layout +Ionizing +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize +radiation: +\begin_inset Argument +status open -\family sans -Bibliography -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status open -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family sans -Abstract +labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= +\backslash +itshape, style=nextline \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Title -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Author \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\end_inset -\family sans -Date +Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are + energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore + ionizing them. \end_layout -\end_deeper \begin_layout Description -Fully +Reference \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Nestable You can nest them. - You can nest other things into them. +counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing + the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an + object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Standard +There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package + +\series bold +enumitem +\series default -\family sans -Verse -\end_layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family sans -Quote +\lang english +LaTeX-packages ! enumitem \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\end_inset -\family sans -Quotation -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize +. + For more info see its documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "enumitem" -\family sans -Itemize -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Enumerate \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Subsection +Letters +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family sans -Description +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Letters \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\end_inset + -\family sans -List \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans -LyX-Code -\end_layout +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Description -Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things. - You can't nest anything into them. +Address +\family default +: An Overview \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize - +\begin_layout Standard +Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph + environments called \family sans -Standard -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - +Address +\family default + and \family sans -Part -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Address +\family default +. + To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments + in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document. + In contrast, you can use the \family sans -Chapter -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - +Address +\family default + and \family sans -Section -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family sans -Subsection +Address +\family default + paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. + You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest + anything in them. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize - +\begin_layout Standard +Of course, you're not limited to using \family sans -Subsubsection -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize - +Address +\family default + and \family sans -Paragraph -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Address +\family default + for letters only. + \family sans -Subparagraph +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default +, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in + some European academic papers. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Usage +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Address-Usage" -\family sans -Part* -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Chapter* \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize - +\begin_layout Standard +The \family sans -Section* +Address +\family default + environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used + for the opening and signature in some countries. + Similarly, the +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which + is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. + Here's an example of each: \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Right Address +Right Address +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\family sans -Subsection* -\end_layout +Who I am +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize +Where I am +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\family sans -Subsubsection* +When is it? What is today? \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize - +\begin_layout Standard +That was \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address +\family default +. + Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to + fit the largest block of text on a single line. + Here's an example of the +\family sans +Address +\family default + environment: \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Address +Who are you +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\family sans -Address +Where do I send this +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Your post office and country \end_layout -\end_deeper \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +As you can see, both +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like +Address +\family default + add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. + If you hit \family sans -Chapter +Return \family default -, + in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets + the environment to \family sans -Section +Standard \family default -, etc. +. + This makes sense, since +\family sans +Return +\family default + is the +\family typewriter +break-paragraph +\family default + function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. + Thus, you have to use +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + or +\family sans +Formatting \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -to e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Line +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} +Break +\family default + from the +\family sans +Insert +\family default + menu) to start a new line in an +\family sans +Address +\family default + or +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create - well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested - section headings violate this. +Address +\family default + environment. \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Subsection +Academic Writing +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography + or list of references. + LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\family sans +Abstract \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Tables etc. +Abstracts \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7441,950 +7424,935 @@ Nesting ! Tables etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are - affected by nesting anyhow. - They are: +The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment is used for the abstract of an article. + Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should + only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. + Also, don't bother trying to nest +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + in anything else or vice versa. + It won't work. + The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment is only useful in the article and report document classes. + The book document classes ignores the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + completely, and it's utterly silly to use +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + in a letter document class. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -equations -\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment does several things for you. + First, it puts the centered label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -tables +Abstract +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + above the text. + The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical + space. + Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. + Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and + the subsequent text. + Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen. + The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -figures +\begin_layout Standard +Starting a new paragraph by hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default + does not reset the paragraph environment. + The new paragraph will still be in the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment. + So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you + finish entering the abstract of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -( -\begin_inset Note Greyedout +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Figures and tables in -\family sans -Floats -\family default - are not affected by this. -\end_layout +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf \end_inset - Have a look at section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Floats" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "cap:Paragraph-in-the" \end_inset - for more information about +Paragraph in the \family sans -Floats +Abstract \family default -.) + environment \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. - If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph - it is in goes. +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a +We'd love to give you directly an example of the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment, but since this document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -paragraph +book \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - of its own, it behaves just like a -\begin_inset Quotes eld + class, we can't do this. + We inserted it therefore as figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -nestable-inside -\begin_inset Quotes erd + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the" + \end_inset - paragraph environment. - You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything - into it. -\end_layout +. + If you've never heard of an +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Here's an example with a table: -\end_layout +abstract +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Enumerate -Item One + before, you can safely ignore this environment. \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (a) and it's nested. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm -\end_inset +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -a -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Biblio_environment" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -b \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -c +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment is used to list references. + Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should + only use it at the end of the document. + Nesting +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + in anything else or vice versa won't work. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +When you first open a +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -d -\end_layout +Bibliography +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - - + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +References, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + depending on the document class. + The heading is in a large boldface font. + Each paragraph of the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment is a bibliography entry. + Thus, hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default + does not reset the paragraph environment. + Each new paragraph is still in the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +There is another, usually better way to include references in your document + by using a BibTeX database. + For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra +phy handling, have a look at in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (b). - The table is actually nested inside (a). -\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -Back out again. +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: -\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +LyX +\family sans +-Code +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_layout Enumerate -Item One +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph ! LyX code \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (a) and it's nested. -\end_layout +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LyX-Code" -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +The +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment is another LyX extension. + It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. + It also treats the +\family sans +Space +\family default + key as a fixed whitespace; +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +In the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment, the +\family sans +Space +\family default + key is treated as a +\family sans +Protected +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -a +Blank +\family default + instead of an end-of-word marker. \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -b -\end_layout + this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX. + If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout + (the +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + function). + +\family sans +Return +\family default + breaks paragraphs. + Note, however, that +\family sans +Return +\family default + does not reset the paragraph environment. + So, when you finish using the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself. + Also, you can nest the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment inside of others. +\end_layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -c +\begin_layout Standard +There are a few quirks with this environment: \end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +You can't use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout + at the beginning of a new paragraph (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -d -\end_layout +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset +you can't follow +\family sans +Return +\family default + with a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset - - - +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +You can't follow a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset + with a +\family sans +Space +\family default +. +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Use a +\family sans +Return +\family default + to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a +\family sans +Space +\family default +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\begin_layout Itemize +Or: use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "space-insert protected" \end_inset + instead. +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line. + You must put at least one +\family sans +Space +\family default + in any line you want blank. + Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors. \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (b). - The table is +\begin_layout Itemize +You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing +\family sans +" +\family default + since that will insert \emph on -not +real \emph default - nested inside (a). - In fact, it's not nested at all. -\end_layout + quotes. + You get the typewriter double quotes with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "self-insert \"" +\end_inset -\begin_layout Enumerate -Back out again. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first - item of a new list! +Here's an example: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going - deep enough. - LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist. +\begin_layout LyX-Code +#include \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Item One +\begin_layout LyX-Code + \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is (a) and it's nested. +\begin_layout LyX-Code +int main(void) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +{ +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + printf("Hello World! +\backslash +n"); +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + return 0; +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +This is just the standard +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Hello world! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + program. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts, + rc-files, and so on. + Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text + as if you used a typewriter. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -a +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paragraph environments|) \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -b + For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described + in the chapter +\emph on +Program Code Listings +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Section +Nesting Environments +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -c +Nesting ! Environments \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -d -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Nesting" \end_inset - - - -\end_inset +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific + properties. + This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of + another block. + For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also + has two subpoints. + In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner + list +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +attached +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + to item #2: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -This is (b). - The table is actually nested inside Item One, but -\emph on -not -\emph default - inside (a). +one \end_layout -\end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -Back out again. +two \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a - new list -\emph on -inside -\emph default - item 1. - The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. - So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right - depth! +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +sublist – item #1 \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Usage and General Features +\begin_layout Enumerate +sublist – item #2 +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +three \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. - In other words, -\begin_inset Quotes eld +You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other. + Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select +\family sans +Increase +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -level #6 -\begin_inset Quotes erd +List +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - is the innermost possible depth. - Here's an example to illustrate what we mean: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -level #1 – outermost -\end_layout +Depth +\family default + or +\family sans +Decrease +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -level #2 -\end_layout +List +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -level #3 -\end_layout +Depth +\family default + from the +\family sans +Edit +\family default + menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar + will tell you how far you are nested). + Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-increment.png -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -level #4 -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -level #5 -\end_layout + and +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -level #6 -\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see - both of them in the example. - Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold - nesting with the + or the convenient key bindings \family sans -Enumerate +Tab \family default and \family sans -Itemize -\family default - environments. - For example, if we tried to nest another -\family sans -Enumerate +Shift-Tab \family default - list inside item -\begin_inset Quotes eld + or +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" \end_inset -A. -\begin_inset Quotes erd + and +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset -, we would get errors. + to change the nesting level. + The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing + you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current + paragraph. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Some Examples -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Examples +\begin_layout Standard +Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. + If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. + Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the + depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +Nesting isn't limited to lists. + In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're + about to find out. + This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +What You Can and Can't Nest +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell + you a little bit more about how nesting works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. - We have several examples of nested environments. - In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce - them. +The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more + complicated than a simple yes or no. + There are three types of paragraph environments: \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\begin_layout Itemize +Completely unnestable \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#1-a This is the outermost level. - It's a -\family sans -List -\family default - environment. +\begin_layout Itemize +Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other + things inside them. \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#2-a This is level #2. - We created it by using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize +A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest + anything into them. +\end_layout - followed by -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph + environments have them: +\end_layout -. +\begin_layout Description +Unnestable Can't nest them. + Can't nest into them. \end_layout \begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#3-a This is level #3. - This time, we just hit -\family sans -Return -\family default -, then used -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize - twice in a row. - We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, - by hitting -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_layout - followed by -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize -. +\family sans +Abstract \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -This is actually a +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Standard -\family default - environment, nested inside of -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +Title +\end_layout -#3-a -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize -. - So, it's at level #4. - We did this by hitting -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset +\family sans +Author +\end_layout -, then -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize -, then changing the paragraph environment to -\family sans -Standard -\family default -. - Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works - for the -\family sans -Description -\family default -, -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -, and \family sans -Itemize -\family default - environments! +Date \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Here's another -\family sans -Standard -\family default - paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description +Fully +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. +Nestable You can nest them. + You can nest other things into them. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#4-a This is level #4. - We hit -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize - and changed the paragraph environment back to -\family sans -List -\family default -. - Remember — we can't nest anything inside a \family sans -Standard -\family default - environment, which is why we're still at level #4. - However, we -\emph on -can -\emph default - keep nesting things inside -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +Verse +\end_layout -#3-a -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize -. +\family sans +Quote \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\begin_layout Itemize +\family sans +Quotation \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} -and this is level #6. - By now, you should know how we made these two. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#5-b Back to level #5. - Just hit -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset +\family sans +Itemize +\end_layout - followed by a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize -. +\family sans +Enumerate \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#4-b After another -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize - followed by a -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" -\end_inset +\family sans +Description +\end_layout -, we're back at level #4. +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +List \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#3-b Back to level #3. - By now it should be obvious how we did this. +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +LyX-Code \end_layout \end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#2-b Back to level #2. - +\begin_layout Description +Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things. + You can't nest anything into them. \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring MMM -#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. - After this sentence, we'll hit -\family sans -Return -\family default - and change the paragraph environment back to +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans Standard -\family default - to end the list. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -We could have also used the -\family sans -Description -\family default -, +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Quote -\family default -, +Part +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Quotation -\family default -, or even the +Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Verse -\family default - environment in place of the +Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -List -\family default - environment. - The example would have worked exactly the same. +Subsection \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 2: Inheritance +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Subsubsection \end_layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code -This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Paragraph \end_layout -\begin_layout LyX-Code -level. - Now we'll hit +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Return -\family default -, then -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset +Subparagraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -, after which, we'll change to the \family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment. +Part* \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is the +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment, at level #2. +Chapter* \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Notice how the nested +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Enumerate -\family default - not only inherits its margins from its parent environment ( +Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -LyX-Code -\family default -), but also inherits its font and spacing! +Subsection* \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -We ended this example by hitting +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Return -\family default -. - After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to +Subsubsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Standard -\family default - and reset the nesting depth by using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" +Right +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - once. +Address \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the +\begin_layout Itemize + \family sans -Enumerate +Address +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like +\family sans +Chapter \family default - and +, \family sans -Itemize +Section \family default - Environments -\begin_inset Argument -status collapsed +, etc. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments +to e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create + well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested + section headings violate this. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -8392,679 +8360,2368 @@ Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #1, in an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - paragraph environment. - We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. +\begin_layout Subsection +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nesting ! Tables etc. \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #2. - We used -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" \end_inset - followed by -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" -\end_inset -. - Now, what happens if we nest an -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its - label be? An asterisk? \end_layout -\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are + affected by nesting anyhow. + They are: +\end_layout + \begin_layout Itemize -No! It's a bullet. - This is the -\emph on -first -\emph default - +equations +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +tables +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +figures +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +( +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Figures and tables in \family sans -Itemize +Floats \family default - environment, even though it's at level #3. - So, its label is a bullet. - (We got here by using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" + are not affected by this. +\end_layout + \end_inset -, then -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" + Have a look at section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, then changing the environment to + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Floats" + +\end_inset + + for more information about \family sans -Itemize +Floats \family default .) \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Itemize -Here's level #4, produced using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\begin_layout Standard +LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. + If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph + it is in goes. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -, then -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" +paragraph +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{} + of its own, it behaves just like a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +nestable-inside +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + paragraph environment. + You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything + into it. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here's an example with a table: +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate +Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -\SpecialChar \ldots{} -to get to level #5. - This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -. - Notice the type of numbering, it is -\emph on -lowercase Roman -\emph default -, because we are in the -\emph on -thirdfold -\emph default - -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment (i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +This is (a) and it's nested. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset -g. - it is an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - inside an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - inside an -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -). + \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -What happens if we -\emph on -don't -\emph default - change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What - type of numbering does LyX use? +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Let's use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_layout - to decrease the depth after the next -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" \end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + -. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #4. - Look what type of label LyX is using! +This is (b). + The table is actually nested inside (a). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #3. - Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman - numeral as the label.Why? +Back out again. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is -\emph on -still -\emph default - a thirdfold -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment. - Notice, however, that LyX -\emph on -did -\emph default - reset the counter for the label. +Item One \end_layout -\end_deeper +\begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -Another -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" +This is (a) and it's nested. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_layout + \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - sequence, and we're back to level #2. - This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back - into the twofold-nested -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - environment. +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -The same thing happens if we do another -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset -sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Lastly, we reset the environment to -\family sans -Standard -\family default -. - As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling - LyX uses for the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - and -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - environments. - The number of other -\family sans -Enumerate +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (b). + The table is +\emph on +not +\emph default + nested inside (a). + In fact, it's not nested at all. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Back out again. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first + item of a new list! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going + deep enough. + LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Item One +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (a) and it's nested. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is (b). + The table is actually nested inside Item One, but +\emph on +not +\emph default + inside (a). +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Back out again. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a + new list +\emph on +inside +\emph default + item 1. + The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. + So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right + depth! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Usage and General Features +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. + In other words, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +level #6 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is the innermost possible depth. + Here's an example to illustrate what we mean: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +level #1 – outermost +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +level #2 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +level #3 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +level #4 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +level #5 +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +level #6 +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see + both of them in the example. + Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold + nesting with the +\family sans +Enumerate \family default - environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for - an + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environments. + For example, if we tried to nest another \family sans Enumerate \family default - item. - The same rule applies for the + list inside item +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, we would get errors. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Some Examples +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nesting ! Examples +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. + We have several examples of nested environments. + In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce + them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#1-a This is the outermost level. + It's a +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#2-a This is level #2. + We created it by using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#3-a This is level #3. + This time, we just hit +\family sans +Return +\family default +, then used +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + twice in a row. + We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, + by hitting +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +This is actually a +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment, nested inside of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +#3-a +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + So, it's at level #4. + We did this by hitting +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +, then +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +, then changing the paragraph environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works + for the +\family sans +Description +\family default +, +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +, and \family sans Itemize \family default - environment, as well. + environments! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here's another +\family sans +Standard +\family default + paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#4-a This is level #4. + We hit +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + and changed the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +List +\family default +. + Remember — we can't nest anything inside a +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment, which is why we're still at level #4. + However, we +\emph on +can +\emph default + keep nesting things inside +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +#3-a +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} +and this is level #6. + By now, you should know how we made these two. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#5-b Back to level #5. + Just hit +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#4-b After another +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by a +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + +, we're back at level #4. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 4: Going Bonkers -\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#3-b Back to level #3. + By now it should be obvious how we did this. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#2-b Back to level #2. + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMM +#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. + After this sentence, we'll hit +\family sans +Return +\family default + and change the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + to end the list. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We could have also used the +\family sans +Description +\family default +, +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +, or even the +\family sans +Verse +\family default + environment in place of the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. + The example would have worked exactly the same. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Example 2: Inheritance +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code +level. + Now we'll hit +\family sans +Return +\family default +, then +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +, after which, we'll change to the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment, at level #2. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Notice how the nested +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + not only inherits its margins from its parent environment ( +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +), but also inherits its font and spacing! +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +We ended this example by hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default +. + After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + and reset the nesting depth by using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + once. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments +\begin_inset Argument +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is level #1, in an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + paragraph environment. + We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is level #2. + We used +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + followed by +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +. + Now, what happens if we nest an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its + label be? An asterisk? +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +No! It's a bullet. + This is the +\emph on +first +\emph default + +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, even though it's at level #3. + So, its label is a bullet. + (We got here by using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +, then +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +, then changing the environment to +\family sans +Itemize +\family default +.) +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +Here's level #4, produced using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +, then +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + +. + We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +to get to level #5. + This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +. + Notice the type of numbering, it is +\emph on +lowercase Roman +\emph default +, because we are in the +\emph on +thirdfold +\emph default + +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. + it is an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + inside an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + inside an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +What happens if we +\emph on +don't +\emph default + change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What + type of numbering does LyX use? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Let's use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + to decrease the depth after the next +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is level #4. + Look what type of label LyX is using! +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +This is level #3. + Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman + numeral as the label.Why? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is +\emph on +still +\emph default + a thirdfold +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. + Notice, however, that LyX +\emph on +did +\emph default + reset the counter for the label. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +Another +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + + sequence, and we're back to level #2. + This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back + into the twofold-nested +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +The same thing happens if we do another +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + +sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Lastly, we reset the environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling + LyX uses for the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environments. + The number of other +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for + an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + item. + The same rule applies for the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, as well. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Example 4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +We're going to go totally nuts now. + We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the + same detail with how we did it. + (level #1: +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +( +\family sans +Return, +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Standard +\family default +: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the + example in parentheses someplace. + For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth. + The environment name is the name of the current environment. + Either before or after this, we'll put in the level. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +( +\family sans +Return, Enumerate +\family default +: level #1) This is the next item in the list. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse +Now we'll add verse. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +It will get much worse. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +( +\family sans +Return, +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Verse +\family default +: level #2) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Bippitey boppitey boo! +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse +Here comes a table: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +one-fish +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +two-fish +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +red-fish +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +blue-fish +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse +( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Table, +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-increment" +\end_inset + + 3 times, +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +, Verse, +\family default + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "depth-decrement" +\end_inset + +) +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate +( +\family sans +Return, Enumerate +\family default +: level #1) This is another item. + Note that selecting a +\family sans +Table +\family default + resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth + 3 times to put the table inside the +\family sans +Verse +\family default + environment. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +We're now ending the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + list and changing to +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +. + We're still at level #1. + We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. + The next set of paragraphs is a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +quoted letter. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + We'll nest both the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + environments inside of this one, then use another nested +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + for the letter body. + We'll use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\end_inset + + to preserve the depth. + Remember that you need to use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset + + to create multiple lines inside the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Address +\family default + environments. + Here it goes: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address +1234 Nowhere Rd. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Moosegroin, MT 00100 +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +9-6-96 +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +Dear Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Fizlewitz: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. + Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating + a backlog in our orders for methane. + We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order + as soon as possible. + In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +We do, however, now have a special on beef. + If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form + with your order, along with payment. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation +We thank you again for your patience. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address +Sincerely, +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +Bill Hick +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation +That ends that example! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with + just a few keystrokes. + We could have easily nested an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list inside of a +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + or +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, or put a +\family sans +Quote +\family default + inside of an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list. + You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime + you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers + you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot + be broken at the end of a line. + The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are + useful. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Protected Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Protected-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! Protected +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the + line at that point. + This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +Further documentation is given in section +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + +. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +section +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Bibliography" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + A protected space is set with +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Protected +\bar under + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\bar default +Space +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "space-insert protected" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Horizontal Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Horizontal-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing ! Horizontal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontal Space +\family default +. + The length units are listed in Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cha:Units-available-in" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Inter-word Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Inter-word-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! Inter-word +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some languages (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se +ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Abbreviations" + +\end_inset + +). + Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless. + In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "space-insert normal" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Thin Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Thin-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! Thin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +thin space +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +protected +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). + The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of + thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance + inside abbreviations: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +D. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +E. + Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +or between values and units. + Compare for example this: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +10 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +kg (thin space) +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +10 kg (normal space +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can insert thin spaces also with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "space-insert thin" +\end_inset + +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +More Spaces +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:More-Spaces" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can furthermore insert the following space types: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Negative +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +space A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \negthinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + Negative thin space between the arrows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Enspace +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \enskip{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + Enspace (0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) space between the arrows. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Quad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_layout Enumerate -We're going to go totally nuts now. - We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the - same detail with how we did it. - (level #1: -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default -) -\end_layout +em) A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -( -\family sans -Return, -\family default -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" +\begin_inset space \quad{} \end_inset -\family sans -, Standard -\family default -: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the - example in parentheses someplace. - For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth. - The environment name is the name of the current environment. - Either before or after this, we'll put in the level. -\end_layout +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -( -\family sans -Return, Enumerate -\family default -: level #1) This is the next item in the list. + Quad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) space between the arrows. \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Verse -Now we'll add verse. -\begin_inset Newline newline +\begin_layout Description +QQuad +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -It will get much worse. -\begin_inset Newline newline +(2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -( -\family sans -Return, -\family default +em) A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" + +\begin_inset space \qquad{} \end_inset -\family sans -, Verse -\family default -: level #2) +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + QQuad +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em) space between the arrows. \end_layout -\begin_layout Verse -Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. -\begin_inset Newline newline +\begin_layout Description +Custom +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Bippitey boppitey boo! -\begin_inset Newline newline +space A line with +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset -( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" + +\begin_inset space \hspace{} +\length 2cm \end_inset -\family sans -) -\end_layout +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Verse -Here comes a table: + 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +cm space between the arrows. \end_layout -\begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +Table +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "tab:Width-of-the" + +\end_inset + + lists the different space sizes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "tab:Width-of-the" + +\end_inset + +Width of the different horizontal spaces. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular - + - - + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -one-fish +\series bold +Space \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -two-fish +\series bold +Width \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -red-fish +Normal \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +1/3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -blue-fish +em \end_layout \end_inset - + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Protected +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1/3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset +em \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Verse -( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Thin +\end_layout -\family sans -, Table, -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-increment" \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - 3 times, -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1/6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +em +\end_layout -\family sans -, Verse, -\family default - -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -) +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Negative thin \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate -( -\family sans -Return, Enumerate -\family default -: level #1) This is another item. - Note that selecting a -\family sans -Table -\family default - resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth - 3 times to put the table inside the -\family sans -Verse -\family default - environment. - +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +-1/6 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +em \end_layout -\begin_layout Quotation -We're now ending the -\family sans -Enumerate -\family default - list and changing to -\family sans -Quotation -\family default -. - We're still at level #1. - We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. - The next set of paragraphs is a -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -quoted letter. -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Enspace (0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - We'll nest both the -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ +em) +\end_layout + \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -Address -\family default - environments inside of this one, then use another nested -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - for the letter body. - We'll use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "break-paragraph inverse" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +0.5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - to preserve the depth. - Remember that you need to use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" +em +\end_layout + \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text - to create multiple lines inside the -\family sans -Address -\family default - and -\family sans -Right -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Quad (1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Address -\family default - environments. - Here it goes: +em) \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Right Address -1234 Nowhere Rd. -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -Moosegroin, MT 00100 -\begin_inset Newline newline +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -9-6-96 +em \end_layout -\begin_layout Address -Dear Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +QQuad (2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Fizlewitz: +em) \end_layout -\begin_layout Quotation -We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. - Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating - a backlog in our orders for methane. - We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order - as soon as possible. - In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. +em \end_layout -\begin_layout Quotation -We do, however, now have a special on beef. - If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form - with your order, along with payment. -\end_layout +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Quotation -We thank you again for your patience. \end_layout -\begin_layout Address -Sincerely, -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Bill Hick -\end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Quotation -That ends that example! \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with - just a few keystrokes. - We could have easily nested an -\family sans -Itemize -\family default - list inside of a -\family sans -Quotation -\family default - or -\family sans -Quote -\family default -, or put a -\family sans -Quote -\family default - inside of an +\begin_layout Subsubsection + \family sans -Itemize +Horizontal Fills \family default - list. - You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Spacing, pagination and line breaks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing +Spacing ! Fills \end_layout \end_inset @@ -9073,206 +10730,200 @@ Spacing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime - you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers - you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot - be broken at the end of a line. - The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are - useful. +Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space + in a uniform fashion. + An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals + the remaining space between the left and right margins. + If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space + equally between themselves. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Protected Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Protected-Space" +\begin_layout Standard +Here a few examples what you can do with them: +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent +This is on the left side +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Protected +This is on the right \end_layout +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent +Left +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset +Middle +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the - line at that point. - This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in: +Right \end_layout \begin_layout Quote -Further documentation is given in section -\begin_inset Newline newline +\noindent +Left +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset +1/3 Left +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -. - +Right \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between -\begin_inset Quotes eld +That was an example in the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment. + Here +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset -section -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Bibliography" - +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset +is one in a standard paragraph. + It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it +\emph on +is +\emph default + sitting in-between the two arrows. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - A protected space is set with +\begin_layout Standard +HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Protected -\bar under - +Fill \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\bar default -Space +Pattern \family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "space-insert protected" -\end_inset - -). + in the space dialog: The following patterns are available: \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Horizontal Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Horizontal-Space" - +\begin_layout Standard +Dots: +\begin_inset space \dotfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Horizontal \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Rule: +\begin_inset space \hrulefill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Horizontal Space -\family default -. - The length units are listed in Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ +Left arrow: +\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cha:Units-available-in" - +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Inter-word Space -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Inter-word-Space" +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Right arrow: +\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Inter-word \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Up brace: +\begin_inset space \downbracefill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Some languages (e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Down brace: +\begin_inset space \upbracefill{} \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset -English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se -ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Abbreviations" +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and +\emph on +not +\emph default + in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it. + This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. + If you need space in this case anyway, set the +\family sans +Protect +\family default + option in the space dialog. +\end_layout -). - Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless. - In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "space-insert normal" \end_inset -). + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Thin Space +Phantom Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Thin-Space" +name "sub:Phantom-Space" \end_inset @@ -9281,7 +10932,7 @@ name "sub:Thin-Space" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Thin +Spacing ! Phantom \end_layout \end_inset @@ -9290,263 +10941,319 @@ Spaces ! Thin \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A -\begin_inset Quotes eld +Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -thin space -\begin_inset Quotes erd +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +you want to create the following multiple choice question: +\end_layout -protected -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset -). - The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of - thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance - inside abbreviations: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Quote -D. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +What is correct English?: +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -E. - Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -or between values and units. - Compare for example this: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -10 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Mr. +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -kg (thin space) +Edge would have been jumps the gun. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -10 kg (normal space + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mr. + Edge \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert thin spaces also with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thin -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "space-insert thin" +has to be jumped +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -). + +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Mr. + Edge \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -More Spaces -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:More-Spaces" +\end_inset +jumps +\begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can furthermore insert the following space types: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Negative -\begin_inset space ~ +So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -thin +Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -space A line with a -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +Edge +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset space \negthinspace{} +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +. + To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Phantom +\family default +. + In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two + lines and insert +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - Negative thin space between the arrows. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Enspace +Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Edge +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -em) A line with a -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_inset space \enskip{} + into the phantom inset (note the space after +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Edge +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +). + A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder). + That is why it is named +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - Enspace (0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +phantom +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -em) space between the arrows. +. + The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space, + while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding + dimension. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Quad -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +Vertical Space +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Vertical-Space" -(1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -em) A line with a -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing ! Vertical +\end_layout -\begin_inset space \quad{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset +\end_layout - Quad +\begin_layout Standard +To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em) space between the arrows. +Space +\family default + dialog. + There you find the following sizes: \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -QQuad -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -(2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\family sans +SmallSkip +\family default +, +\family sans +MedSkip +\family default + and +\family sans +BigSkip +\family default + are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document. + +\family sans +DefSkip +\family default + is the skip adjusted in the dialog +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default -em) A line with a -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings +\end_layout -\begin_inset space \qquad{} \end_inset + for the paragraph separation. + If you use indentation to separate paragraphs +\family sans +DefSkip +\family default + is equal to +\family sans +MedSkip +\family default +. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard - QQuad -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\family sans +VFill +\family default -(2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -em) space between the arrows. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing ! Fills \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Custom -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -space A line with -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ -\end_inset + is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page. + An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill + between them. + Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second + one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal. + +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s work like +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset space \hspace{} -\length 2cm +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s are described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" + \end_inset - 2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +. +\end_layout + \end_inset -cm space between the arrows. + If there are several +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. + You can therefore use +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Table + +\family sans +Custom +\family default + are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "tab:Width-of-the" +reference "cha:Units-available-in" \end_inset - lists the different space sizes. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false +\begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "tab:Width-of-the" -\end_inset - -Width of the different horizontal spaces. +\series bold +Note: +\series default + +\series medium +When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of + a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option +\family sans +Protect +\family default +. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -9554,408 +11261,485 @@ Width of the different horizontal spaces. \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Paragraph Alignment +\end_layout -\series bold -Space +\begin_layout Standard +You can change the paragraph alignment with the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraph Settings +\family default + dialog. + There are five possibilities: \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family sans +Justified +\family default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align block" +\end_inset -\series bold -Width +) \end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Left +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align left" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Normal +) \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\family sans +Right +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align right" \end_inset -em +) \end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans +Center +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align center" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Protected +) \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/3 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\family sans +Default +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "paragraph-params \\align default" \end_inset -em +) \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Thin +\begin_layout Standard +The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word + spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between + the left and right margins. + The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +\align right +This paragraph is right aligned, +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1/6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +this one is centered, +\end_layout -em +\begin_layout Standard +\align left +this one is left aligned. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Subsection +Forced Page Breaks +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Negative thin +Page breaks ! Forced \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout --1/6 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset -em -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Enspace (0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset -em) \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -0.5 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you + can force a page break where you want one. + Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking. + Only if you use a lot of +\family sans +Floats +\family default +, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail. +\end_layout -em +\begin_layout Standard +We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and + until you have checked in the preview to see if you +\emph on +really +\emph default + have to change the page breaking. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special + action. + This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Quad (1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Page +\family default +. + The second type, that is inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Page +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -em) +Break +\family default +, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out + the complete page. + This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page + on which only the last few lines are absent. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears + at the top of a page. + This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. + LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables + appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without + having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. + See chapter +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes" -\begin_layout Plain Layout -1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -em + to learn more about +\family sans +Floats +\family default +. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Clear Page Breaks +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" -\begin_layout Plain Layout -QQuad (2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -em) -\end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -em +Page breaks ! Clear \end_layout \end_inset - - - -\end_inset +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed + directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them. + That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including + unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind + it, if necessary by adding pages. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You can insert a clear page break with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Page +\family default +. + When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Clear +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection +Double +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family sans -Horizontal Fills +Page \family default + to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand + page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Forced Line Breaks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Fills +Line breaks \end_layout \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" + +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Standard -Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space - in a uniform fashion. - An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals - the remaining space between the left and right margins. - If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space - equally between themselves. - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here a few examples what you can do with them: -\end_layout +Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply + breaks the line. + You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ragged +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -This is on the left side -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +Line +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -This is on the right -\end_layout +Break +\family default + or with +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" +\end_inset -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -Left -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +. + Another type that is inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Justified +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Middle -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +Line +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Right -\end_layout +Break +\family default + breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between + the page margins. + This is necessary to avoid +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Quote -\noindent -Left -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +fringes +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -1/3 Left -\begin_inset space \hfill{} + in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as + LaTeX is very good at line breaking. + There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively + set a line break, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +in a poem or for an address (see sections +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Right -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -That was an example in the -\family sans -Quote -\family default - environment. - Here -\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Quote" + \end_inset +, +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Verse" -\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Address-Usage" -\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset -is one in a standard paragraph. - It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it -\emph on -is -\emph default - sitting in-between the two arrows. +). \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the -\family sans -Fill -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Subsection +Horizontal Lines +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Horizontal-Lines" + \end_inset -Pattern -\family default - in the space dialog: The following patterns are available: + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Horizontal lines \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Dots: -\begin_inset space \dotfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset space ~ +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent +\begin_inset CommandInset line +LatexCommand rule +offset "0.5ex" +width "100line%" +height "1pt" + \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Rule: -\begin_inset space \hrulefill{} -\end_inset - - +In the dialog +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - +Line +\family default + you can insert horizontal lines. + The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline + of the current text line or the paragraph. + The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Left arrow: -\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} -\end_inset - +\noindent +\begin_inset CommandInset line +LatexCommand rule +offset "0.5ex" +width "100line%" +height "1pt" -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Right arrow: -\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\begin_layout Section +Characters and Symbols \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Up brace: -\begin_inset space \downbracefill{} +You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. + You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset space ~ +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Down brace: -\begin_inset space \upbracefill{} +characters needed for French with an English keyboard. + See section +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping" + \end_inset + for information on how this is done. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you + can use the +\family sans +Symbols +\family default + dialog via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbols +\family default +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -9967,17 +11751,9 @@ status collapsed \series bold Note: \series default - If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and -\emph on -not -\emph default - in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it. - This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. - If you need space in this case anyway, set the -\family sans -Protect -\family default - option in the space dialog. + Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed + when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences. + But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -9985,20 +11761,24 @@ Protect \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Phantom Space +\begin_layout Section +Fonts and Text Styles \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Phantom-Space" +name "sec:Fonts-and-Text" \end_inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Font Types \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Phantom +Font ! Types \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10007,142 +11787,235 @@ Spacing ! Phantom \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. - E. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +There are two types of fonts: +\end_layout -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} +\begin_layout Description +Vector +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -you want to create the following multiple choice question: +fonts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fonts ! Vector- \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset -What is correct English?: -\begin_inset Newline newline + are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +g. + characters) in the font. + This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are + well suited for scaling to any requested size. + This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the + curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. + This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes. + Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed + to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset +That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them. + But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes. + That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font + sizes than at small ones. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Mr. +The font types +\family typewriter +TrueType +\family default +, +\family typewriter +OpenType +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +Type \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Edge would have been jumps the gun. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset +1 +\family default + are vector fonts. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Bitmap +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open +fonts +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Mr. - Edge +Fonts ! Bitmap- \end_layout \end_inset -has to be jumped + on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they + will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. + However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each + pixel is enlarged into several pixels. + It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a + picture manipulation program. + In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in + several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels + or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful. + The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary + to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable + fonts. + The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have + to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Mr. - Edge -\end_layout - +Bitmap fonts are named +\family typewriter +Type +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -jumps -\begin_inset VSpace medskip -\end_inset +3 +\family default + in PostScript- and PDF-documents. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they + are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. + So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts. + That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs + use scalable fonts. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into + its document properties. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase +Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards + specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. + For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current + font to emphasize text, you use an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ +emphasized style +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -Edge -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset + instead. + This concept fits in perfectly with LyX. + In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting + details. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +LaTeX font support +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LaTeX-font-support" -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Phantom -\family default -. - In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two - lines and insert -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -Mr. -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout -Edge +\begin_layout Standard +Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts. + That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your + operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX + distribution. + The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts, + which have to be provided by additional files and packages. + The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared + to usual word processors. + On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts + are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable + across different machines. + Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a + lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial + fonts. + In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface + (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Document-Font" - into the phantom inset (note the space after -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Edge -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset + for details). + However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code + in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired + font). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are + also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating + system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX. + Both engines are now supported by LyX. + By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font + that is installed on your system. + The next section describes how to use these OS fonts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci +es; so you might have to experiment. +\end_layout -). - A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder). - That is why it is named -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -phantom -\begin_inset Quotes erd + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature + as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX. +\end_layout + \end_inset -. - The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space, - while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding - dimension. + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Vertical Space +Document Font and Font size \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Vertical-Space" +name "sub:Document-Font" \end_inset @@ -10151,48 +12024,26 @@ name "sub:Vertical-Space" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Vertical +Font ! Size \end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Font \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vertical -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space -\family default - dialog. - There you find the following sizes: + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -SmallSkip -\family default -, -\family sans -MedSkip -\family default - and -\family sans -BigSkip -\family default - are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document. - -\family sans -DefSkip -\family default - is the skip adjusted in the dialog +You can set the document fonts in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings @@ -10207,500 +12058,602 @@ Document ! Settings \end_inset - for the paragraph separation. - If you use indentation to separate paragraphs + dialog. + There you can specify which font should be used for the three different + font shapes roman (serif), \family sans -DefSkip +sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +serif \family default - is equal to -\family sans -MedSkip +, and +\family typewriter +typewriter \family default -. + and its scalings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - +The possible options for the font include \family sans -VFill +default +\family default + and a list of fonts available on your system. + +\family sans +default +\family default + uses the standard TeX fonts, known as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +) or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +European Computer Modern +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +As +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + and +\family typewriter +ec +\family default + are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially + when you read the PDF in a zoomed size. +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Fills +This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in +\family typewriter +Adobe +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Reader +\family default + version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font + renderer. \end_layout \end_inset - is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page. - An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill - between them. - Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second - one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal. + To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font. + There are three ways to use one: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +select the +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of + +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +. \family sans -VFill +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default -s work like + was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + as the default font. + It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. + Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, \family sans -HFill +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default -s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. + looks identical to +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +.; \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +One difference is improved kerning. +\end_layout -\family sans -HFill -\family default -s are described in section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +or select the +\family sans +AE +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. -\end_layout - +(Almost +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - If there are several +European) +\family default + fonts in (the rare) case that \family sans -VFill +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern +\family default + is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate + the look of +\family typewriter +cm +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +ec \family default -s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. - You can therefore use -\family sans -VFill +. + +\family typewriter +AE \family default -s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. -\end_layout + is a virtual font. + Virtual means that it +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard +steals +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family sans -Custom + outline +\family typewriter +cm \family default - are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ +-glyphs from other fonts. + This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French + guillemets ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +« +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cha:Units-available-in" - + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -. -\end_layout +» +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout +) +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Loading the LaTeX-package \series bold -Note: +aeguill \series default - -\series medium -When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of - a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option -\family sans -Protect -\family default -. -\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\lang english +LaTeX-packages ! aeguill \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Paragraph Alignment -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -You can change the paragraph alignment with the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paragraph Settings -\family default - dialog. - There are five possibilities: -\end_layout + with the document preamble line +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Justified -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align block" +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[ec]{aeguill} +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -) + +\series default +will fix the guillemet problem. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\end_inset -\family sans -Left + and that accented characters are not +\emph on +one +\emph default + glyph, but build of +\emph on +two +\emph default + characters, the accent and the letter. + Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents + using the +\family typewriter +AE \family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align left" + fonts. + If you search for example for the French word +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -) -\end_layout +rève +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize + in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for + the glyph +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\family sans -Right -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align right" + è +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) -\end_layout + and not for the glyph +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize + e + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family sans -Center -\family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align center" + ̀ +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) +. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Default +If you do not like the look of +\family typewriter +cm \family default - ( -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "paragraph-params \\align default" +/ +\family typewriter +ec +\family default +, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word - spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between - the left and right margins. - The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: -\end_layout +g. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\align right -This paragraph is right aligned, -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -this one is centered, -\end_layout +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\align left -this one is left aligned. -\end_layout +Roman +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\family sans +Palatino +\family default +. + Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Forced Page Breaks -\begin_inset Index idx +serif and typewriter fonts +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Page breaks ! Forced -\end_layout - +These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" - +g., +\family sans +Times +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you - can force a page break where you want one. - Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking. - Only if you use a lot of +Roman +\family default + selects \family sans -Floats +Helvetica \family default -, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail. -\end_layout + for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and - until you have checked in the preview to see if you +e. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +a real font \emph on -really +family \emph default - have to change the page breaking. -\end_layout + (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special - action. - This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +in case of \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New +Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page +Modern \family default -. - The second type, that is inserted via the menu + oder \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Page +Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break +Modern \family default -, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out - the complete page. - This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page - on which only the last few lines are absent. +). \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears - at the top of a page. - This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. - LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables - appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without - having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. - See chapter -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes" +\end_inset +, but you can also select your own. +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - to learn more about +The differences between roman, \family sans -Floats -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Clear Page Breaks -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" - +sans +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +serif +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +typewriter +\family default + fonts are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Page breaks ! Clear -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed - directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them. - That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including - unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind - it, if necessary by adding pages. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert a clear page break with the menu +The font \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Clear +Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page +Roman \family default -. - When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu + was originally designed for newspapers. + That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit + into the small newspaper columns. + Therefore \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Clear -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Double +Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Page +Roman \family default - to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand - page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page. + is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Forced Line Breaks -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Line breaks +\begin_layout Standard +For the font size there are four possible values: +\family sans +default, 10 +\family default +, +\family sans +11 +\family default +, and +\family sans +12 +\family default +. + The size of +\family sans +default +\family default + depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The font sizes are the +\emph on +base size +\emph default +. + That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those + used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value. + You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the +\family sans +Text +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Style +\family default + dialog if needed. + The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +\end_inset +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply - breaks the line. - You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting +The field \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ragged -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break +CJK \family default - or with -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset + allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify + a font to display the script characters. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package +\series bold +CJK +\series default . - Another type that is inserted via the menu + So this has no effect for the document language \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Justified -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Break +Japanese \family default - breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between - the page margins. - This is necessary to avoid -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + that doesn't use +\series bold +CJK +\series default +. +\end_layout -fringes -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as - LaTeX is very good at line breaking. - There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively - set a line break, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -in a poem or for an address (see sections -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Quote" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Note: +\series default + When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does +\emph on +not +\emph default + change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output; + this is part of the WYSIWYM concept. + LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences +\family default + dialog, see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Verse" +reference "sub:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Address-Usage" +. +\end_layout \end_inset -). + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Horizontal Lines -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Horizontal-Lines" +Using Different Character Styles +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Character Styles +\end_layout \end_inset @@ -10709,7 +12662,7 @@ name "sub:Horizontal-Lines" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Horizontal lines +Text Style \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10718,133 +12671,181 @@ Horizontal lines \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset CommandInset line -LatexCommand rule -offset "0.5ex" -width "100line%" -height "1pt" - -\end_inset - - +As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for + certain paragraph environments. + LyX supports two character styles, +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + and +\family sans +Noun +\family default +. + You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the + toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In the dialog +To activate the \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Horizontal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Line +Noun \family default - you can insert horizontal lines. - The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline - of the current text line or the paragraph. - The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line. + style, do one of the following: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\noindent -\begin_inset CommandInset line -LatexCommand rule -offset "0.5ex" -width "100line%" -height "1pt" +\begin_layout Itemize +click on the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/font-noun.png \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Itemize +use the key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-noun" +\end_inset + \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Characters and Symbols +\begin_layout Standard +These commands are all toggles. + That is, if +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style is already active, they deactivate it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. - You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +One typically uses the +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style for proper names. + For example: +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default + is the original author of LyX. +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -characters needed for French with an English keyboard. - See section -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A more widely used character style is the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style. + You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style by: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +clicking on the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/font-emph.png + \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping" +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +using the keybindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-emph" \end_inset - for information on how this is done. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you - can use the +Normally the \family sans -Symbols +Emphasized \family default - dialog via the menu + style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag +es use a different font. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We've been using the \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbols +Emphasized \family default -. + style all over the place in this document. + Here's one more example: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +\begin_layout Quotation -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\emph on +Don't overuse character styles! +\end_layout -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed - when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences. - But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output. +\begin_layout Standard +It's also a warning in addition to an example. + One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. + Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid + the common tendency to overuse character style. + \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You can always reset to the default font using the key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-default" \end_inset + or the dialog +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Style +\family default +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_layout Subsection +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Text Style +\family default + dialog \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sec:Fonts-and-Text" +name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Font Types \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! Types +Text Style \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10853,1792 +12854,1852 @@ Font ! Types \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are two types of fonts: +There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so + LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style. + For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet + requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. + Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts + from ordinary dialog. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Vector -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Standard +Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a + warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles! +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -fonts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fonts ! Vector- +Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and + tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +To use custom character styles, open the +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. - characters) in the font. - This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are - well suited for scaling to any requested size. - This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the - curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. - This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes. - Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed - to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them. - But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes. - That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font - sizes than at small ones. -\begin_inset Newline newline +Style +\family default + dialog. + There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different + font property which you can choose. + You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select +\family sans +No +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -The font types -\family typewriter -TrueType +change \family default -, -\family typewriter -OpenType +, which keeps the current state of that property. + The item +\family sans +Reset \family default -, and -\family typewriter -Type + will reset the property to whatever is the default. + You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph + environments in a snap. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The font properties, and their options (in addition to +\family sans +No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1 +change \family default - are vector fonts. + and +\family sans +Reset +\family default +) are: \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Bitmap -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Family +\family default + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -fonts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +overall look +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Fonts ! Bitmap- + of the font. + The possible options are: \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they - will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. - However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each - pixel is enlarged into several pixels. - It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a - picture manipulation program. - In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in - several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels - or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful. - The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary - to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable - fonts. - The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have - to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. -\begin_inset Newline newline +\family sans +Roman +\family default + This is the Roman font family. + Normally a serif font. + It's also the default family. + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-roman" \end_inset -Bitmap fonts are named -\family typewriter -Type +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -3 +Serif \family default - in PostScript- and PDF-documents. + +\family sans +This is the Sans Serif font family. + +\family default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-sans" +\end_inset + +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they - are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. - So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts. - That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs - use scalable fonts. +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Typewriter +\family default + +\family typewriter +This is the Typewriter font family. + +\family default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-typewriter" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into - its document properties. +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Series +\family default + This corresponds to the print weight. + Options are: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards - specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. - For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current - font to emphasize text, you use an -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -emphasized style -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\family sans +Medium +\family default + This is the Medium font series. + It's also the default series. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Bold +\family default + +\series bold +This is the Bold font series. + +\series default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-bold" \end_inset - instead. - This concept fits in perfectly with LyX. - In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting - details. +) +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Shape +\family default + As the name implies. + Options are: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Upright +\family default + This is the Upright font shape. + It's also the default shape. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Italic +\family default + +\shape italic +This +\shape default + +\family sans +\shape italic +i +\family default +s the Italic font shape +\shape default +\emph on +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Slanted +\family default + +\shape slanted +This is the Slanted font shape +\shape default + (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic). \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Document Font and Font size -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Document-Font" +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\family sans +Small +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Caps +\family default + +\shape smallcaps +This is the Small caps font shape +\shape default +\noun on +. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! Size +\family sans +Size +\family default + Alters the size of the font. + You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio +nal to the document font size. + Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of + what you want to do. + The options are: \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\family sans +Tiny +\family default + +\size tiny +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +Tiny +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Font -\end_layout + font size. +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size tiny" \end_inset - +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can set the document fonts in the +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + \family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings +Smallest \family default + +\size scriptsize +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - +Smallest +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - dialog. - There you can specify which font should be used for the three different - font shapes roman (serif), -\family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ + font size +\size default +. + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-size scriptsize" \end_inset -serif -\family default -, and -\family typewriter -typewriter -\family default - and its scalings. +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The possible options for the font include +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + \family sans -default +Smaller \family default - and a list of fonts available on your system. -\family sans -default -\family default - uses the standard TeX fonts, known as +\size footnotesize +This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Smaller +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family typewriter -Computer Modern -\family default + font size. -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size footnotesize" \end_inset - ( -\family typewriter -cm +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Small \family default -) or + +\size small +This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Small +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family typewriter -European Computer Modern -\family default + font size. -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size small" \end_inset - ( -\family typewriter -ec -\family default -). +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -As -\family typewriter -cm -\family default - and -\family typewriter -ec -\family default - are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially - when you read the PDF in a zoomed size. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in -\family typewriter -Adobe -\begin_inset space ~ +\family sans +Normal +\family default + This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Reader -\family default - version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font - renderer. -\end_layout +Normal +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + font size. + It's also the default size. + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size normal" \end_inset - To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font. - There are three ways to use one: +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -One way is to use the -\family typewriter -AE +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Large \family default - fonts. -\family typewriter -AE -\family default - is a virtual font. - Virtual means that it +\size large +This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -steals +Large \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - outline -\family typewriter -cm -\family default --glyphs from other fonts. - This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French - guillemets ( -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + font size. -« -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size large" \end_inset - and +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Larger +\family default + +\size larger +This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -» +Larger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Loading the LaTeX-package -\series bold -aeguill -\series default + font size. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size larger" +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! aeguill +) \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - with the document preamble line -\begin_inset Newline newline +\family sans +Largest +\family default + +\size largest +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Largest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\series bold + font size. -\backslash -usepackage[ec]{aeguill} -\begin_inset Newline newline +\size default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-size largest" \end_inset - -\series default -will fix the guillemet problem. +) \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - and that accented characters are not -\emph on -one -\emph default - glyph, they are build of -\emph on -two -\emph default - characters, the accent and the letter. - Therefore you can't search in documents using the -\family typewriter -AE +\family sans +Huge \family default - fonts for words with accented characters. - If you search for example for the French word + +\size huge +This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -rève +Huge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for - the glyph -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + font size. - è -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size huge" \end_inset - and not for the glyph +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Huger +\family default + +\size giant +This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - e + -\begin_inset space ~ +Huger +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - ̀ -\begin_inset Quotes erd + font size. + +\size default + (key bindings +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-size giant" \end_inset -. +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +We'll warn you +\emph on +yet again +\emph default +: don't go crazy with this feature. + You should almost never need to change the font size. + LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments + — use that instead. + This is here for fine-tuning only! +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Other fonts, like -\family typewriter -Latin Modern -\family default - or -\family typewriter -Computer Modern -\family default -, consist of these three main font types -\family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -serif -\family default -, \family sans -typewriter +Misc \family default -, and + Here you can change a few other things at the character level. + Options are: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + \family sans -serif +Emph \family default + +\emph on +This is text with emphasize on +\emph default . + This might seem like the same as +\shape italic +Italic +\shape default +, but it is actually a bit different. + Emphasized is a +\emph on +logical +\emph default + attribute. + That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized + text. + Normally this font is equal to italic. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -: -\family typewriter -Times Roman -\family default - as roman font, \family sans - -\family typewriter -Helvetica +Underbar \family default - scaled to 92 or 95 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset + +\bar under +This is text with Underbar on. -% as sans -\begin_inset space ~ +\bar default + (key binding +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "font-underline" \end_inset -serif font, and -\family typewriter -courier -\family default - as typewriter font. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset -The differences between roman, \family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ +) +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -serif + \family default -, and -\family typewriter -typewriter +Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days, + when you couldn't change fonts. + We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters. + It's only included in LyX because some people +\emph on +may +\emph default + need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Noun \family default - fonts are explained in section + +\noun on +This is text with Noun on. + +\noun default + Like +\family sans +Emph +\family default +, this is a logical attribute. + Normally it's equivalent to +\family sans +Small \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Caps +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +\family sans +Color +\family default + You can adjust the color of the text with this control. + Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors. + Besides +\family sans +No +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +color +\family default +, which is the default +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -. -\begin_inset Newline newline +color +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -The font -\family typewriter -Times Roman + and means normally black, you can choose between +\family sans +Black \family default - was originally designed for newspapers. - That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit - into the small newspaper columns. - Therefore -\family typewriter -Times Roman +, +\family sans +White \family default - is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -The best solution is to use the -\family typewriter -Latin Modern +, +\family sans +Red \family default - ( -\family typewriter -lm +, +\family sans +Green \family default -) fonts. - These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace -\family typewriter -cm +, +\family sans +Blue \family default - as the default font. - In most cases they look the same as -\family typewriter -cm +, +\family sans +Cyan \family default - -\begin_inset Foot +, +\family sans +Magenta +\family default + and +\family sans +Yellow +\family default + text. +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -One difference is improved kerning for the -\family typewriter -lm -\family default - fonts. +Color ! Text \end_layout \end_inset -, but -\family typewriter -lm -\family default - covers a vast number of characters over the other two families -\family typewriter -cm -\family default - and -\family typewriter -ec -\family default -. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -For the font size there are four possible values: \family sans -default, 10 -\family default -, -\family sans -11 -\family default -, and -\family sans -12 -\family default -. - The size of -\family sans -default +Language \family default - depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10. + This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from + the language of the document. + Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change + (only within LyX). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The font sizes are the -\emph on -base size -\emph default -. - That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those - used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value. - You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the +So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from. + Once you've chosen a new character style via the \family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default - dialog if needed. - The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" + dialog, the settings are saved. + You can activate them using the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png \end_inset . + The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even + when the dialog isn't visible. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The field -\family sans -CJK -\family default - allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify - a font to display the script characters. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +To completely reset the character style to the default, use +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-default" +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package -\series bold -CJK -\series default -. - So this has no effect for the document language -\family sans -Japanese -\family default - that doesn't use -\series bold -CJK -\series default . -\end_layout + If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed + (suppose you just set the shape to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +slanted +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and the series to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +bold +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +), set the +\family sans +Toggle +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +all +\family default + switch and press +\family sans +Apply +\family default +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +You should also know something about the differences between the three main + font types +\family sans +serif +\family default +, +\family sans +sans +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +serif +\family default +, and +\family sans +typewriter +\family default +: +\end_layout -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\series bold -Note: -\series default - When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does -\emph on -not -\emph default - change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output; - this is part of the WYSIWYM concept. - LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the \family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences +Typewriter \family default - dialog, see section -\begin_inset space ~ + is a so called +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +monospaced +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Screen-Fonts" + font, that means every character has the same width, the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +i +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. -\end_layout + is as wide as the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +m +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +. + Here is an example +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Using Different Character Styles -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Character Styles +no \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx +\family typewriter +typewriter text +\family default + +\begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Text Style -\end_layout - +For more on phantoms see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:More-Spaces" -\begin_layout Standard -As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for - certain paragraph environments. - LyX supports two character styles, -\family sans -Emphasized -\family default - and -\family sans -Noun -\family default -. - You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the - toolbar. -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -To activate the -\family sans -Noun -\family default - style, do one of the following: +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -click on the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/font-noun.png - \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -use the key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-noun" +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - +no typewriter text \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -These commands are all toggles. - That is, if -\family sans -Noun -\family default - style is already active, they deactivate it. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_layout Standard -One typically uses the \family sans -Noun +Serif \family default - style for proper names. - For example: + fonts use characters with serifs. + These are the small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\noun on -Matthias Ettrich -\noun default - is the original author of LyX. +appendices \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + at the ends of the strokes that form the character. + The following example will show the difference: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +text with serifs +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -A more widely used character style is the -\family sans -Emphasized -\family default - style. - You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the \family sans -Emphasized +text without serifs \family default - style by: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -clicking on the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/font-emph.png +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - +Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading. + These fonts are therefore used as default (named +\family sans +roman +\family default +). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -using the keybindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-emph" -\end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Normally the \family sans -Emphasized +Sans serif \family default - style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag -es use a different font. + don't use serifs. + This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts. + We use it in this document to highlight menu names. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -We've been using the -\family sans -Emphasized -\family default - style all over the place in this document. - Here's one more example: +We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts. + They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. \end_layout -\begin_layout Quotation +\begin_layout Section +Printing and Previewing +\end_layout -\emph on -Don't overuse character styles! +\begin_layout Subsection +Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It's also a warning in addition to an example. - One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. - Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid - the common tendency to overuse character style. - +Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation + using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. + Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what + goes on behind-the-scenes. + We cover this information in much greater detail in the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can always reset to the default font using the key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-default" -\end_inset +LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend. + LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent + confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX. + LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. + Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. + This happens in two stages: +\end_layout - or the dialog -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Enumerate +First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX, + generating a file with the extension, +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Style -\family default -. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans -Text Style +\family typewriter +.tex \family default - dialog -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file to produce printable output. + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Output file formats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Text Style +File formats \end_layout \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so - LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style. - For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet - requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. - Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts - from ordinary dialog. -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Output-file-formats" -\begin_layout Standard -Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a - warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles! -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and - tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To use custom character styles, open the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsubsection +ASCII +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! ASCII +\end_layout + +\end_inset -Style -\family default - dialog. - There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different - font property which you can choose. - You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select -\family sans -No -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -change -\family default -, which keeps the current state of that property. - The item -\family sans -Reset -\family default - will reset the property to whatever is the default. - You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph - environments in a snap. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The font properties, and their options (in addition to -\family sans -No -\begin_inset space ~ +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -change -\family default - and -\family sans -Reset + +\family typewriter +.txt \family default -) are: -\end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family sans -Family -\family default - The +. + It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -overall look +American Standard Code for Information Interchange \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - of the font. - The possible options are: + (ASCII). \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document to ASCII by the menu \family sans -Roman +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +ASCII \family default - This is the Roman font family. - Normally a serif font. - It's also the default family. - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-roman" -\end_inset - -) +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Sans -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsubsection +LaTeX +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -Serif -\family default - -\family sans -This is the Sans Serif font family. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! LaTeX +\end_layout -\family default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-sans" \end_inset -) + \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\family sans -Typewriter -\family default - -\family typewriter -This is the Typewriter font family. +\family typewriter +.tex \family default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-typewriter" + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process + your document. + If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process + it manually with console commands. + The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever + you view or export your document. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu \family sans -) -\end_layout +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family sans -Series -\family default - This corresponds to the print weight. - Options are: +{} \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\end_inset -\family sans -Medium +eX \family default - This is the Medium font series. - It's also the default series. +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Subsubsection +DVI +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family sans -Bold -\family default - -\series bold -This is the Bold font series. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! DVI +\end_layout -\series default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-bold" \end_inset -) -\end_layout - -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Shape -\family default - As the name implies. - Options are: \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\family sans -Upright + +\family typewriter +.dvi \family default - This is the Upright font shape. - It's also the default shape. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family sans -Italic -\family default - -\shape italic -This -\shape default - -\family sans -\shape italic -i -\family default -s the Italic font shape -\shape default -\emph on . -\end_layout + It is called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +device-independent +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family sans -Slanted -\family default - -\shape slanted -This is the Slanted font shape -\shape default - (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic). + (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine + to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. + DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats, + like PostScript. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Standard +DVI files do not contain images, they only link them. + So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. + Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make + it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when + you view the DVI. + So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document to DVI by the menu \family sans -Small -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Caps +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI \family default - -\shape smallcaps -This is the Small caps font shape -\shape default -\noun on . \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Subsubsection +PostScript +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family sans -Size -\family default - Alters the size of the font. - You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio -nal to the document font size. - Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of - what you want to do. - The options are: +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! PostScript \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Tiny -\family default - -\size tiny -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Tiny -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - font size. +\end_layout -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size tiny" +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Smallest +\family typewriter +.ps \family default - -\size scriptsize -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -Smallest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size -\size default . - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-size scriptsize" -\end_inset - -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Smaller + PostScript was developed by the company +\family typewriter +Adobe \family default - -\size footnotesize -This is the + as a printer language. + The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the + file. + PostScript can be seen as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Smaller +programming language \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size. - -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size footnotesize" -\end_inset +; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed -) -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa +ge +\series bold +pstricks +\series default -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family sans -Small -\family default - -\size small -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! pstricks +\end_layout -Small -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size. +. +\end_layout -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size small" \end_inset -) + Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Normal -\family default - This is the +\begin_layout Standard +PostScript can only contain images in the format \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Normal +Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size. - It's also the default size. - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size normal" + (EPS, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -) -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Large +\family typewriter +.eps \family default - -\size large -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -Large \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size. +). + As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has + to convert them in the background to EPS. + If you have e.g 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size large" +images in your document, LyX has to do 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -) +conversions whenever you view or export your document. + This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically. + So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as + EPS to avoid this problem. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document to PostScript using the menu \family sans -Larger +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PostScript \family default - -\size larger -This is the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +PDF +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats ! PDF +\end_layout -Larger -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size. -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size larger" +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF +\end_layout + \end_inset -) + \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Standard +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\family sans -Largest + +\family typewriter +.pdf \family default - -\size largest -This is the + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Largest +Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size. + (PDF) developed by +\family typewriter +Adobe +\family default + was derived from PostScript. + It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript. + As the name +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\size default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-size largest" +portable +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) + implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output + looks exactly the same. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Huge -\family default - -\size huge -This is the +\begin_layout Standard +PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Huge +Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size. + (JPG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size huge" + +\family typewriter +.jpg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) -\end_layout + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Huger +\family typewriter +.jpeg \family default - -\size giant -This is the + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Huger +Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font size. + (PNG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\size default - (key bindings -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-size giant" + +\family typewriter +.png +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) +). + You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them + in the background to one of these formats. + But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion + will slow down your workflow. + So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats. \end_layout -\end_deeper \begin_layout Standard -We'll warn you -\emph on -yet again -\emph default -: don't go crazy with this feature. - You should almost never need to change the font size. - LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments - — use that instead. - This is here for fine-tuning only! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - +You can export your document to PDF via the menu \family sans -Misc +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export \family default - Here you can change a few other things at the character level. - Options are: + in three different ways: \end_layout -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -Emph +\begin_layout Description +PDF This uses the program +\family typewriter +ps2pdf \family default - -\emph on -This is text with emphasize on -\emph default -. - This might seem like the same as -\shape italic -Italic -\shape default -, but it is actually a bit different. - Emphasized is a -\emph on -logical -\emph default - attribute. - That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized - text. - Normally this font is equal to italic. + that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file. + The PostScript-version is produced by the program +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step. + So this export variant consist of three conversions. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family sans -Underbar +(dvipdfm) This uses the program +\family typewriter +dvipdfm \family default - -\bar under -This is text with Underbar on. + that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to + PDF. +\end_layout -\bar default - (key binding -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "font-underline" +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +(pdflatex) This uses the program pdftex that converts your file directly + to PDF. +\end_layout -\family sans -) -\begin_inset Newline newline +\begin_layout Description +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +(XeTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\family default -Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days, - when you couldn't change fonts. - We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters. - It's only included in LyX because some people -\emph on -may -\emph default - need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\end_inset -\family sans -Noun -\family default - -\noun on -This is text with Noun on. +X) This uses the program XeTeX that converts your file directly to PDF. + XeTeX is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support + for direct font access (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\noun default - Like -\family sans -Emph -\family default -, this is a logical attribute. - Normally it's equivalent to -\family sans -Small + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" + +\end_inset + +). + It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Caps -\family default -. +(LuaTe +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\end_inset -\family sans -Color -\family default - You can adjust the color of the text with this control. - Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors. - Besides -\family sans -No +X) This uses the program LuaTeX that converts your file directly to PDF. + LuaTeX is an even newer engine, derived from pdflatex, that also provides + direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -color -\family default -, which is the default -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -color -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" + \end_inset - and means normally black, you can choose between -\family sans -Black -\family default -, -\family sans -White -\family default -, -\family sans -Red -\family default -, -\family sans -Green -\family default -, -\family sans -Blue -\family default -, +). + LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard + TeX processor. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We recommend to use \family sans -Cyan +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) \family default -, -\family sans -Magenta + because +\family typewriter +pdftex \family default - and -\family sans -Yellow + supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and + works without problems. + The program +\family typewriter +dvipdfm \family default - text. + is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +XHTML \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Text +FileFormats ! XHTML \end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +HTML \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\end_inset + -\family sans -Language -\family default - This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from - the language of the document. - Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change - (only within LyX). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from. - Once you've chosen a new character style via the -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ +This file type has the extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Style + +\family typewriter +.xhtml \family default - dialog, the settings are saved. - You can activate them using the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even - when the dialog isn't visible. - + It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. + It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and + when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats + suitable for the purpose. + Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support + it, but not all do. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To completely reset the character style to the default, use -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-default" -\end_inset - -. - If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed - (suppose you just set the shape to +XHTML output remains \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -slanted +under development \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - and the series to +, and not all LyX features are supported yet. + See the chapter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -bold +LyX and the World Wide Web \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -), set the -\family sans -Toggle -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +, in the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual, for more information. +\end_layout -all -\family default - switch and press +\begin_layout Standard +You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item \family sans -Apply +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LyXHTML \family default . \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Previewing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Preview +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + \begin_layout Standard -You should also know something about the differences between the three main - font types +To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks + in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu \family sans -serif +View \family default -, + and choose a file type. + A viewing program will pop up showing the output. + For \family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default + you can use the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png + \end_inset -serif -\family default -, and + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "buffer-view dvi" +\end_inset + +), for \family sans -typewriter +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PDF +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(pdflatex) \family default -: -\end_layout + the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png -\begin_layout Itemize +\end_inset +, and for \family sans -Typewriter +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Postscript \family default - is a so called -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png -monospaced -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font, that means every character has the same width, the -\begin_inset Quotes eld + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "buffer-view ps" \end_inset -i -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +). +\end_layout - is as wide as the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same + viewer window using the menu +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Update +\family default +. +\end_layout -m -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary + directory. + To have a real output, export your document. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Printing the File from within LyX +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Printing-the-File" -. - Here is an example -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom -status collapsed +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print + it directly from within LyX. + To print a file, select the menu +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Print +\family default + or click on the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png + +\end_inset + +. + LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI. + This file is then processed by the program +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program +\family typewriter +Ghostscript +\family default +. + Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest. +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -no +\begin_layout Standard +You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this + is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after + printing one set to print on the other side. + Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. + By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack + of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You can set the parameters in the +\family sans +Print +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\family typewriter -typewriter text +Destination \family default + box as follows: +\end_layout -\begin_inset Note Note +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Printer +\family default + This is the name of the printer to print to. +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -For more on phantoms see section +Note that this printer name is for the program +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +. + That means +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + has to be configured for this printer name. + The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:More-Spaces" +reference "sub:Printer" \end_inset @@ -12647,446 +14708,416 @@ reference "sub:More-Spaces" \end_inset - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -no typewriter text + The printer should understand PostScript. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -Serif +File \family default - fonts use characters with serifs. - These are the small -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + The name of a file to print to. + The output will be a PostScript file. + It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full + path. +\end_layout -appendices -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Section +A few Words about Typography +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed - at the ends of the strokes that form the character. - The following example will show the difference: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography +\end_layout -text with serifs -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -\family sans -text without serifs -\family default - -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading. - These fonts are therefore used as default (named -\family sans -roman -\family default -). \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize - -\family sans -Sans serif -\family default - don't use serifs. - This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts. - We use it in this document to highlight menu names. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyphens +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_layout Standard -We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts. - They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hyphens \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Printing and Previewing -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Overview -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation - using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. - Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what - goes on behind-the-scenes. - We cover this information in much greater detail in the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend. - LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent - confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX. - LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. - Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. - This happens in two stages: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate -First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX, - generating a file with the extension, +In LyX, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -.tex +- \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. -\end_layout + character comes in four lengths: the +\emph on +hyphen +\emph default +, the +\emph on +en dash +\emph default +, the +\emph on +em dash +\emph default +, and the minus sign: +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Enumerate -Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the -\family typewriter -.tex -\family default - file to produce printable output. - \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Output file formats -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats +name \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Output-file-formats" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +output +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +inserted with \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -ASCII -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! ASCII +hyphen \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +- \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -.txt +- \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + in text +\end_layout -American Standard Code for Information Interchange -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text - (ASCII). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to ASCII by the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ASCII -\family default -. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +en dash \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -LaTeX -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! LaTeX +– \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbols \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +em dash +\end_layout -\family typewriter -.tex -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process - your document. - If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process - it manually with console commands. - The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever - you view or export your document. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +— \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -{} -\end_layout - +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -eX -\family default -. +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Symbols \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -DVI -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! DVI +minus sign \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $-$ +\end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -.dvi +- \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - It is called -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -device-independent -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine - to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. - DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats, - like PostScript. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -DVI files do not contain images, they only link them. - So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. - Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make - it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when - you view the DVI. - So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images. + in math mode \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to DVI by the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -DVI -\family default -. -\end_layout +\end_inset + + + -\begin_layout Subsubsection -PostScript -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! PostScript -\end_layout +\begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension +You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -.ps +- \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - PostScript was developed by the company -\family typewriter -Adobe -\family default - as a printer language. - The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the - file. - PostScript can be seen as a + character multiple times in a row. + They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in + the final output, but not in LyX. + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -programming language -\begin_inset Quotes erd +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa -ge -\series bold -pstricks -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +- +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! pstricks -\end_layout + gives a en dash, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -. -\end_layout +- +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset +- +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs. + a em dash. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -PostScript can only contain images in the format +The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in + math mode and has a length of its own. + Here are some examples of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Encapsulated PostScript -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - (EPS, file extension +\family typewriter +- +\family default + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + in use: +\end_layout -\family typewriter -.eps -\family default +\begin_layout Enumerate +line- and page-breaks +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset -\begin_inset Quotes erd +( +\emph on +hyphen +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +From A–Z +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -). - As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has - to convert them in the background to EPS. - If you have e.g 50 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +( +\emph on +en dash +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +Oh — there's a dash. +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -images in your document, LyX has to do 50 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +( +\emph on +em dash +\emph default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ \end_inset -conversions whenever you view or export your document. - This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically. - So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as - EPS to avoid this problem. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to PostScript using the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -PostScript -\family default -. +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + +( +\emph on +minus sign +\emph default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -PDF +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyphenation \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! PDF +Hyphenation \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Hyphenation" \end_inset @@ -13094,846 +15125,717 @@ PDF \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output. + Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package +\series bold +babel +\series default +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family typewriter -.pdf -\family default +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! babel +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - The -\begin_inset Quotes eld + following the rules of the document language +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages + +\family sans +German +\family default + and +\family sans +German +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Portable Document Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd +(new +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - (PDF) developed by -\family typewriter -Adobe +spelling) \family default - was derived from PostScript. - It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript. - As the name -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog. +\end_layout -portable -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output - looks exactly the same. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats +LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the + +\family sans +typewriter +\family default + font and with unusual constructs, like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Joint Photographic Experts Group +h3knix/m0n0wall \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (JPG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld +. + If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually. + This is done with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hyphenation +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\family typewriter -.jpg +Point \family default +. + These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX. + If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - or +\begin_layout Standard +Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated. + Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document + in the form \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\family typewriter -.jpeg -\family default - +A-b c \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) and +. + LaTeX would then see the hyphen \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Portable Network Graphics +- \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (PNG, file extension + as a hyphenation possibility. + Hyphenating at this point would look ugly. + To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox + as described in section \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\family typewriter -.png -\family default - +Prevent Hyphenation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -). - You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them - in the background to one of these formats. - But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion - will slow down your workflow. - So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to PDF via the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export -\family default - in three different ways: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF This uses the program -\family typewriter -ps2pdf -\family default - that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file. - The PostScript-version is produced by the program -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step. - So this export variant consist of three conversions. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(dvipdfm) This uses the program -\family typewriter -dvipdfm -\family default - that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to - PDF. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) This uses the program -\family typewriter -pdftex -\family default - that converts your file directly to PDF. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -We recommend to use -\family sans -PDF -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -(pdflatex) -\family default - because -\family typewriter -pdftex -\family default - supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and - works without problems. - The program -\family typewriter -dvipdfm -\family default - is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated. + of the +\emph on +EmbeddedObjects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -XHTML +\begin_layout Subsection +Punctuation Marks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -FileFormats ! XHTML +Punctuation marks \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -HTML \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Abbreviations" + \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This file type has the extension +When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX + automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. + LaTeX then adds the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\family typewriter -.xhtml -\family default - +appropriate amount of space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. - It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and - when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats - suitable for the purpose. - Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support - it, but not all do. + That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and + the next word. + Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -XHTML output remains +Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does + not work in all cases. + If a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -under development -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset -, and not all LyX features are supported yet. - See the chapter -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\family typewriter +. +\family default -LyX and the World Wide Web \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, in the + is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's + at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Here are some examples of \emph on -Additional Features +correct \emph default - manual, for more information. + abbreviations and the end of a sentence: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LyXHTML -\family default -. +\begin_layout Itemize +M. + Butterfly \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Previewing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Itemize +Don't worry. + Be happy. +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Preview +\begin_layout Standard +And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong: \end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +g. + this is too much space! +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +This is I. + It's okay. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks - in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu -\family sans -View -\family default - and choose a file type. - A viewing program will pop up showing the output. - For -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -DVI -\family default - you can use the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png - -\end_inset +You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. +\end_layout - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "buffer-view dvi" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +To fix this problem, use one of the following: +\end_layout -), for +\begin_layout Enumerate +Use an \family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -PDF +Inter-word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(pdflatex) +Space \family default - the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png - + after lowercase abbreviations (see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, and for -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Postscript -\family default - the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "buffer-view ps" \end_inset ). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same - viewer window using the menu -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Update -\family default -. -\end_layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_layout Standard -When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary - directory. - To have a real output, export your document. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! inter-word \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Printing the File from within LyX -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Printing-the-File" - \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print - it directly from within LyX. - To print a file, select the menu +\begin_layout Enumerate +Use a \family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Print +Thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Space \family default - or click on the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png + between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Thin-Space" \end_inset -. - LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI. - This file is then processed by the program -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default - to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program -\family typewriter -Ghostscript -\family default -. - Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest. +). +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces ! thin \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this - is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after - printing one set to print on the other side. - Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. - By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack - of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. +\end_inset + + \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can set the parameters in the +\begin_layout Enumerate +Use an \family sans -Print +End \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Destination -\family default - box as follows: -\end_layout +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +sentence +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family sans -Printer +period \family default - This is the name of the printer to print to. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed + found under the +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Special +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Note that this printer name is for the program -\family typewriter -dvips -\family default -. - That means -\family typewriter -dvips +Character \family default - has to be configured for this printer name. - The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section -\begin_inset space ~ + menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. + This function is also bound to +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence" \end_inset + for easy access. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Printer" +\begin_layout Itemize +e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -. +this is too much space! \end_layout -\end_inset - - The printer should understand PostScript. +\begin_layout Itemize +This is I\SpecialChar \@. + It's okay. \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Standard +Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. + If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX + will take care of this. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: + Check out the \family sans -File +Check +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +TeX \family default - The name of a file to print to. - The output will be a PostScript file. - It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full - path. + feature described in section +\emph on +Checking TeX +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -A few Words about Typography +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Quotes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography +Typography ! Quotes \end_layout \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Hyphens \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Hyphens +Quotes | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ \end_layout \end_inset +Typography +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +} \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In LyX, the -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\family typewriter -- -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_layout - character comes in four lengths: the -\emph on -hyphen -\emph default -, the -\emph on -en dash -\emph default -, the -\emph on -em dash -\emph default -, and the minus sign: -\begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -name -\end_layout +LyX usually sets quotes correctly. + Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text, + and use a closing quote at the end. + For example, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +open close +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -output +. + The keyboard character, +\family sans +" +\family default +, generates this automatically. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +You can change the behavior of the +\family sans +" +\family default + key using the submenu +\family sans +Language +\family default + of the dialog +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -inserted with +Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -hyphen + dialog. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -- +\begin_layout Standard +You can also select quotes for different languages in the box +\family sans +Type +\family default + option. + There are six choices: \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Text +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + -\family typewriter -- \family default + Use quotes like this +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +double \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in text -\end_layout - + or +\begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -en dash -\end_layout +single +\begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -– -\end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset -Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbols -\end_layout - +Text +\begin_inset Quotes srd \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -em dash -\end_layout +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -— -\end_layout +this +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + or 'this +\begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset -Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Symbols -\end_layout +Text +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -minus sign -\end_layout +this +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + or +\begin_inset Quotes gls \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $-$ +this +\begin_inset Quotes grs \end_inset \end_layout +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Quotes eld +Text +\begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset -\family typewriter -- \family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset - in math mode -\end_layout - +this +\begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset - - - + or +\begin_inset Quotes pls \end_inset - -\begin_inset VSpace defskip +this +\begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset -\family typewriter -- \family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset - character multiple times in a row. - They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in - the final output, but not in LyX. - -\begin_inset Quotes eld +this +\begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + or +\begin_inset Quotes fls \end_inset -- -\begin_inset Quotes erd +this +\begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset - gives a en dash, -\begin_inset Quotes eld + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Text +\begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset -- -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset -- -\begin_inset Quotes erd +this +\begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset - a em dash. -\end_layout + or +\begin_inset Quotes als +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in - math mode and has a length of its own. - Here are some examples of the -\begin_inset Quotes eld +this +\begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset -\family typewriter -- +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +These settings affect what character the +\family sans +" \family default + key produces. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +Ligatures +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed - in use: +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography ! Ligatures \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -line- and page-breaks -\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -( -\emph on -hyphen -\emph default -) -\end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -From A–Z -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -( -\emph on -en dash -\emph default -) -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ligatures | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\begin_layout Enumerate -Oh — there's a dash. -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -( -\emph on -em dash -\emph default -) +{ \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ \end_inset +Typography +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\begin_inset space \hfill{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -( -\emph on -minus sign -\emph default -) +} \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Hyphenation -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Hyphenation \end_layout \end_inset @@ -13941,7 +15843,7 @@ Hyphenation \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Hyphenation" +name "sub:Ligatures" \end_inset @@ -13949,144 +15851,131 @@ name "sub:Hyphenation" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output. - Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package -\series bold -babel -\series default +It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and + print them as single characters. + These groups are known as +\emph on +ligatures +\emph default +. + Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too + in the output. + Here are the standard ligatures: +\end_layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Itemize +ff +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! babel +\begin_layout Itemize +fi +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +fl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +ffi +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +ffl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word. + While a ligature may be okay in the word, +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - following the rules of the document language -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages - -\family sans -German -\family default - and -\family sans -German -\begin_inset space ~ +graffiti, +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -(new -\begin_inset space ~ + it looks really weird in compound words, such as +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -spelling) -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog. -\end_layout - +cufflink +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the - -\family sans -typewriter -\family default - font and with unusual constructs, like + or the German \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -h3knix/m0n0wall +Dorffest. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually. - This is done with the menu + To break a ligature, use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hyphenation +Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Point +Break. + \family default -. - These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX. - If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them. -\end_layout + This changes +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated. - Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document - in the form +cufflinks +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -A-b c +cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +links \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - LaTeX would then see the hyphen + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -- +Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - as a hyphenation possibility. - Hyphenating at this point would look ugly. - To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox - as described in section + to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Prevent Hyphenation +Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +fest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - of the -\emph on -EmbeddedObjects -\emph default - manual. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Punctuation Marks +LyX's Proper Names \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Punctuation marks +LyX ! Proper names \end_layout \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Abbreviations and End of Sentence \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Abbreviations" +name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" \end_inset @@ -14094,193 +15983,183 @@ name "sub:Abbreviations" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX - automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. - LaTeX then adds the +You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with + characters in different sizes and heights. + LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized + as a proper name when you type it in LyX as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -appropriate amount of space -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -. - That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and - the next word. - Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses. +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does - not work in all cases. - If a -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +eX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family typewriter . -\family default +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +command \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's - at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. + appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section. + To create proper names omit the TeX Code. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Here are some examples of -\emph on -correct -\emph default - abbreviations and the end of a sentence: -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -M. - Butterfly + Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following + proper names: \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -Don't worry. - Be happy. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Description +LyX The name of the game, write +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong: +L +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g. - this is too much space! -\end_layout +yX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -This is I. - It's okay. + to produce it. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Description +TeX The program used by LaTeX, write +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -To fix this problem, use one of the following: +T +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Use an -\family sans -Inter-word -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space -\family default - after lowercase abbreviations (see section -\begin_inset space ~ +eX +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + to produce it. +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" - +\begin_layout Description +LaTeX The program used by LyX, write +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -). -\begin_inset Index idx +LaT +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! inter-word + +{} \end_layout \end_inset +eX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + to produce it. \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Use a -\family sans -Thin -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Description +LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Space -\family default - between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Thin-Space" +{} +\end_layout \end_inset -). -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +eX2e +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! thin + to produce it. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +2 +\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ +\end_inset -\end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Use an -\family sans -End -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -of -\begin_inset space ~ +. + It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers. + For example the version number of TeX converges to the number +\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ \end_inset -sentence -\begin_inset space ~ +: The actual version is +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -period -\family default - found under the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special -\begin_inset space ~ +TeX-3.141592 +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -Character -\family default - menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. - This function is also bound to -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence" +, the previous one was +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - for easy access. -\end_layout +TeX-3.14159 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -e. +\begin_layout Standard +If you don't want to use proper names, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -14288,80 +16167,40 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -this is too much space! -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Itemize -This is I\SpecialChar \@. - It's okay. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. - If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX - will take care of this. -\end_layout +in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the + word. + This will look in LyX like: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png + scale 80 -\begin_layout Standard -For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: - Check out the -\family sans -Check -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -TeX -\family default - feature described in section -\emph on -Checking TeX -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Quotes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Quotes -\end_layout +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset +For more about TeX Code, look at section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Quotes | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:TeX-Code" -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\end_inset -{ +. \end_layout -\end_inset - -Typography -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_layout Subsection +Units +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - +Typography ! Units \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14370,428 +16209,503 @@ status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -LyX usually sets quotes correctly. - Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text, - and use a closing quote at the end. - For example, +Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal + space between two words. + As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is + smaller. + To get such a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -open close +half space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - The keyboard character, + for units use the menu \family sans -" -\family default -, generates this automatically. -\end_layout +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Thin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -You can change the behavior of the -\family sans -" -\family default - key using the submenu -\family sans -Language -\family default - of the dialog -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings +Space \family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings -\end_layout - + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "space-insert thin" \end_inset - dialog. +). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also select quotes for different languages in the box -\family sans -Type -\family default - option. - There are six choices: +Here's an example to show the differences: \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Text -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text -\family default - Use quotes like this -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\begin_layout Plain Layout +24 +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -double -\begin_inset Quotes erd +kW +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ \end_inset - or -\begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +h +\end_layout -single -\begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +space between number and unit \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes sld +\begin_layout Plain Layout +24 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Text -\begin_inset Quotes srd +kW +\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ \end_inset +h +\end_layout -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +half space between number and unit +\end_layout -this -\begin_inset Quotes srd \end_inset + + + - or 'this -\begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Subsection +Widows and Orphans +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography ! Widows and orphans +\end_layout -Text -\begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_layout -this -\begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page + happened to end. + There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. + You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading + for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line + of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line + of a paragraph at the top of a new page. + These bits of text became known as +\emph on +widows +\emph default + and +\emph on +orphans +\emph default +. +\end_layout - or -\begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. + That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. + But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line + of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules + built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there + to specifically prevent widows and orphans. + This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend. +\end_layout -this -\begin_inset Quotes grs +\begin_layout Standard +There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, + or how you can tweak that behavior. + Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion" -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset -Text -\begin_inset Quotes prd + or +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexguide" -this -\begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset - or -\begin_inset Quotes pls -\end_inset +] may have more information. + You will almost never need to worry about this, however. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "cha:Floats-and-Notes" -this -\begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 - -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. + There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases. +\end_layout -Text -\begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Section +Notes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Notes +\end_layout -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset -this -\begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset - or -\begin_inset Quotes fls -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Notes" -this -\begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Labeling -\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\begin_layout Standard +LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: +\end_layout -\family sans -\begin_inset Quotes ald +\begin_layout Description +LyX +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Text -\begin_inset Quotes ard +Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output. +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -\family default - Use quotes like -\begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset - -this -\begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed - or -\begin_inset Quotes als -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. +\end_layout -this -\begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -These settings affect what character the +\begin_layout Description +Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm +ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu \family sans -" +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain) \family default - key produces. -\end_layout +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Ligatures -\begin_inset Index idx + +\begin_inset Note Comment status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Ligatures +This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files. \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ligatures | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\begin_layout Description +Greyed +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout +Out This note will appear in the output as grey text. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -{ -\end_layout +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Typography -\begin_inset ERT + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +This is text +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed -} +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. + In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue. + How this can be done is explained in the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \end_inset - + of a comment that appears in the output as grey text. \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Ligatures" - +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit + indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and - print them as single characters. - These groups are known as -\emph on -ligatures -\emph default +Notes are inserted with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/note-insert.png + scale 85 + scaleBeforeRotation + +\end_inset + + or the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Note +\family default . - Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too - in the output. - Here are the standard ligatures: + Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -ff -\end_layout +\begin_layout Section +Footnotes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_layout Itemize -fi +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Footnotes \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -fl -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -ffi -\end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -ffl -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Footnotes" + +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Standard -Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word. - While a ligature may be okay in the word, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the + menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Footnote +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png -graffiti, -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - it looks really weird in compound words, such as -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +, +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +you'll see +\family default +\series default +\bar default + the following box: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png + scale 80 -cufflink -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - or the German + +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no + This box is LyX's representation of your footnote. + If you +\family default +\series default +\bar default + left-click on +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Dorffest. -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - To break a ligature, use \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ligature -\begin_inset space ~ +foot +\family roman + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -Break. \family default - This changes -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -cufflinks -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\series default +\bar default + +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +label, the box will +\family default +\series default +\bar default + be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it. + Clicking on the box label again, will close +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +the +\family default +\series default +\bar default + box +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +. + If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click + on the footnote +\family default +\series default +\bar default + toolbar +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +button +\family default +\series default +\bar default +. +\end_layout - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +Here's an example footnote: +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no -cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -links -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. +\end_layout -Dorffest -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} -fest -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_layout -. +\begin_layout Standard +The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text + position where the footnote box is placed. + The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. + The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive, + no matter in which chapter the footnote is in. + LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another + scheme using special LaTeX-commands. + T +\family roman +h +\family default +ey are described in the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -LyX's Proper Names +\begin_layout Section +Marginal Notes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LyX ! Proper names +Marginal notes \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14799,7 +16713,7 @@ LyX ! Proper names \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" +name "sec:Marginal-Notes" \end_inset @@ -14807,211 +16721,269 @@ name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with - characters in different sizes and heights. - LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized - as a proper name when you type it in LyX as -\begin_inset Quotes eld +Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. + When you insert a margin note via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Marginal +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset +Note +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png -eX -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the +, you'll see +\family roman +\series medium +a +\family default +\series default + grey +\family roman +\series medium +box with a +\family default +\series default + red +\family roman +\series medium +label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -command +margin \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section. - To create proper names omit the TeX Code. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following - proper names: + appearing within your text. + This box is LyX's representation of your margin +\family default +\series default +al +\family roman +\series medium +note. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -LyX The name of the game, write -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +At the side is an example marginal note. +\family roman +\series medium -L -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_inset Marginal status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} +This is a marginal note. \end_layout \end_inset -yX -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - to produce it. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -TeX The program used by LaTeX, write -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. + In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even + pages, right on odd pages. +\end_layout -T -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_layout Section +Graphics and Images +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} +Images \end_layout \end_inset -eX -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - to produce it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -LaTeX The program used by LyX, write -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -LaT -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} +Graphics \end_layout \end_inset -eX -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - to produce it. -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Graphics" -\begin_layout Description -LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -LaT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -{} \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position + you want and click on the toolbar icon +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png -eX2e -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to produce it. + or select +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Graphics +\family default + from the menu. + Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is -\begin_inset Quotes eld +This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. + The +\family sans +Graphics +\family default + tab allows you to choose your image file. + The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling + factor. + The scaling units are explained in Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2 -\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cha:Units-available-in" -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers. - For example the version number of TeX converges to the number -\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the tab +\family sans +Clipping +\family default + it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width + of the image in the output. + The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button + +\family sans +Get +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -: The actual version is -\begin_inset Quotes eld +from +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -TeX-3.141592 -\begin_inset Quotes erd +file +\family default +. + The option +\family sans +Clip +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, the previous one was -\begin_inset Quotes eld +to +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -TeX-3.14159 -\begin_inset Quotes erd +bounding +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +box +\family default + will only print the image region within the given coordinates. + Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore + the tab +\family sans +Clipping +\family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you don't want to use proper names, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +In the +\family sans +LaTeX and LyX options +\family default + tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options. + You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX. + The option +\family sans +Draft +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} +mode +\family default + has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame + with the image size is printed. + The option +\family sans +Don't +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the - word. - This will look in LyX like: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png - scale 80 +unzip +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +on +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +export +\family default + is explained in the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual in section +\emph on +Graphics Dialog +\emph default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. + The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is + in the text. + This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/mobius.eps + scale 70 + rotateOrigin center -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -For more about TeX Code, look at section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put + the image into a float, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:TeX-Code" +reference "sec:Figure-Floats" \end_inset @@ -15019,131 +16991,114 @@ reference "sec:TeX-Code" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Units +Image Formats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Units +Images ! Formats \end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Image-Formats" + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal - space between two words. - As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is - smaller. - To get such a -\begin_inset Quotes eld +You can insert images in any known file format. + But as we explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -half space -\begin_inset Quotes erd + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Output-file-formats" + \end_inset - for units use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Thin +, every output document format allows only a few image formats. + LyX uses therefore the program +\family typewriter +ImageMagick +\family default + in the background to convert the images to the right format. + To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background, + you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space -\family default - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcuts" -arg "space-insert thin" + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Output-file-formats" + \end_inset -). +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here's an example to show the differences: +Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -24 +\begin_layout Description +Bitmap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -kW -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. + They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. + Well-known bitmap image formats are +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -h -\end_layout - +Graphics Interchange Format +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -space between number and unit -\end_layout + (GIF, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -24 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset -kW -\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ +\family typewriter +.gif +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -h -\end_layout +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +GIF|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -half space between number and unit -\end_layout -\end_inset - - - +{ +\end_layout \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Widows and Orphans -\begin_inset Index idx +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Widows and orphans + +} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -15151,352 +17106,303 @@ Typography ! Widows and orphans \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page - happened to end. - There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. - You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading - for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line - of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line - of a paragraph at the top of a new page. - These bits of text became known as -\emph on -widows -\emph default - and -\emph on -orphans -\emph default -. -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. - That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. - But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line - of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules - built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there - to specifically prevent widows and orphans. - This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend. -\end_layout +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, - or how you can tweak that behavior. - Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as -\begin_inset space ~ +Portable Network Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + (PNG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion" -\end_inset +\family typewriter +.png +\family default - or -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexguide" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PNG|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -] may have more information. - You will almost never need to worry about this, however. +{ \end_layout -\begin_layout Chapter -Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "cha:Floats-and-Notes" - \end_inset +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the -\emph on -Embedded Objects -\emph default - manual. - There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases. +} \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Notes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Notes \end_layout \end_inset +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Notes" +Joint Photographic Experts Group +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + (JPG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\end_layout +\family typewriter +.jpg +\family default -\begin_layout Standard -LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: -\end_layout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Description -LyX -\begin_inset space ~ + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output. -\begin_inset Newline newline + +\family typewriter +.jpeg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_inset Note Note +\begin_layout Plain Layout +JPG|see +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. + +{ \end_layout \end_inset +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +} \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm -ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu -\family sans -File\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain) -\family default -. -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -\begin_inset Note Comment -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files. \end_layout \end_inset - +. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Greyed +Scalable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Out This note will appear in the output as grey text. +images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without + data loss. + The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because + presentations are always scaled by the beamer. + Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset +Scalable image formats can be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset Newline newline +Scalable Vector Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + (SVG, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note Greyedout + +\family typewriter +.svg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -This is text -\begin_inset Foot +SVG|see +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. - In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue. - How this can be done is explained in the -\emph on -Embedded Objects -\emph default - manual. + +{ \end_layout \end_inset - of a comment that appears in the output as grey text. -\end_layout +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +} +\end_layout -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_layout + \end_inset -As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit - indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes. -\end_layout +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Notes are inserted with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/note-insert.png - scale 85 - scaleBeforeRotation +Encapsulated PostScript +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + (EPS, file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - or the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note + +\family typewriter +.eps \family default -. - Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Footnotes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Footnotes +EPS|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ \end_layout \end_inset +Image formats +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Footnotes" +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the - menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Footnote -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png - \end_inset -, -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -you'll see -\family default -\series default -\bar default - the following box: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png - scale 80 - +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Portable Document Format +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no - This box is LyX's representation of your footnote. - If you -\family default -\series default -\bar default - left-click on -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -the + (PDF, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\family sans -foot -\family roman +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\bar default - -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -label, the box will -\family default -\series default -\bar default - be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it. - Clicking on the box label again, will close -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -the -\family default -\series default -\bar default - box -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no . - If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click - on the footnote -\family default -\series default -\bar default - toolbar -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no -button -\family default -\series default -\bar default + We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF + or EPS and the result won't be scalable. + In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original + image +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here's an example footnote: -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice + versa. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Foot +\begin_layout Subsection +Grouping of Image Settings +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. +Images ! Settings grouping \end_layout \end_inset @@ -15505,31 +17411,37 @@ To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text - position where the footnote box is placed. - The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. - The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive, - no matter in which chapter the footnote is in. - LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another - scheme using special LaTeX-commands. - T -\family roman -h +Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing + group. + Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image + of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in + the same way. + So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the + need to manually change each of them. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A new group can be set by entering a name in the +\family sans +Group +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Name \family default -ey are described in the -\emph on -Embedded Objects -\emph default - manual. + field in the Graphics dialog. + Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image + by checking the name of the desired group. \end_layout \begin_layout Section -Marginal Notes +Tables \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Marginal notes +Tables \end_layout \end_inset @@ -15537,7 +17449,7 @@ Marginal notes \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sec:Marginal-Notes" +name "sec:Tables" \end_inset @@ -15545,324 +17457,286 @@ name "sec:Marginal-Notes" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. - When you insert a margin note via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Marginal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Note -\family default - or the toolbar button +You can insert a table using either the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png - -\end_inset - -, you'll see -\family roman -\series medium -a -\family default -\series default - grey -\family roman -\series medium -box with a -\family default -\series default - red -\family roman -\series medium -label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png + scale 85 -margin -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - appearing within your text. - This box is LyX's representation of your margin + or the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table \family default -\series default -al -\family roman -\series medium -note. +. + A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. + The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated + from the rest of the table. + This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row + have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above + them. + Here's an example table: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -At the side is an example marginal note. -\family roman -\series medium - -\begin_inset Marginal -status collapsed +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -This is a marginal note. + \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. - In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even - pages, right on odd pages. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Graphics and Images -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Images +2 \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Graphics +3 \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Graphics" - -\end_inset - - +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position - you want and click on the toolbar icon -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png - \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout - or select -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Graphics -\family default - from the menu. - Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. - The -\family sans -Graphics -\family default - tab allows you to choose your image file. - The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling - factor. - The scaling units are explained in Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cha:Units-available-in" - -\end_inset - -. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In the tab -\family sans -Clipping -\family default - it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width - of the image in the output. - The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button - -\family sans -Get -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -from -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -file -\family default -. - The option -\family sans -Clip -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout -to -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -bounding -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -box -\family default - will only print the image region within the given coordinates. - Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore - the tab -\family sans -Clipping -\family default -. +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In the -\family sans -LaTeX and LyX options -\family default - tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options. - You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX. - The option -\family sans -Draft -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -mode -\family default - has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame - with the image size is printed. - The option -\family sans -Don't -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -unzip -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout -on -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -export -\family default - is explained in the -\emph on -Embedded Objects -\emph default - manual in section -\emph on -Graphics Dialog -\emph default -. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. - The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is - in the text. - This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: +\size normal +\noun off +\color none \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/mobius.eps - scale 70 - rotateOrigin center - \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put - the image into a float, see section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Figure-Floats" +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +C +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout -. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Image Formats -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Images ! Formats + \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Image-Formats" +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + \end_inset \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +The Table dialog +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which + brings up the table dialog. + Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively + where the cursor is placed currently. + Most of the dialog options also work on selections. + This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is + done on all of your selection. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Standard -You can insert images in any known file format. - But as we explained in section +Additionally to the table dialog, the +\family sans +table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +toolbar +\family default + helps you in setting table properties. + It appears when the cursor is inside a table. +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Output-file-formats" - +\begin_layout Standard +In the tab +\family sans +Table +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, every output document format allows only a few image formats. - LyX uses therefore the program -\family typewriter -ImageMagick +Settings \family default - in the background to convert the images to the right format. - To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background, - you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section + of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. + If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the + current cell respectively. + The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width + is given. + A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs + of text, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Output-file-formats" +reference "sub:Table-Cells" \end_inset @@ -15870,175 +17744,237 @@ reference "sub:Output-file-formats" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: +You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell + using the check box +\family sans +Multicolumn +\family default + or +\family sans +Multirow +\family default +. + This will merge the cells to +\emph on +one +\emph default + cell, spread over more than one column/row. + Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, + and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. + Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one + in the last row without the upper border: \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Bitmap -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text -images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. - They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. - Well-known bitmap image formats are -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +abc +\end_layout -Graphics Interchange Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +def ghi +\end_layout - (GIF, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family typewriter -.gif -\family default +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -GIF|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ +jkl \end_layout \end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -} +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +B \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +C +\end_layout -Portable Network Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - (PNG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +D +\end_layout +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -\family typewriter -.png -\family default +\begin_layout Plain Layout +1 +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -PNG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +2 +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -{ +\begin_layout Plain Layout +3 \end_layout \end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -} +4 \end_layout +\end_inset + + + + \end_inset \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table. + They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells, + explained in the tables section of the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld +Objects +\emph default + manual. + You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Joint Photographic Experts Group -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +degrees counterclockwise. + These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output. +\end_layout - (JPG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family typewriter -.jpg -\family default +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Most DVI-viewers are +\emph on +not +\emph default + able to display rotations. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - or -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_layout -\family typewriter -.jpeg +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Borders \family default + tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column. + The button +\family sans +Default +\family default + adds lines for all cell borders. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) +\begin_layout Subsection +Longtables \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -JPG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ +Tables ! Longtables \end_layout \end_inset -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT + +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -} +Longtables \end_layout \end_inset @@ -16046,274 +17982,299 @@ status collapsed \end_layout -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Scalable +\begin_layout Standard +If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option +\family sans +Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without - data loss. - The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because - presentations are always scaled by the beamer. - Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Scalable image formats can be -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Scalable Vector Graphics -\begin_inset Quotes erd +long +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - (SVG, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +table +\family default + in the tab +\family sans +Longtable +\family default + of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages. + Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define: +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -.svg +\family sans +Header \family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd +: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable; + except for the first page, if +\family sans +First +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +header +\family default + is defined. +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -SVG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\begin_layout Description -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family sans +First +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -{ +header +\family default +: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. \end_layout -\end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\begin_layout Description -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family sans +Footer +\family default +: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable; + except for the last page, if +\family sans +Last +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -} +footer +\family default + is defined. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Description +\family sans +Last +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +footer +\family default +: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options + defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. + You can now insert there the table caption via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Caption +\family default +. + More about longtable captions can be found in the +\emph on +Embedded +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout -Encapsulated PostScript -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\begin_layout Standard +You can also specify a row where the table is split. + If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware + of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row. + The others will then be defined as +\emph on +empty +\emph default +. + In this context, first means first in this order: +\family sans +Footer, Last +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - (EPS, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld +footer, +\family default + +\family sans +Header, +\family default + +\family sans +First +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +header. -\family typewriter -.eps \family default + See the following longtable to see how it works: +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -EPS|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -{ +\series bold +Example Phone List (ignore the names) \end_layout \end_inset - -Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -} \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -Portable Document Format -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\series bold +NAME +\end_layout - (PDF, file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family typewriter -.pdf -\family default +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -) -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF + +\series bold +TEL. \end_layout \end_inset - -. - We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF - or EPS and the result won't be scalable. - In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original - image -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. + +\series bold +Example Phone List \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice - versa. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Grouping of Image Settings -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Images ! Settings grouping + \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +NAME \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing - group. - Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image - of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in - the same way. - So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the - need to manually change each of them. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -A new group can be set by entering a name in the -\family sans -Group -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -Name -\family default - field in the Graphics dialog. - Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image - by checking the name of the desired group. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Tables -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables + \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Tables" +\series bold +TEL. +\end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +continue ... \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert a table using either the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png - scale 85 - \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout - or the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table -\family default -. - A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. - The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated - from the rest of the table. - This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row - have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above - them. - Here's an example table: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -16322,814 +18283,773 @@ Table \end_inset + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -1 +\series bold +Annovi \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 +Silvia \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -3 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -A +\series bold +Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Stefano \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -B +Walter \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\size normal -\noun off -\color none - +\series bold +Cachia \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Maria \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -C +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Cachia \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - - -\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Cinquemani \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -The Table dialog -\end_layout +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Standard -You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which - brings up the table dialog. - Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively - where the cursor is placed currently. - Most of the dialog options also work on selections. - This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is - done on all of your selection. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giusi \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Additionally to the table dialog, the -\family sans -table -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -toolbar -\family default - helps you in setting table properties. - It appears when the cursor is inside a table. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In the tab -\family sans -Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Settings -\family default - of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. - If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the - current cell respectively. - The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width - is given. - A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs - of text, see section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Table-Cells" +\series bold +Colin +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell - using the check box -\family sans -Multicolumn -\family default - or -\family sans -Multirow -\family default -. - This will merge the cells to -\emph on -one -\emph default - cell, spread over more than one column/row. - Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, - and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. - Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one - in the last row without the upper border: +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bernard \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -abc +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -def ghi + +\series bold +Concli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -jkl +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -A +\series bold +Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -B +Carolina \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -C +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -D + +\series bold +Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1 +Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -2 +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -3 + +\series bold +Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 +Domenico \end_layout \end_inset - - + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Focarelli \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table. - They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells, - explained in the tables section of the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout -Objects -\emph default - manual. - You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -degrees counterclockwise. - These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Note: -\series default - Most DVI-viewers are -\emph on -not -\emph default - able to display rotations. +Galletti \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Oreste \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Borders -\family default - tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column. - The button -\family sans -Default -\family default - adds lines for all cell borders. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Longtables -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables ! Longtables + +\series bold +Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Franca +\end_layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Longtables +111 \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Rizzardi \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option -\family sans -Use -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paola +\end_layout -long -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -table -\family default - in the tab -\family sans -Longtable -\family default - of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages. - Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define: +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Header -\family default -: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable; - except for the first page, if -\family sans -First -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -header -\family default - is defined. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Description +\series bold +Lassini +\end_layout -\family sans -First -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -header -\family default -: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Giancarlo \end_layout -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Footer -\family default -: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable; - except for the last page, if -\family sans -Last -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -footer -\family default - is defined. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Last -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -footer -\family default -: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Malfatti \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. - You can now insert there the table caption via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caption -\family default -. - More about longtable captions can be found in the -\emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -Objects -\emph default - manual. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Luciano \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can also specify a row where the table is split. - If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware - of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row. - The others will then be defined as -\emph on -empty -\emph default -. - In this context, first means first in this order: -\family sans -Footer, Last -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout -footer, -\family default - -\family sans -Header, -\family default - -\family sans -First -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -header. +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family default - See the following longtable to see how it works: +\series bold +Malfatti \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +Valeriano +\end_layout -\series bold -Example Phone List (ignore the names) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +Roberto +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout \end_inset - - + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -NAME +Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Roberto \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -TEL. +111 \end_layout \end_inset - - + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - + \series bold -Example Phone List +Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Erich \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +111 \end_layout \end_inset - - + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -NAME +Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +Paolo +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111, 222 \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -TEL. +Radina \end_layout \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -continue ... +Claudio \end_layout \end_inset - + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +Oskar +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +111 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Annovi +Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Silvia +Ugo \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -17146,7 +19066,7 @@ Silvia \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Bertoli +Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17155,7 +19075,7 @@ Bertoli \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Stefano +Margit \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17177,7 +19097,7 @@ Stefano \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Bozzi +Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17186,7 +19106,7 @@ Bozzi \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Walter +Frieda \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17208,7 +19128,7 @@ Walter \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Cachia +Vieider \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17217,7 +19137,7 @@ Cachia \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Maria +Hilde \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17239,7 +19159,7 @@ Maria \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Cachia +Vigna \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17248,7 +19168,7 @@ Cachia \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio +Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17270,7 +19190,7 @@ Maurizio \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Cinquemani +Weber \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17279,7 +19199,7 @@ Cinquemani \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Giusi +Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17301,7 +19221,7 @@ Giusi \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Colin +Winkler \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17310,7 +19230,7 @@ Colin \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bernard +Franz \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17326,44 +19246,42 @@ Bernard - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Concli + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Gianfranco + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Dal Bosco +Annovi \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17372,7 +19290,7 @@ Dal Bosco \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Carolina +Silvia \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17381,20 +19299,20 @@ Carolina \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Dalpiaz +Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17403,7 +19321,7 @@ Dalpiaz \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Annamaria +Stefano \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17412,20 +19330,20 @@ Annamaria \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Feliciello +Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17434,7 +19352,7 @@ Feliciello \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Domenico +Walter \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17443,20 +19361,20 @@ Domenico \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Focarelli +Cachia \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17465,7 +19383,7 @@ Focarelli \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola +Maria \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17474,20 +19392,20 @@ Paola \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Galletti +Cachia \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17496,7 +19414,7 @@ Galletti \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Oreste +Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17505,20 +19423,20 @@ Oreste \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Gasparini +Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17527,7 +19445,7 @@ Gasparini \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Franca +Giusi \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17536,20 +19454,20 @@ Franca \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Rizzardi +Colin \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17558,7 +19476,7 @@ Rizzardi \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola +Bernard \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17567,20 +19485,20 @@ Paola \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Lassini +Concli \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17589,7 +19507,7 @@ Lassini \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Giancarlo +Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17598,20 +19516,20 @@ Giancarlo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Malfatti +Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17620,7 +19538,7 @@ Malfatti \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Luciano +Carolina \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17629,20 +19547,20 @@ Luciano \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Malfatti +Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17651,7 +19569,7 @@ Malfatti \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Valeriano +Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17660,20 +19578,20 @@ Valeriano \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Meneguzzo +Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17682,7 +19600,7 @@ Meneguzzo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto +Domenico \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17691,20 +19609,20 @@ Roberto \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Mezzadra +Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17713,7 +19631,7 @@ Mezzadra \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto +Paola \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17722,20 +19640,20 @@ Roberto \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Pirpamer +Galletti \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17744,7 +19662,7 @@ Pirpamer \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Erich +Oreste \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17753,20 +19671,20 @@ Erich \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Pochiesa +Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17775,7 +19693,7 @@ Pochiesa \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paolo +Franca \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17784,20 +19702,20 @@ Paolo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111, 222 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Radina +Rizzardi \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17806,7 +19724,7 @@ Radina \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Claudio +Paola \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17815,20 +19733,20 @@ Claudio \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Stuffer +Lassini \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17837,7 +19755,7 @@ Stuffer \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Oskar +Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17846,20 +19764,20 @@ Oskar \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Tacchelli +Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17868,7 +19786,7 @@ Tacchelli \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Ugo +Luciano \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17877,20 +19795,20 @@ Ugo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Tezzele +Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17899,7 +19817,7 @@ Tezzele \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Margit +Valeriano \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17908,20 +19826,20 @@ Margit \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Unterkalmsteiner +Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17930,7 +19848,7 @@ Unterkalmsteiner \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Frieda +Roberto \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17939,20 +19857,20 @@ Frieda \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Vieider +Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17961,7 +19879,7 @@ Vieider \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Hilde +Roberto \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17970,20 +19888,20 @@ Hilde \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Vigna +Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17992,7 +19910,7 @@ Vigna \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Jürgen +Erich \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18001,20 +19919,20 @@ Jürgen \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Weber +Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18023,7 +19941,7 @@ Weber \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio +Paolo \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18032,20 +19950,20 @@ Maurizio \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555, 222 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Winkler +Radina \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18054,7 +19972,7 @@ Winkler \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Franz +Claudio \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18063,36 +19981,38 @@ Franz \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111 +555 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - + +\series bold +Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +Oskar \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - +555 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18105,7 +20025,7 @@ Franz \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Annovi +Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18114,7 +20034,7 @@ Annovi \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Silvia +Ugo \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18136,7 +20056,7 @@ Silvia \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Bertoli +Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18145,7 +20065,7 @@ Bertoli \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Stefano +Margit \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18167,7 +20087,7 @@ Stefano \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Bozzi +Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18176,7 +20096,7 @@ Bozzi \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Walter +Frieda \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18198,7 +20118,7 @@ Walter \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Cachia +Vieider \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18207,7 +20127,7 @@ Cachia \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Maria +Hilde \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18229,7 +20149,7 @@ Maria \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Cachia +Vigna \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18238,7 +20158,7 @@ Cachia \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio +Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18247,7 +20167,7 @@ Maurizio \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -555 +999 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18260,7 +20180,7 @@ Maurizio \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Cinquemani +Weber \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18269,7 +20189,7 @@ Cinquemani \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Giusi +Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18291,7 +20211,7 @@ Giusi \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Colin +Winkler \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18300,7 +20220,7 @@ Colin \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bernard +Franz \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18315,116 +20235,238 @@ Bernard \end_inset - - + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Concli +End \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Gianfranco + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -555 + \end_layout \end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Table Cells +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tables ! Cells +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Table-Cells" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. + All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. + Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. + But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like +\family sans +Section* +\family default +, etc.), nor set spacing options etc. + for the cell's paragraph. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width + for the column in the table dialog. + Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell + is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. + An example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Dal Bosco +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Carolina + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -555 + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Dalpiaz +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Annamaria + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is a multi-line entry in a table. \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -555 + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Feliciello +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Domenico + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18433,29 +20475,55 @@ Domenico \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -555 + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Focarelli +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is a multi-line entry in a table. + This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18464,687 +20532,640 @@ Paola \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -555 + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + + +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Galletti \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. + You can cut and paste even more than one row. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Oreste +Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would + not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. + \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 + Selection with the mouse or with +\family sans +Shift +\family default + plus the arrow keys works as usual. + You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting + the selection from outside the table. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Section +Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Gasparini +Floats \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franca -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Floats" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 + \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't + have a fixed location. + It can +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\series bold -Rizzardi + forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. + +\family sans +Footnotes +\family default + and +\family sans +Margin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Notes +\family default + are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are + too many notes on the page. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. + Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace + and pages without text. + As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table +, every float can be referenced in the text. + Floats are therefore numbered. + Referencing is described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paola -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 +. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +To insert a float, use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Floats +\family default +. + A box with a caption that has e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset -\series bold -Lassini -\end_layout +the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +#: +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + + (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document. + The label will automatically be translated to the document language in + the output. + After the label you can insert the caption text. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Giancarlo +Floats ! Captions \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout + The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate + paragraph within the float. + To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box + by left-clicking on the box label. + A closed float box looks like this: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png + scale 80 \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout + – a gray button with a red label. +\end_layout -\series bold -Malfatti +\begin_layout Standard +It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible + LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Subsection +Float Types +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Figure Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Luciano +Floats ! Figure floats \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Figure-Floats" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Malfatti \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Figure +\family default + inserts a float with the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Valeriano -\end_layout +\series bold +Figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout +#: +\series default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +. + Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert + the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image. + This is what we did for Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\series bold -Meneguzzo -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Platypus" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout +. + If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end + of the caption, press enter and insert the image. + This was done in Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Escher" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 +. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/platypus.eps + width 50col% + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + -\series bold -Mezzadra \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -Roberto -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "cap:Platypus" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 +A severely distorted platypus in a float. \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Erich + \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -555 +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "cap:Escher" + +\end_inset + +M.C. + Escher on acid. \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Pochiesa \end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\align center +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps + scale 80 + rotateOrigin center + \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Paolo + \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555, 222 + \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference + to it. + As described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Radina -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Claudio -\end_layout +, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label +\family default + and refer to it using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference +\family default +. + It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague + references like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +the figure above +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it + might not be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +above +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 + at all. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you + might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. + This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. + Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Stuffer -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Oskar -\end_layout + is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. + You can also set the images one below the other. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Undefinable" -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\end_inset -\series bold -Tacchelli -\end_layout + and +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fig:Platypus" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ugo + are the subfigures. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout - +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Tezzele -\end_layout +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -Margit -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Undefinable" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 +Undefinable \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps + width 45col% + \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Frieda + \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Vieider -\end_layout +\begin_inset Float figure +wide false +sideways false +status collapsed -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -Hilde -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Platypus" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 +Platypus \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Vigna \end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/platypus.eps + lyxscale 60 + width 45col% + \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Jürgen + \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -999 -\end_layout +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Weber \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -Maurizio -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 +Two distorted images. \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Winkler \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Franz + \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Note that the caption is added to the +\family sans +List +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -555 -\end_layout +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Figures +\family default + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -End -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:List-of-Figures" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Table Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats ! Table floats \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Table floats can be inserted using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table +\family default +. + They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different + label. + Table +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Table-float" + +\end_inset + is an example of a table float. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Table Cells -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables ! Cells -\end_layout - -\end_inset - +\begin_inset Caption +\begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sub:Table-Cells" +name "cap:Table-float" \end_inset - +A table float. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. - All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. - Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. - But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like -\family sans -Section* -\family default -, etc.), nor set spacing options etc. - for the cell's paragraph. -\end_layout +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Standard -To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width - for the column in the table dialog. - Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell - is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. - An example: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular - + - + @@ -19165,7 +21186,7 @@ To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -19203,7 +21224,7 @@ To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -19216,12 +21237,12 @@ To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width \bar no \noun off \color none -4 +Joe \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -19234,12 +21255,12 @@ To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width \bar no \noun off \color none -This is a multi-line entry in a table. +Mary \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -19252,14 +21273,14 @@ This is a multi-line entry in a table. \bar no \noun off \color none -5 +Ted \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -19272,12 +21293,15 @@ This is a multi-line entry in a table. \bar no \noun off \color none -6 +\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -19290,12 +21314,18 @@ This is a multi-line entry in a table. \bar no \noun off \color none -This is longer now. +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +a & b\\ +c & d +\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -19308,341 +21338,408 @@ This is longer now. \bar no \noun off \color none -7 +\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Algorithm Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats ! Algorithm floats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -8 \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +This float type is inserted with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Algorithm +\family default +. + It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms. + A possible environment for algorithms is the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +, described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LyX-Code" + \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -This is a multi-line entry in a table. - This is longer now. +\series bold +Note: +\series default + that the float label is not automatically translated into the document + language. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + You have to do this manually by adding the following line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +floatname{algorithm}{your +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +name} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +to the document preamble (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default +). + +\series bold +your +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +name +\series default + is the word +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +algorithm +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in your language. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Wrap Floats +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -9 +Floats ! Text Wrap Floats \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. - You can cut and paste even more than one row. -\begin_inset Foot +\begin_inset Wrap figure +lines 0 +placement l +overhang 0in +width "40col%" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would - not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. - -\end_layout +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/mobius.eps + width 40col% + rotateOrigin center \end_inset - Selection with the mouse or with -\family sans -Shift -\family default - plus the arrow keys works as usual. - You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting - the selection from outside the table. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Floats -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "cap:Wrapped-figure" \end_inset +This is a wrapped figure. +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Floats" + +\end_layout \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't - have a fixed location. - It can +\end_inset + +This float type is used if you want to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -float +wrap \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. - -\family sans -Footnotes -\family default - and + text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column + width. + It can be inserted using the menu \family sans -Margin +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Wrap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Notes +Float \family default - are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are - too many notes on the page. + if the LaTeX-package +\series bold +wrapfig +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. - Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace - and pages without text. - As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table -, every float can be referenced in the text. - Floats are therefore numbered. - Referencing is described in section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + is installed. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the +\emph on +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. +Configuration +\emph default + manual. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To insert a float, use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Floats -\family default -. - A box with a caption that has e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} + The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the + float box. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -the label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -Figure -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Wrapped-figure" + \end_inset -#: -\begin_inset Quotes erd + is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document. - The label will automatically be translated to the document language in - the output. - After the label you can insert the caption text. -\begin_inset Index idx +col%. +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Captions -\end_layout - +Available units are explained in Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate - paragraph within the float. - To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box - by left-clicking on the box label. - A closed float box looks like this: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png - scale 80 + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cha:Units-available-in" \end_inset - – a gray button with a red label. +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible - LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Float Types + Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi +ng text. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Figure Floats -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Figure floats -\end_layout +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Wrap floats might be fragile! E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Figure-Floats" +having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so + that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some + other text. +\end_layout \end_inset - + In general: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Figure -\family default - inserts a float with the label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize +Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break. + That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact + place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where + page breaks will appear. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph + where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph. +\end_layout -\series bold -Figure -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Itemize +Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that + there is a text paragraph between them as separator. +\end_layout -#: -\series default +\begin_layout Itemize +Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +Rotated Floats +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Rotated-Floats" -. - Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert - the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image. - This is what we did for Figure -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Platypus" +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats ! Rotating +\end_layout -. - If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end - of the caption, press enter and insert the image. - This was done in Figure -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Escher" +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated. + To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box + and use the option +\family sans +Rotate +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +sideways +\family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/platypus.eps - width 50col% - rotateOrigin center - +Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you + have a multicolumn document). + You can let them span several columns using the float settings option +\family sans +Span +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - +columns +\family default +. + Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin. + Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption +\begin_layout Standard +Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption + format is also the same: Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "cap:Platypus" + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Rotated-table" \end_inset -A severely distorted platypus in a float. + is an example of a rotated table float. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19651,9 +21748,9 @@ A severely distorted platypus in a float. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure +\begin_inset Float table wide false -sideways false +sideways true status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -19662,12 +21759,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "cap:Escher" +name "cap:Rotated-table" \end_inset -M.C. - Escher on acid. + Rotated table \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19677,227 +21773,302 @@ M.C. \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps - scale 80 - rotateOrigin center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +test +\end_layout +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +b \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +c \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference - to it. - As described in section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +d +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - and refer to it using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross-Reference -\family default -. - It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague - references like -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +e +\end_layout -the figure above -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + + + -, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it - might not be -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -above -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - at all. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you - might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. - This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. - Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures. - Figure -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +Float Placement +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Float-Placement" - is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. - You can also set the images one below the other. - Figure -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Undefinable" - -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed - and -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Platypus" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Floats ! Placement +\end_layout \end_inset - are the subfigures. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement + options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float. +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset +The option +\family sans +Span +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption +columns +\family default + is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will + span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Undefinable" +The option +\family sans +Rotate +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +sideways +\family default + is used to rotate floats, see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Undefinable -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Rotated-Floats" \end_inset - +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps - width 45col% - +\begin_layout Standard +You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to + set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option +\family sans +Use +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +placement +\family default +: \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Here +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +if +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted +\end_layout -\begin_inset Float figure -wide false -sideways false -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "fig:Platypus" +\begin_layout Description +Top +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +of +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Platypus +page: try to place the float at the top of the current page \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Bottom +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/platypus.eps - lyxscale 60 - width 45col% - +\begin_layout Description +Page +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +floats: try to place the float at an own page \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The order of the above option is +\emph on +always +\emph default + used by LaTeX. + That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out + +\family sans +Here +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +if +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +possible +\family default +, then +\family sans +Top +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +page +\family default +, and then the others. + If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but + in the same order. + If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated + but it is tried to put the float on the following page. \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption +\begin_layout Standard +By default, each option has its own rules: +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "cap:Two-distorted-images" +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\family sans +Top +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Two distorted images. -\end_layout +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +page +\family default + only floats occupying less than 70 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +% of the page can be placed at the top of a page ( +\series bold +\backslash +topfraction +\series default +) \end_layout +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\family sans +Bottom +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page +\family default +: only floats occupying less than 30 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page. + ( +\series bold +\backslash +bottomfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Note that the caption is added to the +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + \family sans -List +Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19905,291 +22076,345 @@ of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Figures +floats \family default - as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ +: only if more than 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together + on a page. + ( +\series bold -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:List-of-Figures" +\backslash +floatpagefraction +\series default +) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional + option +\family sans +Ignore +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +rules +\family default . -\end_layout +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Table Floats -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese +s after the rules description above. + To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule + to 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Table floats +% of the page, add this line to your document preamble: \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\series bold +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +bottomfraction}{0.5} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Table floats can be inserted using the menu +Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed + exactly at the position where it is inserted. + For this case you can use the option \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table +Here +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +definitely \family default . - They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different - label. - Table -\begin_inset space ~ + Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to + be printed. + Because the float is then no longer able to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +float +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout. +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Table-float" +\begin_layout Standard +There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always + surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" \end_inset - is an example of a table float. +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false +\begin_layout Section +Minipages +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption +Minipages +\end_layout + +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "cap:Table-float" +name "sec:Minipages" \end_inset -A table float. + \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, + called minipage. + Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +apply. + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Box +\family default +. + Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage + and its alignment within the page. \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Standard \align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "30col%" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -1 +\shape italic +This is a minipage. + The text is set in an italic style. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -2 +\shape italic +Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs + another formatting. \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -3 \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use +\family sans +Horizontal Fills +\family default + as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Joe -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +: +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Mary \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1.5in" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -Ted +This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. + This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text + + +\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "t" +use_parbox 0 +use_makebox 0 +width "1.5in" +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. + This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. +\end_layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ \end_inset \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage + to other box types. + All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter +\emph on +Boxes +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +Mathematical Formulas +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Math +\end_layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} -a & b\\ -c & d -\end{array}\right]$ \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formulas | see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{ \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text + +Math +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ +} +\end_layout + \end_inset \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas" \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Algorithm Floats +\begin_layout Standard +The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. + There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Basic Math Editing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Algorithm floats +Math ! Basics \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20198,99 +22423,111 @@ Floats ! Algorithm floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This float type is inserted with the menu +To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math-mode.png + +\end_inset + +. + That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its + corners. + That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate + what level of nesting within the formula you are at. + You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Algorithm +Math \family default -. - It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms. - A possible environment for algorithms is the + menu. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done + with the \family sans -LyX-Code -\family default -, described in section +math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LyX-Code" - -\end_inset - -. +toolbar +\family default +, that appears when the cursor is in a formula. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - that the float label is not automatically translated into the document - language. +There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text + line, like this one: \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +This is a line with an inline formula +\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ \end_inset - You have to do this manually by adding the following line + in it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph +, like this one: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +A=B +\] -\series bold - -\backslash -floatname{algorithm}{your -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -name} +You can only number and reference displayed formulas. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -to the document preamble (menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default -). - -\series bold -your -\begin_inset space ~ +LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -name -\series default - is the word +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\emph on -algorithm -\emph default +\series bold + +\backslash +alpha +\series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in your language. +, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +. + So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection -Wrap Floats +\begin_layout Subsection +Navigating in Formulas \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Text Wrap Floats +Math ! Navigating \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20299,295 +22536,351 @@ Floats ! Text Wrap Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Wrap figure -lines 0 -placement l -overhang 0in -width "40col%" -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/mobius.eps - width 40col% - rotateOrigin center +The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is + achieved with the arrow keys. + LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted. + The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. + Pressing +\family sans +Space +\family default + will leave a formula construct (a square root +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ +\end_inset +, or parentheses +\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ \end_inset +, or a matrix +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4 +\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset +). + Pressing +\family sans +Escape +\family default + will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. + +\family sans +Tab +\family default + can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the + cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "cap:Wrapped-figure" - -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -This is a wrapped figure. -\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\family sans +Space +\family default +, printed in this document as +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\backslash +spce \end_layout \end_inset -This float type is used if you want to -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -wrap \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column - width. - It can be inserted using the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Wrap -\begin_inset space ~ + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the + space character (visible space). +\end_layout + \end_inset -Float +, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between + characters, but it does exit a nested structure. + For this reason, you have to be careful about using +\family sans +Space \family default - if the LaTeX-package +. + For example, if you want +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ +\end_inset + +, type \series bold -wrapfig -\series default -\begin_inset Index idx +\backslash +sqrt +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig + + +\backslash +spce \end_layout \end_inset - is installed. -\begin_inset Foot +2x+1 +\series default + and not +\series bold + +\backslash +sqrt +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the -\emph on -LaTeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -Configuration -\emph default - manual. + +\backslash +spce \end_layout \end_inset - The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the - float box. - Figure -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +2x +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Wrapped-figure" -\end_inset +\backslash +spce +\end_layout - is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -col%. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed ++1 +\series default +, since in the latter case only the +\family typewriter -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Available units are explained in Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset Formula $2x$ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cha:Units-available-in" - +\family default + will be under the square root sign: +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ \end_inset . \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled + in, such as: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +\lambda_{1}\\ + & \ddots\\ + & & \lambda_{n} +\end{array}\right) +\] + \end_inset - Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi -ng text. +If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing + in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Selecting Text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout +You can select text within a formula in two different ways. + Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press +\family sans +Shift +\family default + and a cursor movement key to select text. + It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. + Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. + That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula, + but not in a normal text region in LyX. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Exponents and Subscripts +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Exponents +\end_layout -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Wrap floats might be fragile! E. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset -having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so - that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some - other text. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Subscripts \end_layout \end_inset - In general: -\end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break. - That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact - place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where - page breaks will appear. \end_layout -\begin_layout Itemize -Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph - where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier + way is to use a command. + To get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Itemize -Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that - there is a text paragraph between them as separator. -\end_layout +, type in a formula +\series bold +x^2 +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\begin_layout Itemize -Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables. +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +spce \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Rotated Floats -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Rotated-Floats" +\end_inset + +\series default +. + The final +\family sans +Space +\family default + puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression. + If you type +\series bold +x^2y +\series default +, you will get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ \end_inset +, to get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx +, type +\series bold +x^2 +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Rotating -\end_layout - -\end_inset +\backslash +spce \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated. - To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box - and use the option -\family sans -Rotate -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -sideways -\family default +y +\series default . -\end_layout + If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the + hat +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you - have a multicolumn document). - You can let them span several columns using the float settings option -\family sans -Span -\begin_inset space ~ +^ +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -columns +, you have to use an extra +\family sans +Space \family default -. - Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin. - Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the -\emph on -Embedded Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout + to separate the hat and the character. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption - format is also the same: Table -\begin_inset space ~ +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +if you want +\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ \end_inset +, type +\series bold +x^ +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Rotated-table" + +\backslash +spce +\end_layout \end_inset - is an example of a rotated table float. -\end_layout +a +\series default +. + Subscripts are similar: To get +\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout +, type +\series bold +a_1 +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats. + +\backslash +spce \end_layout \end_inset +\series default +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways true +\begin_layout Subsection +Fractions +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "cap:Rotated-table" - -\end_inset - - Rotated table +Math ! Fractions \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20595,80 +22888,120 @@ name "cap:Rotated-table" \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +Create a fraction with either the command +\series bold -\begin_layout Plain Layout -test -\end_layout +\backslash +frac +\series default + or using the icon +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/frac.png + scale 60 \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -b -\end_layout + in the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Panel +\family default +. + You will be presented with an empty fraction. + The cursor is above the fraction line. + To move it to the bottom, simply press +\family sans +Down +\family default +. + To move back up, press +\family sans +Up +\family default +. + Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} +2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 +\end{array}\right)}\right] +\] \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -c + \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Subsection +Roots +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -d +Math ! Roots \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -e + \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Roots can be created using the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - + +Panel +\family default + button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png \end_inset + or the commands +\series bold -\end_layout +\backslash +sqrt +\series default + or +\series bold -\end_inset +\backslash +root +\series default +. + With the command +\series bold +\backslash +root +\series default + you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while +\series bold +\backslash +sqrt +\series default + produces always a square root. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Float Placement -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Float-Placement" +Operators with Limits +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Sums +\end_layout \end_inset @@ -20677,289 +23010,314 @@ name "sub:Float-Placement" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Placement +Math ! Integrals \end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Operators-with-Limits" + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement - options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float. -\begin_inset Newline newline +Sum ( +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ \end_inset -The option -\family sans -Span -\begin_inset space ~ +) and integral ( +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ \end_inset -columns -\family default - is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will - span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one. -\begin_inset Newline newline +) operators are very often decorated with limits. + These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter + a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol. + The sum operator will automatically place its +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -The option -\family sans -Rotate -\begin_inset space ~ +limits +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -sideways -\family default - is used to rotate floats, see section -\begin_inset space ~ + over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline + formulas. + Such as +\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Rotated-Floats" +, versus +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e +\] \end_inset -. +Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula + types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to - set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option +All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in + display mode. + The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly + behind the operator and hitting +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-limits" +\end_inset + + or using the menu \family sans -Use +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -default +Limits \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -placement +Type \family default -: +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Here -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Standard +Certain other mathematical expressions have this +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -if -\begin_inset space ~ +moving limits +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted + feature as addition, such as +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Limits \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Top -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -page: try to place the float at the top of the current page -\end_layout +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), +\] -\begin_layout Description -Bottom -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -of -\begin_inset space ~ +which will place the +\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ \end_inset -page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page -\end_layout + underneath the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Description -Page -\begin_inset space ~ +lim +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -of -\begin_inset space ~ + in display mode. + In inline formulas it looks like this: +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ \end_inset -floats: try to place the float at an own page +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The order of the above option is -\emph on -always -\emph default - used by LaTeX. - That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out - -\family sans -Here -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro +\series bold -if +\backslash +lim +\series default +. + Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -possible -\family default -, then -\family sans -Top -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Functions" -page -\family default -, and then the others. - If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but - in the same order. - If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated - but it is tried to put the float on the following page. -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -By default, each option has its own rules: + for an explanation of function macros. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Subsection +Math Symbols +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family sans -Top -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Symbols +\end_layout -of -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -page -\family default - only floats occupying less than 70 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset -% of the page can be placed at the top of a page \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - +Most math symbols can be found in the \family sans -Bottom -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of +Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -page +Panel \family default -: only floats occupying less than 30 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page. + under one of several categories; including +\family sans +Greek +\family default +, +\family sans +Operators +\family default + , +\family sans +Relations +\family default +, +\family sans +Arrows +\family default +. + There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical + Society (AMS). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - +If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, + you don't have to use the \family sans -Page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -of +Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -floats +Panel \family default -: only if more than 50 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +, but can type the command directly into the formula. + LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct. +\end_layout -% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together - on a page. +\begin_layout Subsection +Altering Spacing +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Spaces \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional - option -\family sans -Ignore -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -LaTeX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -rules -\family default -. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed - exactly at the position where it is inserted. - For this case you can use the option +You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that + LaTeX provides. + To do this, type +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "space-insert protected" +\end_inset + + or to use the \family sans -Here +Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -definitely +Panel \family default + button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/space.png + +\end_inset + . - Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to - be printed. - Because the float is then no longer able to -\begin_inset Quotes eld + This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen. + For example, the sequence +\series bold +a Ctrl+Space b +\series default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ \end_inset -float -\begin_inset Quotes erd + appears in LyX as +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png + \end_inset - when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout. +. + You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind + the space marker and hit space again several times. + With every space hit the size will be changed. + Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative + spaces. + Here are two examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always - surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph. + +\series bold +a Ctrl+Space b +\series default + and 3× +\family sans +Space +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" +\series bold +a Ctrl+Space b +\series default + and 5× +\family sans +Space +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ \end_inset -. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Minipages +\begin_layout Subsection +Functions \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Minipages +Math ! Functions \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20967,7 +23325,7 @@ Minipages \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sec:Minipages" +name "sub:Functions" \end_inset @@ -20975,755 +23333,909 @@ name "sec:Minipages" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, - called minipage. - Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. +The +\family sans +Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -apply. - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Box +Panel \family default -. - Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage - and its alignment within the page. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -\align center -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "30col%" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" -status collapsed + contains under the button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/functions.png -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\end_inset -\shape italic -This is a minipage. - The text is set in an italic style. -\end_layout + a number of function macros, such as +\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout +, +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset -\shape italic -Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs - another formatting. -\end_layout +, +\emph on +etc +\emph default +. + (you can also insert them in a formula by typing +\series bold +\backslash +sin +\series default + etc.). + Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to + avoid confusions, because +\begin_inset Formula $sin$ \end_inset + does normally mean +\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ +\end_inset +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace medskip +Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: + +\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$ \end_inset -If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use -\family sans -Horizontal Fills -\family default - as described in section + is different from +\begin_inset Formula $asinx$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript +s are placed, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" - -\end_inset +reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits" -: -\begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset - +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "1.5in" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" +\begin_layout Subsection +Accents +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. - This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. +Math ! Accents \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset space \hfill{} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text + mode. + This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. + You can also use LaTeX commands to e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset +enter +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Box Frameless -position "t" -hor_pos "c" -has_inner_box 1 -inner_pos "t" -use_parbox 0 -use_makebox 0 -width "1.5in" -special "none" -height "1pt" -height_special "totalheight" + even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled. + Our example is entered by typing +\series bold + +\backslash +hat +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. - This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. + + +\backslash +spce \end_layout \end_inset +a +\series default + in a formula. + Table +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Accent-names-and" -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset - + shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage - to other box types. - All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter -\emph on -Boxes -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Embedded Objects -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -Mathematical Formulas -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math +\begin_inset Caption + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "cap:Accent-names-and" + +\end_inset + +Accent names and the corresponding commands. \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -Formulas | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ +Name \end_layout \end_inset - -Math -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +Command +\end_layout -} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +E +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +xample \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +circumflex \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas" +\series bold + +\backslash +hat +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. - There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Basic Math Editing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Basics + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +grave \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +\backslash +grave \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math-mode.png +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ \end_inset -. - That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its - corners. - That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate - what level of nesting within the formula you are at. - You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math -\family default - menu. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done - with the -\family sans -math -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -toolbar -\family default -, that appears when the cursor is in a formula. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text - line, like this one: +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +acute \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -This is a line with an inline formula -\begin_inset Formula $A=B$ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - in it. +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold + +\backslash +acute \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph -, like this one: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -A=B -\] +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ \end_inset -You can only number and reference displayed formulas. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands. - E. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +umlaut +\end_layout -typing -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash -alpha -\series default +ddot +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +tilde +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter -\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -. - So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\series bold -Panel -\family default -. +\backslash +tilde \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Navigating in Formulas -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Navigating -\end_layout +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is - achieved with the arrow keys. - LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted. - The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. - Pressing -\family sans -Space -\family default - will leave a formula construct (a square root -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset - -, or parentheses -\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -, or a matrix -\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} -1 & 2\\ -3 & 4 -\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -). - Pressing -\family sans -Escape -\family default - will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. - -\family sans -Tab -\family default - can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the - cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +dot \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard - -\family sans -Space -\family default -, printed in this document as -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold \backslash -spce +dot \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ \end_inset -\begin_inset Note Note -status collapsed +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the - space character (visible space). + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +breve \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between - characters, but it does exit a nested structure. - For this reason, you have to be careful about using -\family sans -Space -\family default -. - For example, if you want -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -, type \series bold \backslash -sqrt -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +breve +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ +\end_inset + -\backslash -spce \end_layout \end_inset - -2x+1 -\series default - and not -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\backslash -spce +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +caron \end_layout \end_inset - -2x -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold \backslash -spce +check \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -+1 -\series default -, since in the latter case only the -\family typewriter +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $2x$ +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ \end_inset -\family default - will be under the square root sign: -\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ +\end_layout + \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled - in, such as: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left(\begin{array}{ccc} -\lambda_{1}\\ - & \ddots\\ - & & \lambda_{n} -\end{array}\right) -\] +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +macron +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing - in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Selecting Text -\end_layout +\series bold -\begin_layout Standard -You can select text within a formula in two different ways. - Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press -\family sans -Shift -\family default - and a cursor movement key to select text. - It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. - Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. - That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula, - but not in a normal text region in LyX. +\backslash +bar \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Exponents and Subscripts -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Exponents -\end_layout +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Subscripts \end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +vector \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier - way is to use a command. - To get -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset - -, type in a formula -\series bold -x^2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold \backslash -spce +vec \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series default -. - The final -\family sans -Space -\family default - puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression. - If you type -\series bold -x^2y -\series default -, you will get -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ \end_inset -, to get -\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset -, type -\series bold -x^2 -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset -\backslash -spce \end_layout \end_inset -y -\series default -. - If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the - hat -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -^ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_layout -, you have to use an extra +\begin_layout Standard +You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the \family sans -Space -\family default - to separate the hat and the character. - E. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Frame +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset +decorations +\family default + symbol set button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/hat.png -if you want -\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ \end_inset -, type -\series bold -x^ -\begin_inset ERT + in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within + a formula too. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Brackets and Delimiters +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -spce +Math ! Brackets \end_layout \end_inset -a -\series default -. - Subscripts are similar: To get -\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset -, type -\series bold -a_1 -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Delimiters +\end_layout +\end_inset -\backslash -spce -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \end_inset -\series default -. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Fractions -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard +There are several brackets available through LyX. + For most purposes, using just the keys +\family typewriter +[]{}()|<> +\family default + should suffice. + But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction, + or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math + toolbar delimiter icon +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/delim.png -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Fractions -\end_layout +\end_inset + +. + For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard + matrix such as: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4 +\end{array}\right] +\] \end_inset +and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)} +\] -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Create a fraction with either the command -\series bold -\backslash -frac -\series default - or using the icon -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/frac.png - scale 60 +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size + to accommodate the size of what is inside. +\end_layout - in the +\begin_layout Standard +To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the + left side and right side. + If you use the option \family sans -Math +Keep \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Panel -\family default -. - You will be presented with an empty fraction. - The cursor is above the fraction line. - To move it to the bottom, simply press -\family sans -Down +matched \family default -. - To move back up, press +, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. + The selection will be shown below the button field. + If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button. + It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, + you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go + inside the brackets. + Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans -Up +Insert \family default . - Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} -2 & 3\\ -4 & 5 -\end{array}\right)}\right] -\] + The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Arrays +\end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Matrices \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Roots +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Roots +Math ! Multi-line Equations \end_layout \end_inset @@ -21732,7 +24244,7 @@ Math ! Roots \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Roots can be created using the +Matrices are entered in LyX using the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ @@ -21740,461 +24252,523 @@ Math Panel \family default - button + matrix button \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png + filename ../../images/math/matrix.png \end_inset - or the commands -\series bold - -\backslash -sqrt -\series default - or -\series bold - -\backslash -root -\series default . - With the command -\series bold + It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +1 & 2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 & 6\\ +7 & 8 & 9 +\end{array}\right) +\] -\backslash -root -\series default - you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while -\series bold +\end_inset -\backslash -sqrt -\series default - produces always a square root. -\end_layout +The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Operators with Limits -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Sums -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \end_inset +. + When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries + will be left-, right-, or center-justified. + This alignment is set in the box +\family sans +Horizontal +\family default + with the letters +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Integrals -\end_layout +\family sans +l +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Operators-with-Limits" +\family sans +r +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Sum ( -\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\family sans +c +\family default -) and integral ( -\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) operators are very often decorated with limits. - These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter - a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol. - The sum operator will automatically place its +. + LyX proposes a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -limits + +\family sans +c +\family default + \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline - formulas. - Such as -\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ + for every column as default. + For example, the sequence +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -, versus + +\family sans +lcr +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be + centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter + corresponds to the relevant column. + The result will look like this: \begin_inset Formula \[ -\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e +\begin{array}{lcr} +this & this\, column & this\, column\\ +column & has & has\, right\\ +has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment +\end{array}. \] \end_inset -Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula - types. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in - display mode. - The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly - behind the operator and hitting +You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" -arg "math-limits" +arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset - or using the menu + while the cursor is in the matrix. + Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +Math +\family default + or the math toolbar. +\end_layout -Limits +\begin_layout Standard +There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. + It can be created with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cases \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Type +Environment \family default -. -\end_layout + or the command +\series bold -\begin_layout Standard -Certain other mathematical expressions have this -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\backslash +cases +\series default +. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +f(x)=\begin{cases} +-1 & x<0\\ +0 & x=0\\ +1 & x>0 +\end{cases} +\] -moving limits -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - feature as addition, such as -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Limits \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset - -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), -\] - +Multi-line formulas are created when you press +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset -which will place the -\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ + within a formula. + In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each + column. + When you press +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset - underneath the + in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -lim += \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in display mode. - In inline formulas it looks like this: -\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ + etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign + is in the second column, and the rest in the third column. + A new row is created by every further hit of +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . + Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\ +a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared} +\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + + To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor + where you want to start the shift and hit +\family sans +Ctrl-Tab. + +\family default + It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor + position to the next column. + Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures + within this column will be printed in a smaller size: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray*} +\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} +\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro -\series bold - -\backslash -lim +The multi-line formula type described here is called +\family typewriter +\series medium +eqnarray +\family default \series default . - Have a look at section + There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations, + for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula ( +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "eq:asquared" + +\end_inset + +). + The other types are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Functions" +reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" \end_inset - for an explanation of function macros. +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Math Symbols +\begin_layout Section +Formula Numbering and Referencing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Symbols +Math ! Formula numbering \end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Referencing formulas \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Most math symbols can be found in the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Panel -\family default - under one of several categories; including -\family sans -Greek -\family default -, -\family sans -Operators -\family default - , -\family sans -Relations -\family default -, -\family sans -Arrows -\family default -. - There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical - Society (AMS). + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, - you don't have to use the +To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu \family sans -Math +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Panel +Numbering \family default -, but can type the command directly into the formula. - LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct. -\end_layout + or the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Altering Spacing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +. + The formula number appears in LyX as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Spaces -\end_layout +# +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + within parentheses. + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +# +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\end_layout + denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output + is generated. + The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on + the document class. + In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number, + separated by a dot: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{equation} +1+1=2 +\end{equation} -\begin_layout Standard -You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that - LaTeX provides. - To do this, type +\end_inset + +Using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" -arg "space-insert protected" +arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset - or to use the + in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering. + You can only number displayed formulas. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu \family sans -Math +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Panel -\family default - button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/space.png - +Numbering +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. - This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen. - For example, the sequence -\series bold -a Ctrl+Space b -\series default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ +of +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - appears in LyX as -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png - +Line +\family default + or the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-line-toggle" \end_inset -. - You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind - the space marker and hit space again several times. - With every space hit the size will be changed. - Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative - spaces. - Here are two examples: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard + will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 3-2\\ +2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ +4 & \leq & 7 +\end{eqnarray} -\series bold -a Ctrl+Space b -\series default - and 3× -\family sans -Space -\family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ \end_inset +To number all lines use the shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "math-number-toggle" +\end_inset +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset -\series bold -a Ctrl+Space b -\series default - and 5× +Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label. + A label is inserted with the menu \family sans -Space +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label \family default -: -\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ + when the cursor is in the formula. + This opens a dialog to enter the label. + It is recommended to use the proposed +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Functions -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Functions -\end_layout +\family sans +eq: +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Functions" - + as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label + type when you have many labels in your document. + We inserted in the following example the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ +eq:tanhExp +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -Panel -\family default - contains under the button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/functions.png + in the second line: +\begin_inset Formula +\begin{eqnarray} +\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ + & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} +\end{eqnarray} \end_inset - a number of function macros, such as -\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +Every labeled line is automatically numbered. + Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number + placeholder +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -, -\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +# +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, -\emph on -etc -\emph default . - (you can also insert them in a formula by typing -\series bold - -\backslash -sin -\series default - etc.). - Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to - avoid confusions, because -\begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset - - does normally mean -\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ + You can reference a labeled formula using the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Reference +\family default . + A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to. + The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output + as the formula number: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: - -\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$ -\end_inset +This is a cross-reference to equation ( +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "eq:tanhExp" - is different from -\begin_inset Formula $asinx$ \end_inset - +). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript -s are placed, as described in section +The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits" +reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . + To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu + +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label +\family default + and delete the label in the appearing dialog. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Accents +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +User defined math macros \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Accents +Math ! Macros \end_layout \end_inset @@ -22203,54 +24777,69 @@ Math ! Accents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text - mode. - This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. - You can also use LaTeX commands to e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} +LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you + have equations of the same form in a document several times. + Math macros are explained in section +\emph on +Math +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -enter -\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +Macros +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout - even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled. - Our example is entered by typing -\series bold +\begin_layout Section +Fine-Tuning +\end_layout -\backslash -hat -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_layout Subsection +Typefaces +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Typefaces +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\backslash -spce \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. + To set a font in a formula, use the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -a -\series default - in a formula. - Table +Panel +\family default + button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/font.png + +\end_inset + +, or enter its command, listed in table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Accent-names-and" +reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the" \end_inset - shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands. +, directly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -22265,11 +24854,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "cap:Accent-names-and" +name "cap:Typefaces-and-the" \end_inset -Accent names and the corresponding commands. +Typefaces and the corresponding commands. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -22280,69 +24869,50 @@ Accent names and the corresponding commands. \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular - + - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Name +Font \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Command \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -E -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -xample -\end_layout - \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium \shape up \size normal -\emph off \bar no \noun off \color none -circumflex +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -22350,53 +24920,53 @@ circumflex \series bold \backslash -hat +mathrm \end_layout \end_inset + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +\backslash +mathbf \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ +\end_inset + -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -grave \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -22404,25 +24974,24 @@ grave \series bold \backslash -grave +mathit \end_layout \end_inset + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium \shape up \size normal -\emph off \bar no \noun off \color none -\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ \end_inset @@ -22430,81 +24999,61 @@ grave \end_inset - - - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -acute +\series bold + +\backslash +mathtt \end_layout \end_inset - + + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ +\end_inset -\series bold -\backslash -acute \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset - +\series bold +\backslash +mathbb \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ +\end_inset + -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -umlaut \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -22512,53 +25061,60 @@ umlaut \series bold \backslash -ddot +mathfrak \end_layout \end_inset + + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium \shape up \size normal -\emph off +\emph on \bar no \noun off \color none -\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +\backslash +mathcal \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$ +\end_inset + -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -tilde \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -22566,332 +25122,391 @@ tilde \series bold \backslash -tilde +mathsf \end_layout \end_inset - -\begin_inset Text + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ +\series bold +Note: +\series default + You can only print capital letters in the typefaces +\family sans +Blackboard +\family default + and +\family sans +Calligraphic +\family default +. +\end_layout + \end_inset \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula. + Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface. + Pressing +\family sans +Space +\family default + within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected + space when you need a space in the box. + Here an example where +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +N +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in +\family sans +Blackboard +\family default + denotes the set of numbers: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N} +\] + \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -dot \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion. + You can e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset -\series bold +put a character in +\family sans +Fraktur +\family default + in a box for +\family sans +Typewriter +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$ +\end_inset -\backslash -dot + +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +So it is better not to use this feature. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset +You can only print them emboldened using the command +\series bold -\end_layout - +\backslash +boldsymbol +\series default +, which works like the other typeface commands: +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -breve \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash -breve +boldsymbol +\series default + works for all symbols, letters, and numbers. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +Style +\family default +. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Math Text +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Math ! Text \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -caron \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but + not for text. + For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using + the entry +\family sans +Normal +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\series bold +mode +\family default + of the +\family sans +Math +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\backslash -check -\end_layout +Panel +\family default + button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/font.png \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "font-default" +\end_inset + +). + Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue. + You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +f(x)=\begin{cases} +x & \textrm{if I say so}\\ +-x & \textrm{unter Umständen} +\end{cases} +\] -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Subsection +Font Sizes +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -macron +Math ! Font sizes \end_layout \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -\backslash -bar \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are + automatically chosen in most situations. + These are called +\family sans +textstyle +\family default +, +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default +, +\family sans +scriptstyle +\family default +, and +\family sans +scriptscriptstyle +\family default +. + For most characters, +\family sans +textstyle +\family default + and +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default + are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, + and certain other structures, are set larger in +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default +. + Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various + situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat +e. + These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/math/style.png -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\end_inset -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ +. + A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure. + For example, you can set +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ \end_inset +, which is normally in +\family sans +textstyle +\family default +, larger in +\family sans +displaystyle +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ +\end_inset +. + The four styles are used in the following example: \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -vector -\end_layout +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ +\end_inset -\series bold +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ +\end_inset -\backslash -vec +. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math + inset is set in a particular size with the menu +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ +Style +\family default +, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. + Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts + will be adjusted to correspond. + As an example here is a formula in the font size +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +largest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset +: \end_layout -\end_inset - - - +\begin_layout Standard +\family roman +\size largest +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ \end_inset \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Section +Theorem Modules +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of + the document classes and into layout modules. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Layout Modules \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the -\family sans -Frame -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -decorations -\family default - symbol set button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/hat.png + As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes + other than the AMS classes. + See section +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Modules" \end_inset - in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within - a formula too. + for more on layout modules. \end_layout \begin_layout Section -Brackets and Delimiters +AMS-LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Brackets +AMS math \end_layout \end_inset @@ -22901,299 +25516,317 @@ Math ! Brackets status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Delimiters +Math ! AMS \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" - -\end_inset +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society + (AMS) that are in common use. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Enabling AMS-Support \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are several brackets available through LyX. - For most purposes, using just the keys -\family typewriter -[]{}()|<> -\family default - should suffice. - But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction, - or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math - toolbar delimiter icon -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/delim.png - +Selecting the checkbox +\family sans +Use +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. - For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard - matrix such as: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left[\begin{array}{cc} -1 & 2\\ -3 & 4 -\end{array}\right] -\] - +AMS +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)} -\] - +math +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +package +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Settings \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size - to accommodate the size of what is inside. -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the - left side and right side. - If you use the option + dialog under \family sans -Keep +Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -matched +Options \family default -, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. - The selection will be shown below the button field. - If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button. - It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. + will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities + available. + AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in + formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, - you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go - inside the brackets. - Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on -\family sans -Insert -\family default -. - The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +AMS-Formula Types +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" + +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Section -Arrays and Multi-line Equations \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Arrays +Math ! Multi-line Equations \end_layout \end_inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types. + LyX allows you to choose between +\family typewriter +align +\family default +, +\family typewriter +alignat +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flalign +\family default +, +\family typewriter +gather +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +multline +\family default +. + We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +More Tools +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Cross-References \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Matrices +Cross references \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Cross-References" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Multi-line Equations +\begin_layout Standard +One of LyX's strengths are cross-references. + You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in + the document. + To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it. + The label is used as anchor and name for the reference. + We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate +First item \end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "enu:Second-item" + \end_inset +Second item +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate +Third item \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Matrices are entered in LyX using the +First we insert a label into the second item with the menu \family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Label \family default - matrix button + or by pressing the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/matrix.png + filename ../../images/label-insert.png + scale 85 \end_inset . - It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\left(\begin{array}{ccc} -1 & 2 & 3\\ -4 & 5 & 6\\ -7 & 8 & 9 -\end{array}\right) -\] + A grey label box like this: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png + scale 85 \end_inset -The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section -\begin_inset space ~ + is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. + LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case + the text +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" +\family sans +enu: Second-item +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries - will be left-, right-, or center-justified. - This alignment is set in the box -\family sans -Horizontal -\family default - with the letters + The prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans -l +enu: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, + stands for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +enumerate +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\family sans -r -\family default +. + The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_inset Quotes erd +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -, and +if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans -c +sec: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - LyX proposes a -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu \family sans -c +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference \family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png + scale 85 -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - for every column as default. - For example, the sequence +. + A grey cross-reference box like this: +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png + scale 85 + +\end_inset + + is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels + in the document. + We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans -lcr +enu:Second-item \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be - centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter - corresponds to the relevant column. - The result will look like this: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -\begin{array}{lcr} -this & this\, column & this\, column\\ -column & has & has\, right\\ -has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment -\end{array}. -\] - -\end_inset - - +. + At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear + in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" -\end_inset - - while the cursor is in the matrix. - Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu +Alternatively to +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Cross-Reference +\family default +, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu +\family sans +Copy as Reference +\family default +. + The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied + to the actual cursor position via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math +Paste \family default - or the math toolbar. + (shortcut Ctrl+V). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. - It can be created with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cases +Here is our cross-reference: Item \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Environment -\family default - or the command -\series bold -\backslash -cases -\series default -. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -f(x)=\begin{cases} --1 & x<0\\ -0 & x=0\\ -1 & x>0 -\end{cases} -\] +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "enu:Second-item" \end_inset @@ -23201,109 +25834,156 @@ f(x)=\begin{cases} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +It is recommended to use a protected space +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Multi-line formulas are created when you press -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Protected-Space" + \end_inset - within a formula. - In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each - column. - When you press -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" + +\end_layout + \end_inset - in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign + between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks + between them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are six varieties of cross-references: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +: prints the number, this is the default: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +(): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style + normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -= +Equation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign - is in the second column, and the rest in the third column. - A new row is created by every further hit of -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "newline-insert newline" + is omitted: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand eqref +reference "eq:tanhExp" + \end_inset -. - Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\ -a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared} -\end{eqnarray} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +: prints the page number: Page +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor - where you want to start the shift and hit -\family sans -Ctrl-Tab. -\family default - It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor - position to the next column. - Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures - within this column will be printed in a smaller size: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray*} -\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} -\end{eqnarray*} +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand pageref +reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The multi-line formula type described here is called -\family typewriter -\series medium -eqnarray -\family default -\series default -. - There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations, - for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula ( +\begin_layout Description +on +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +: prints the text "on page" and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "eq:asquared" +LatexCommand vpageref +reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset -). - The other types are described in section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" +LatexCommand vref +reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset -. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Formula Numbering and Referencing +\begin_layout Description +Formatted +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package +\series bold +prettyref +\series default + or +\series bold +refstyle +\series default + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Formula numbering +LaTeX-packages ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset @@ -23313,15 +25993,28 @@ Math ! Formula numbering status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Referencing formulas +LaTeX-packages ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset + installed. +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Textual +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +reference: prints the caption or name of the reference: +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand nameref +reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset @@ -23329,227 +26022,266 @@ name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu + \family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Toggle -\begin_inset space ~ + +\family default + will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same, + or the next page. + You will e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Numbering -\family default - or the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -. - The formula number appears in LyX as +see the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -# + +\family sans +on this page +\family default + \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - within parentheses. - The -\begin_inset Quotes eld + instead. + The style +\family sans + on page +\family default + will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output + is automatically calculated by LaTeX. + The varieties are adjusted in the field +\family sans +Format +\family default + of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc +e. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can only use the style +\family sans + +\family default + to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style +\family sans + +\family default + is always possible. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; + for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in + it. + Referencing formulas is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -# -\begin_inset Quotes erd + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" + \end_inset - denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output - is generated. - The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on - the document class. - In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number, - separated by a dot: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{equation} -1+1=2 -\end{equation} +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu. + The entry +\family sans +Go +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +to +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Using -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" +Label +\family default + sets the cursor before the referenced label. + This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to +\family sans +Go +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering. - You can only number displayed formulas. +Back +\family default + so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference. + You can also go back with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can change labels at any time. + References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you + do not need to take care about this. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question + marks in the output instead of the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Toggle +References are described in detail in sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Numbering -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -of -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Line -\family default - or the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-line-toggle" +Referencing Floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -1 & = & 3-2\\ -2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ -4 & \leq & 7 -\end{eqnarray} - -\end_inset + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. +\end_layout -To number all lines use the shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "math-number-toggle" -\end_inset +\begin_layout Section +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Table of contents \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset -Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label. - A label is inserted with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - when the cursor is in the formula. - This opens a dialog to enter the label. - It is recommended to use the proposed -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\family sans -eq: -\family default +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Outline +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label - type when you have many labels in your document. - We inserted in the following example the label -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -eq:tanhExp -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:toc" + \end_inset - in the second line: -\begin_inset Formula -\begin{eqnarray} -\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ - & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} -\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_layout -Every labeled line is automatically numbered. - Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number - placeholder -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +Table of Contents +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Table-of-Contents" -# -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - You can reference a labeled formula using the menu + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross +List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Reference +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Contents \family default . - A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to. - The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output - as the formula number: -\end_layout + Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box. + If you click on it, the +\family sans +Outline +\family default + window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange + sections in your documents. + So this operation is an alternative to the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Outline +\family default + that is described in sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Standard -This is a cross-reference to equation ( \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "eq:tanhExp" +reference "sec:Navigating" \end_inset -). +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section +The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. + If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described + in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Cross-References" +reference "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset -. - To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu - -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - and delete the label in the appearing dialog. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. + Section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX. -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Numbering-depth" \end_inset - + describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are + listed in the TOC. + Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -User defined math macros -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Macros -\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:List-of-Figures" \end_inset @@ -23557,88 +26289,76 @@ Math ! Macros \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you - have equations of the same form in a document several times. - Math macros are explained in section -\emph on -Math +Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. + You can insert them via the +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Macros -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout +/ +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Section -Fine-Tuning +TOC +\family default + submenus. + The list entries are the float captions and the float number. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Typefaces +\begin_layout Section +URLs and Hyperlinks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Typefaces +URLs \end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Hyperlinks \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. - To set a font in a formula, use the -\family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Panel -\family default - button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/font.png -\end_inset +\end_layout -, or enter its command, listed in table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +URLs +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:URLs" +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the" -\end_inset +\end_layout -, directly. +\begin_layout Standard +Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +URL +\family default +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Float table -wide false -sideways false +Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage: +\begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Caption - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "cap:Typefaces-and-the" - -\end_inset -Typefaces and the corresponding commands. +http://www.lyx.org \end_layout \end_inset @@ -23646,733 +26366,687 @@ Typefaces and the corresponding commands. \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\align center -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Font +\begin_layout Standard +You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be + in the style +\family typewriter +Typewriter +\family default +. + To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next + subsection. \end_layout -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Command + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors. \end_layout \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Hyperlinks +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Hyperlinks" + \end_inset \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hyperlink +\family default + or with the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/href-insert.png + \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout +. + The appearing dialog has two fields: +\family sans +Target +\family default + and +\family sans +Name +\family default +. + The name is the printed text for the hyperlink. + The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX's homepage" +target "http://www.lyx.org" -\series bold +\end_inset -\backslash -mathrm -\end_layout +, an Email address like this: +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "lyx-docs mailing list" +target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation" +type "mailto:" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ +, or a link to a file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but + add the prefix +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\end_layout +\family sans +run: +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout + to the link target. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output, + and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output. + To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use + the text style dialog. + This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: +\family sans \series bold -\backslash -mathbf -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "LyX's homepage" +target "http://www.lyx.org" -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ \end_inset \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The link text color can be changed, when the option +\family sans +Color links +\family default + is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PDF Properties +\family default +). + The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the + option +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold +urlcolor=blue +\series default -\backslash -mathit +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +to the field +\family sans +Additional options +\family default + in the PDF Properties dialog. \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Section +Appendices +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Appendix +\end_layout -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Appendices" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -\backslash -mathtt \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Appendices are created with the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Start +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ +Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Here +\family default +. + This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end + as the appendix region. + The region is marked with a red borderline. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix, + numbered with a capital Latin letter. + The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot + and the subsection number. + All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections, + here two examples: \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -\backslash -mathbb -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "cha:Credits" \end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ +; Appendix +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Export" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -\backslash -mathfrak \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Section +Bibliography +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography +\end_layout -\shape up -\size normal -\emph on -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -\backslash -mathcal \end_layout -\end_inset - - - - -\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Standard +There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document. + You can include a bibliography database, +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$ +Known under the name +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\end_layout - +BibTeX-database +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - - -\begin_inset Text - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -\backslash -mathsf +. \end_layout \end_inset - - - + which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography + manually, using the paragraph environment +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default +, which was described in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Biblio_environment" \end_inset +. + If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this + document, like author-year citations, then you must +\emph on + +\emph default +use a bibliography database. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +The Bibliography Environment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - You can only print capital letters in the typefaces +Within the \family sans -Blackboard +Bibliography \family default - and + environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled + with a number. + If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a \family sans -Calligraphic +Key \family default -. -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula. - Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface. - Pressing + and a \family sans -Space +Label \family default - within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected - space when you need a space in the box. - Here an example where +. + The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography + entry. + For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX + and we used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -N +latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in +, a short form of its title, as key. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu \family sans -Blackboard +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Citation \family default - denotes the set of numbers: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N} -\] + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png \end_inset - +. + A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear + in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list. + The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key. + When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change + the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion. - You can e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography + entry with surrounding brackets. + If you set a +\family sans +Label +\family default + for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number. + Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label + +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} +Credits +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -put a character in -\family sans -Fraktur -\family default - in a box for +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Have a look at the \family sans -Typewriter +LaTeX Companion Second Edition \family default : -\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$ -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion" - -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -So it is better not to use this feature. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: -\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$ +The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits: +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "lyxcredit" + \end_inset -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset +\end_layout -You can only print them emboldened using the command -\series bold +\begin_layout Subsection +Bibliography databases (BibTeX) +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography ! Databases +\end_layout -\backslash -boldsymbol -\series default -, which works like the other typeface commands: -\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$ \end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bibliography ! BibTeX \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\end_inset -\series bold -\backslash -boldsymbol -\series default - works for all symbols, letters, and numbers. -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Bibliography-databases" -\begin_layout Standard -A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Style -\family default -. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Math Text -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Standard +Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different + documents. +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Text +They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes + concerning them. + Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations + and reviews along with bibliographical information. \end_layout \end_inset - + It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography + entries. + You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of + your working field in a database. + This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries + cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for + that document. + This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books + you have cited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but - not for text. - For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using - the entry -\family sans -Normal -\begin_inset space ~ +The database is a text file with the file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -mode -\family default - of the \family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Panel +.bib \family default - button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/font.png - -\end_inset - (shortcut -\begin_inset Info -type "shortcut" -arg "font-default" +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -). - Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue. - You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text. - Here is an example: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -f(x)=\begin{cases} -x & \textrm{if I say so}\\ --x & \textrm{unter Umständen} -\end{cases} -\] +, containing the bibliography in a special format. + The format is explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "BibTeX-2" \end_inset + and in LaTeX books ( +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Font Sizes -\begin_inset Index idx +). + The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a + special program to create and edit the entries in the database. + A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at +\begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Font sizes + +http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs \end_layout \end_inset - +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are - automatically chosen in most situations. - These are called -\family sans -textstyle -\family default -, -\family sans -displaystyle -\family default -, -\family sans -scriptstyle -\family default -, and -\family sans -scriptscriptstyle -\family default -. - For most characters, -\family sans -textstyle -\family default - and +To use a database, use the menu \family sans -displaystyle +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List \family default - are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, - and certain other structures, are set larger in +/ \family sans -displaystyle -\family default -. - Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various - situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat -e. - These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/math/style.png +TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +BibT +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +{} +\end_layout \end_inset -. - A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure. - For example, you can set -\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +eX +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, which is normally in +Bibliography +\family default +. + A grey box will be inserted and a window appears. + In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file. + The option \family sans -textstyle +Add bibliography to TOC \family default -, larger in + adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography. + In the \family sans -displaystyle +Content \family default -: -\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset - -. - The four styles are used in the following example: + drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database + in the document or just the cited references. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ -\end_inset - -, -\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ +The style file is a text file with the file extension +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math - inset is set in a particular size with the menu \family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Style +.bst \family default -, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. - Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts - will be adjusted to correspond. - As an example here is a formula in the font size -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard + that controls how the bibliography entries will appear. + Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers + provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the + layout. + It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something + for experts. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed -\family roman -\size largest -\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For information how this is done, have a look at +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -Theorem Modules -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of - the document classes and into layout modules. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Layout Modules +\end_inset + +. \end_layout \end_inset - As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes - other than the AMS classes. - See section -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Modules" -\end_inset +\end_layout - for more on layout modules. +\begin_layout Standard +Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -AMS-LaTeX -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Standard +To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX. + This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc +es dialog under +\family sans +Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -AMS math + +{} \end_layout \end_inset - -\begin_inset Index idx +eX +\family default + in the +\family sans +BibT +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! AMS + +{} \end_layout \end_inset +eX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\end_layout +command +\family default + field. + Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of + +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "BibTeX" -\begin_layout Standard -LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society - (AMS) that are in common use. -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Enabling AMS-Support +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Selecting the checkbox +When you select the option \family sans -Use -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -AMS -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -package +Sectioned bibliography \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default - -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings + dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies. + This and other options are explained in detail in section +\emph on +Customizing Bibliographies +\emph default + +\emph on +with BibTeX +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Additional Features +\emph default + manual. \end_layout -\end_inset - - dialog under +\begin_layout Standard +We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between + the two methods of creating them. + As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists + only the database entries that are referenced in the document. + We used the style file \family sans -Math -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Options +alphadin.bst \family default - will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities - available. - AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in - formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS. + to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -AMS-Formula Types -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" - -\end_inset - - +Bibliography layout \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Multi-line Equations +Bibliography ! Layout \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24381,420 +27055,293 @@ Math ! Multi-line Equations \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types. - LyX allows you to choose between -\family typewriter -align -\family default -, -\family typewriter -alignat -\family default -, -\family typewriter -flalign -\family default -, -\family typewriter -gather +In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format. + For this feature you need to enable the option +\family sans +Natbib \family default -, and -\family typewriter -multline + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings \family default -. - We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Chapter -More Tools -\end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Cross-References \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Cross references +Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset + dialog under +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default +. + Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default. + For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained + in the previous section. +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Cross-References" +\begin_layout Standard +You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference, + in the citation reference window. + Here an example where we set the text +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +Chapter +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +3 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + to appear after the reference: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -One of LyX's strengths are cross-references. - You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in - the document. - To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it. - The label is used as anchor and name for the reference. - We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list: +Have a look at +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +after "Chapter 3" +key "latexcompanion" + +\end_inset + +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -First item +\begin_layout Section +Index +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index generation \end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate +\end_inset + + \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "enu:Second-item" +name "sec:Index" \end_inset -Second item -\end_layout -\begin_layout Enumerate -Third item \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -First we insert a label into the second item with the menu +An index entry is created if you use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Label -\family default - or by pressing the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/label-insert.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - -. - A grey label box like this: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png - scale 85 - -\end_inset - - is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. - LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case - the text -\begin_inset Quotes eld +Index +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\family sans -enu: Second-item +Entry \family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/index-insert.png -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - The prefix + A box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans -enu: +Index \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - stands for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -enumerate -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - + is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. + The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed + by LyX as the index entry. +\end_layout -\family sans -sec: -\family default +\begin_layout Standard +We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. + For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one + of the LaTeX books +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu +The index list is inserted in the document with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross-Reference -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png - scale 85 - +List +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. - A grey cross-reference box like this: -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png - scale 85 - +/ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels - in the document. - We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld +TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Index +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\family sans -enu:Second-item +List \family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd +. + A light blue box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -. - At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear - in the output. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Alternatively to -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross-Reference -\family default -, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu -\family sans -Copy as Reference -\family default -. - The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied - to the actual cursor position via the menu \family sans -Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paste +Index \family default - (shortcut Ctrl+V). -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Here is our cross-reference: Item -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "enu:Second-item" +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - + will show the place where the index is printed in the output. + The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -It is recommended to use a protected space -\begin_inset Foot +\begin_layout Subsection +Grouping Index Entries +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -described in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Protected-Space" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks - between them. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -There are six varieties of cross-references: +Index ! Grouping \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -: prints the number, this is the default: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" - \end_inset \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -(): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style - normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name - +\begin_layout Standard +Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the + index. + We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated + lists under the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Equation +Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is omitted: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand eqref -reference "eq:tanhExp" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -: prints the page number: Page -\begin_inset space ~ +. + First we create the entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand pageref -reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" - +Lists +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -on + in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -: prints the text "on page" and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vpageref -reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Lists" -\begin_layout Description - -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -on +. + In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand vref -reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Itemize" \end_inset - +, we insert the command \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Formatted -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Standard \series bold -Note: -\series default - This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package -\series bold -prettyref -\series default - or -\series bold -refstyle -\series default +Lists ! Itemize +\end_layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard +and the command +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! prettyref +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold +Lists ! Enumerate \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +for the enumerated list in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Enumerate" -\begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! refstyle +\end_inset + +. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The exclamation mark +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - installed. -\end_layout +! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + marks the grouping levels. + You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more. + An index entry for the higher levels is not required. + If we don't have an index entry for +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Lists +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset +, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number. \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Textual -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +Page Ranges +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -reference: prints the caption or name of the reference: -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand nameref -reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Page ranges +\end_layout \end_inset @@ -24802,13 +27349,10 @@ reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard - -\family sans - -\family default - will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same, - or the next page. - You will e. +Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed + section. + But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. + E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -24816,284 +27360,226 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -see the text -\begin_inset Quotes eld +if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry + in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\family sans -on this page -\family default +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - instead. - The style -\family sans - on page -\family default - will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page. + with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output - is automatically calculated by LaTeX. - The varieties are adjusted in the field -\family sans -Format -\family default - of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc -e. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can only use the style -\family sans - -\family default - to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style -\family sans - -\family default - is always possible. +\series bold +Paragraph environments|( \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; - for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in - it. - Referencing formulas is explained in section +and another entry at the end of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" +reference "sub:LyX-Code" \end_inset -. + with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu. - The entry -\family sans -Go -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\series bold +Paragraph environments|) +\end_layout -Label -\family default - sets the cursor before the referenced label. - This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to -\family sans -Go -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Standard +The commands +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Back -\family default - so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference. - You can also go back with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png - rotateOrigin center +\series bold +|( +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. -\end_layout + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -You can change labels at any time. - References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you - do not need to take care about this. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question - marks in the output instead of the reference. -\end_layout +\series bold +|) +\series default -\begin_layout Standard -References are described in detail in sec. -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - + respectively start and end the index range. + You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. + They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of + the pages of the indexed document parts. + An example is the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Referencing Floats +Document ! Settings \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - of the -\emph on -Embedded Objects -\emph default - manual. +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_layout Subsection +Cross referencing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Table of contents +Index ! Cross referencing \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Outline \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +It is also possible to refer to another index entry. + We referred for example in the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +GIF +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:toc" - + (in section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Image-Formats" -\begin_layout Subsection -Table of Contents -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Table-of-Contents" +\end_inset +) to the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Image formats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + in the same section using the entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -of -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\series bold +GIF|see{Image formats} +\end_layout -Contents -\family default -. - Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box. - If you click on it, the -\family sans -Outline -\family default - window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange - sections in your documents. - So this operation is an alternative to the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Outline -\family default - that is described in sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code. + The text within the braces is the referenced entry. + The reference will appear in the output without a page number. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Index Entry Order +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Navigating" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Entry order +\end_layout \end_inset -. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. - If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described - in section +You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might + then not follow the rules for the index order. + The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see + section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Short-Titles" +reference "sub:Index-Program" \end_inset -, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. - Section -\begin_inset space ~ +. +\end_layout + \end_inset + doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages. + We have created as an example the three dummy index entries +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Numbering-depth" +maison +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are - listed in the TOC. - Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC. -\end_layout +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:List-of-Figures" +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +maître +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! maïs \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. - You can insert them via the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -/ -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -TOC -\family default - submenus. - The list entries are the float captions and the float number. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Section -URLs and Hyperlinks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -URLs +Dummy entries ! maître \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25103,82 +27589,149 @@ URLs status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Hyperlinks +Dummy entries ! maïs@maison \end_layout \end_inset + They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the + order maïs, maison, maître. + To achieve this, we use the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\series bold +previous entry@current entry \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -URLs -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:URLs" +\begin_layout Standard +In our case we want to have +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +maison +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + after +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\end_layout +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -URL -\family default -. + and write therefore for the index entry of maison: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage: -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\series bold +maïs@maison +\end_layout -http://www.lyx.org +\begin_layout Standard +The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use + another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for + an example. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be - in the style -\family typewriter -Typewriter +In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the + program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +to generate the index (see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Index-Program" + +\end_inset + +). + +\family sans +makeindex \family default + would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in + sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Document-Font" + +\end_inset + + after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these + index commands start with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +LaTeX-packages ! +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + . - To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next - subsection. + The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote. + To fix this +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold -Note: -\series default - URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors. + +\backslash +let +\backslash +OrgIndex +\backslash +index \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\series bold +\backslash +renewcommand*{ +\backslash +index}[1]{ +\backslash +OrgIndex{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Hyperlinks -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Hyperlinks" +Index Entry Layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index ! Entry layout +\end_layout \end_inset @@ -25186,199 +27739,221 @@ name "sub:Hyperlinks" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hyperlink -\family default - or with the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/href-insert.png +You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! +\shape italic +This is an italic dummy entry +\end_layout \end_inset -. - The appearing dialog has two fields: -\family sans -Target -\family default - and -\family sans -Name -\family default -. - The name is the printed text for the hyperlink. - The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX's homepage" -target "http://www.lyx.org" + You can also format the page number using the character +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +| +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, an Email address like this: -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "lyx-docs mailing list" -target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation" -type "mailto:" + followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash. + We can write for example +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -, or a link to a file. +\series bold +italic page number:|textit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but - add the prefix +to get the page number in italic. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special + case \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\family sans -run: -\family default +\series bold +|command +\series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to the link target. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output, - and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output. - To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use - the text style dialog. - This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: -\family sans + means \series bold -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -name "LyX's homepage" -target "http://www.lyx.org" +\backslash +command{page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +number} +\series default +. + Have a look at section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + +\end_inset + + to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The link text color can be changed, when the option -\family sans -Color links -\family default - is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program \family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -PDF Properties +makeindex \family default -). - The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the - option -\begin_inset Newline newline +to generate the index, see sec. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -\series bold -urlcolor=blue -\series default +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:Index-Program" -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -to the field +. + If you use \family sans -Additional options +xindy \family default - in the PDF Properties dialog. -\end_layout +, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text. + This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before + they can be used, see +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +after "p. 678 ff." +key "latexcompanion" -\begin_layout Section -Appendices -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Appendix + for details. \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Appendices" - -\end_inset - +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown + above. + Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. + Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold. + Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of + the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. + If so, put the following in the preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Appendices are created with the menu -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Start -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\series bold -Here -\family default -. - This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end - as the appendix region. - The region is marked with a red borderline. +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +IndexDef}[1]{ +\backslash +textit{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix, - numbered with a capital Latin letter. - The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot - and the subsection number. - All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections, - here two examples: +and write \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\series bold +my entry|IndexDef +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cha:Credits" +\begin_layout Standard +in the index entry. +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef +\end_layout -; Appendix -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher + insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to + change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Export" +\begin_layout Standard +You can also change the layout for the whole index. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset +we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font + for all index entries. + For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called +\emph on +Index Style File +\emph default +, see the +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + or +\family sans +xindy +\family default + documentation for details, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex,xindy" + +\end_inset +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Bibliography +\begin_layout Subsection +Index Program \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography +Index ! Program \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25386,7 +27961,7 @@ Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sec:Bibliography" +name "sub:Index-Program" \end_inset @@ -25394,330 +27969,278 @@ name "sec:Bibliography" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document. - You can include a bibliography database, +If the index entry program +\family sans +xindy +\family default + is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Known under the name -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -BibTeX-database -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\family sans +Makeindex +\family default + is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably + that it was developed with only the English language in mind. + So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. + We have shown above how to fix this sorting. + However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider + to use +\family sans +xindy +\family default . \end_layout \end_inset - which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography - manually, using the paragraph environment -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default -, which was described in section + Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences + dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Biblio_environment" +reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset . - If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this - document, like author-year citations, then you must -\emph on - -\emph default -use a bibliography database. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -The Bibliography Environment -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Within the -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default - environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled - with a number. - If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a -\family sans -Key -\family default - and a -\family sans -Label -\family default -. - The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography - entry. - For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX - and we used -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + The available options are listed and explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex,xindy" -latexcompanion -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, a short form of its title, as key. +. + In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate + the index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu +If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a + given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{} +or the options in \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Citation +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Indexes \family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png - -\end_inset - . - A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear - in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list. - The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key. - When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change - the reference. + This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options + to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography - entry with surrounding brackets. - If you set a -\family sans -Label -\family default - for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number. - Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Credits -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -: +\begin_layout Subsection +Multiple Indexes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Have a look at the -\family sans -LaTeX Companion Second Edition -\family default -: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion" - +In many fields, it is common to have more than one index. + For instance, you might need to set up a separate +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits: -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "lyxcredit" - +Index of Names +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + next to the standard index. + LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many + packages that add this feature. + LyX uses the +\series bold +splitidx +\series default -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Bibliography databases (BibTeX) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! Databases +LaTeX-packages ! splitidx \end_layout \end_inset + package to generate multiple indexes. + The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions. + If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeXCatalogue" -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! BibTeX +. + Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also + includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. + Please consult the package's manual for details. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Indexes +\family default + and select +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Bibliography-databases" - +Use multiple Indexes +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +. + Note that the list of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\end_layout +Available Indexes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different - documents. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed + below already contains the standard index. + To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should + also appear as a heading) to the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes - concerning them. - Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations - and reviews along with bibliographical information. -\end_layout +New +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + input field and press the +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography - entries. - You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of - your working field in a database. - This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries - cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for - that document. - This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books - you have cited. -\end_layout +Add +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -The database is a text file with the file extension + button. + The new index should now appear in the list as well. + If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index + by selecting the index in the list and hitting the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\family sans -.bib -\family default +Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, containing the bibliography in a special format. - The format is explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "BibTeX-2" + button. + The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different + indexes in the LyX work area. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index + list in +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - and in LaTeX books ( -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" - +/ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -). - The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a - special program to create and edit the entries in the database. - A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at -\begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout +TOC +\family default + and the +\family sans +Insert +\family default + menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes. + The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there + are some additional features: +\end_layout -http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs +\begin_layout Itemize +If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking + on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that. \end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize +By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. + Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Subindex +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . + If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined + as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested + to the non-subindexes. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To use a database, use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List -\family default -/ -\family sans -TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -BibT -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_layout Section +Nomenclature / Glossary +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} +Nomenclature \end_layout \end_inset -eX -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -Bibliography -\family default -. - A grey box will be inserted and a window appears. - In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file. - The option -\family sans -Add bibliography to TOC -\family default - adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography. - In the -\family sans -Content -\family default - drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database - in the document or just the cited references. -\end_layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_layout Standard -The style file is a text file with the file extension -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Glossary|see +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family sans -.bst -\family default +{ +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - that controls how the bibliography entries will appear. - Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers - provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the - layout. - It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something - for experts. -\begin_inset Foot +Nomenclature +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -For information how this is done, have a look at -\begin_inset Newline newline + +} +\end_layout + \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset href -LatexCommand href -target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" +\end_layout \end_inset -. -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset @@ -25725,108 +28248,90 @@ target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section. +Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your + document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or + glossary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX. - This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc -es dialog under -\family sans -Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LaT -\begin_inset ERT +To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} +LaTeX-packages ! nomencl \end_layout \end_inset -eX -\family default - in the -\family sans -BibT -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed + installed. + You find it in the TeX Catalogue, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "TeXCatalogue" -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\end_inset -{} + or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry + and then use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -eX +\family default +N +\family sans +omenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -command -\family default - field. - Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of - -\family sans -BibTeX +Entry \family default - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "BibTeX" + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png \end_inset . -\end_layout + A gray box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + -\begin_layout Standard -When you select the option -\family sans -Sectioned bibliography -\family default - in the \family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings +Nom \family default - dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies. - This and other options are explained in detail in section -\emph on -Customizing Bibliographies -\emph default - -\emph on -with BibTeX -\emph default - of the -\emph on -Additional Features -\emph default - manual. + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between - the two methods of creating them. - As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists - only the database entries that are referenced in the document. - We used the style file -\family sans -alphadin.bst -\family default - to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography. +A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries. + The first is the symbol that you want to refer to. + The second is the description of the symbol. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Bibliography layout -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! Layout + +\series bold +Note: +\series default + You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25834,178 +28339,189 @@ Bibliography ! Layout \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format. - For this feature you need to enable the option -\family sans -Natbib -\family default - in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenclature Definition and Layout \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Nomenclature ! Layout \end_layout \end_inset - dialog under -\family sans -Bibliography -\family default -. - Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default. - For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained - in the previous section. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference, - in the citation reference window. - Here an example where we set the text +When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the +\family sans +Symbol +\family default + field as LaTeX-formulas. + For example to get \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Chapter -\begin_inset space ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset -3 + \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to appear after the reference: -\end_layout +, insert this: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -Have a look at -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -after "Chapter 3" -key "latexcompanion" +\series bold +$ +\backslash +sigma$ +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Index -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\series default +The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index generation -\end_layout +$ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + character starts/ends the formula. + The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning + with a backslash +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Index" +\backslash +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset +. + For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter, + like +\series bold +\backslash +Sigma +\series default +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -An index entry is created if you use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Index +(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Entry -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/index-insert.png -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" -. - A box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +.) +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You cannot use the \family sans -Index +Text +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Style \family default + dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands. + For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_inset Quotes erd + +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset - is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. - The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed - by LyX as the index entry. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. - For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one - of the LaTeX books -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + in this document is: +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The index list is inserted in the document with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\series bold +dummy entry for the character +\backslash +textsf{sigma} +\series default -/ -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Index +The command +\series bold + +\backslash +textsf +\series default + sets the fonts to +\family sans +sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -List +serif \family default . - A light blue box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - + To get +\series bold +bold +\series default + font use the command +\series bold -\family sans -Index +\backslash +textbf +\series default +, for +\family typewriter +typewriter \family default + use +\series bold -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\backslash +texttt +\series default +, for +\emph on +emphasized +\emph default + use +\series bold - will show the place where the index is printed in the output. - The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes. +\backslash +emph +\series default +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Grouping Index Entries +Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Grouping +Nomenclature ! Sort order \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26014,113 +28530,133 @@ Index ! Grouping \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the - index. - We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated - lists under the entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of + the symbol definition. + This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas. + Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols +\emph on +a +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "a" +description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"" -. - First we create the entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - in section -\begin_inset space ~ +\emph default + and +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Lists" +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +prefix "sigma" +symbol "$\\sigma$" +description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}" \end_inset . - In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section -\begin_inset space ~ + They will be sorted by +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Itemize" +\family sans +a +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, we insert the command -\end_layout + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\series bold -Lists ! Itemize -\end_layout +\family typewriter +$ +\backslash +sigma$ +\family default -\begin_layout Standard -and the command -\end_layout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard + – the +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset + + will be sorted before the +\emph on +a +\emph default + since the character +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +$ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\series bold -Lists ! Enumerate + is considered in sorting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -for the enumerated list in section +To control the sort order, you can edit the +\family sans +Sort \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +as +\family default + field of the nomenclature dialog. + Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol + definition. + For the example given, you can insert +\family typewriter +sigma +\family default + in this field for the +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Enumerate" - +, then +\emph on +a +\emph default + will be located before +\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The exclamation mark -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -! -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - marks the grouping levels. - You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more. - An index entry for the higher levels is not required. - If we don't have an index entry for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "nomencl" -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number. +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Page Ranges +Nomenclature Options \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Page ranges +Nomenclature ! Options \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26129,98 +28665,208 @@ Index ! Page ranges \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed - section. - But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. - E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry - in section -\begin_inset space ~ +The +\series bold +nomencl +\series default + package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature. + Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +refeq Appends the phrase +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" +\family sans +, see equation ( +\emph on +eq +\emph default +) +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - with the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -Paragraph environments|( + to every nomenclature entry, where +\family sans +\emph on +eq +\family default +\emph default + is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -and another entry at the end of section -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Description +refpage Appends the phrase +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LyX-Code" +\family sans +, page ( +\emph on +page +\emph default +) +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - with the command + to every nomenclature entry, where +\family sans +\emph on +page +\family default +\emph default + is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +There are furthermore the options +\series bold +croatian +\series default +, +\series bold +danish +\series default +, +\series bold +english +\series default +, +\series bold +french +\series default +, +\series bold +german +\series default +, +\series bold +italian +\series default +, +\series bold +polish +\series default +, +\series bold +portuguese +\series default +, +\series bold +russian +\series default +, +\series bold +spanish +\series default +, and +\series bold +ukrainian +\series default + to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding + language. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document + class options list in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog. + In this document the option \series bold -Paragraph environments|) +intoc +\series default + is used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The commands -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature + entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the + +\family sans +Description +\family default + field in the nomenclature dialog: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomrefeq Like the \series bold -|( +refeq \series default + option +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Description - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\backslash +nomrefpage Like the +\series bold +refpage +\series default + option +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description +\backslash +nomrefeqpage Short notation of \series bold -|) -\series default -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\backslash +nomrefeq +\backslash +nomrefpage +\end_layout - respectively start and end the index range. - You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. - They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of - the pages of the indexed document parts. - An example is the index entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +nomnorefeq, +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Document ! Settings -\begin_inset Quotes erd + +\backslash +nomnorefpage, +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. + +\backslash +nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Cross referencing +Printing the Nomenclature \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Cross referencing +Nomenclature ! Printing \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26229,280 +28875,290 @@ Index ! Cross referencing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It is also possible to refer to another index entry. - We referred for example in the index entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld +To print the nomenclature, use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Lists +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -GIF -\begin_inset Quotes erd +/ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - (in section -\begin_inset space ~ +TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nomenclature +\family default +. + A light blue box labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Image-Formats" +\family sans +Nomenclature +\family default +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) to the index entry + will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output. + Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Image formats +Nomenclature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in the same section using the entry +. + If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the + command +\series bold + +\backslash +nomname +\series default + in the preamble. + For example, in order to change the name to +\emph on +List of Symbols +\emph default +, add the following line to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +\family roman \series bold -GIF|see{Image formats} + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +nomname}{List of Symbols} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code. - The text within the braces is the referenced entry. - The reference will appear in the output without a page number. -\end_layout +\begin_inset VSpace defskip +\end_inset -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Entry Order -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Entry order \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it + by adding the following line to the preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\family roman +\series bold +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +nomlabelwidth}{width} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might - then not follow the rules for the index order. - The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see - section +\family roman +where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Index-Program" +reference "cha:Units-available-in" \end_inset . -\end_layout - + The default value is 1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages. - We have created as an example the three dummy index entries -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +cm. +\end_layout -maison -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Subsection +Nomenclature Program +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Nomenclature ! Program +\end_layout -maïs -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -maître -\begin_inset Quotes erd +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:Nomenclature-Program" + \end_inset -. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maïs \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +LyX uses the program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature. + LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control + +\family sans +makeindex +\family default + by adding options, see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maître -\end_layout +\end_inset + +. + The available options are listed and explained in +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "nomencl,makeindex" \end_inset +. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Section +Branches \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maïs@maison +Branches \end_layout \end_inset - They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the - order maïs, maison, maître. - To achieve this, we use the command -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\series bold -previous entry@current entry +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document ! Branches \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In our case we want to have -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -maison -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - after -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Branches" -maïs -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - and write therefore for the index entry of maison: -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -maïs@maison -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use - another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for - an example. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - +Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output. + For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the + pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same + document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the - program +For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches. + The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated. + To create a branch, either select the menu \family sans -makeindex +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Insert New Branch \family default -to generate the index (see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Index-Program" - -\end_inset - -). - + (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the \family sans -makeindex -\family default - would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in - sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Document-Font" - -\end_inset - - after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these - index commands start with +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog to +\family sans +Branches +\family default +, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation + state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not), + its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should + be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active + (see below for an example). + Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch + to the name of the other) and to add \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +unknown branches +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\series bold -LaTeX-packages ! -\series default + (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\begin_inset Quotes eld +e. +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. - The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote. - To fix this +branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents +, without having being defined) to the document's branch list. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes. + These boxes are inserted via the menu \family sans -makeindex +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Branch \family default - bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document: + where you can choose a branch. + You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking + on them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch + is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output: +\end_layout -\series bold +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Question +status open -\backslash -let -\backslash -OrgIndex -\backslash -index +\begin_layout Standard +Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner? \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\end_inset -\series bold -\backslash -renewcommand*{ -\backslash -index}[1]{ -\backslash -OrgIndex{#1}} \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Entry Layout -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Branch Answer status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Entry layout +\begin_layout Standard +Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26511,125 +29167,131 @@ Index ! Entry layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +If you activate +\family sans +Filename Suffix +\family default + in +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Branches +\family default +, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export. + Consider for example a file +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! -\shape italic -This is an italic dummy entry -\end_layout +Exam.lyx +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + which has the above branches. + If +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +Filename Suffix +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - You can also format the page number using the character + is active, the PDF export file would be called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -| +Exam.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash. - We can write for example -\end_layout + if both the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard +Question +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\series bold -italic page number:|textit -\end_layout + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -to get the page number in italic. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +Answer +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit -\end_layout + branch were inactive, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +Exam-Question.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special - case + if only the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Question +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\series bold -|command -\series default + branch was active, likewise +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +Exam-Answer.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - means -\series bold + if only the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\backslash -command{page -\begin_inset space ~ +Answer +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -number} -\series default -. - Have a look at section -\begin_inset space ~ + branch was active, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Exam-Question-Answer.pdf +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" + if both branches were active. + This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without + much hassle. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset - to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout +To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets, + like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each + branch. + For example you can define for the question branch +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -to generate the index, see sec. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Index-Program" +reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset . - If you use -\family sans -xindy -\family default -, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text. - This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before - they can be used, see -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -after "p. 678 ff." -key "latexcompanion" - -\end_inset - - for details. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26638,13 +29300,13 @@ key "latexcompanion" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown - above. - Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. - Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold. - Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of - the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. - If so, put the following in the preamble + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +question}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -26654,328 +29316,152 @@ In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown \backslash newcommand{ \backslash -IndexDef}[1]{ -\backslash -textit{#1}} +answer}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -and write +and for the answer branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold -my entry|IndexDef + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +question}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -in the index entry. -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef -\end_layout -\end_inset +\series bold - The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher - insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to - change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +answer}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also change the layout for the whole index. - E. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset - -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} -\end_inset - -we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font - for all index entries. - For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called -\emph on -Index Style File -\emph default -, see the -\family sans -makeindex -\family default - or -\family sans -xindy -\family default - documentation for details, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "makeindex,xindy" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout +\begin_inset Branch Question +status open -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Program -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Program -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Index-Program" - -\end_inset +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +question}[1]{#1} \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If the index entry program -\family sans -xindy -\family default - is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - \begin_layout Plain Layout -\family sans -Makeindex -\family default - is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably - that it was developed with only the English language in mind. - So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. - We have shown above how to fix this sorting. - However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider - to use -\family sans -xindy -\family default -. -\end_layout -\end_inset +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +answer}[1]{} +\end_layout - Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences - dialog, see section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" +\end_layout \end_inset -. - The available options are listed and explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "makeindex,xindy" - -\end_inset -. - In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate - the index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a - given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{} -or the options in -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Indexes -\family default -. - This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options - to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Multiple Indexes -\end_layout +\begin_inset Branch Answer +status collapsed \begin_layout Standard -In many fields, it is common to have more than one index. - For instance, you might need to set up a separate -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Index of Names -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - next to the standard index. - LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many - packages that add this feature. - LyX uses the -\series bold -splitidx -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! splitidx -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - package to generate multiple indexes. - The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions. - If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeXCatalogue" -\end_inset -. - Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also - includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. - Please consult the package's manual for details. +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +question}[1]{} \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Indexes -\family default - and select -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -Use multiple Indexes -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - Note that the list of -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -Available Indexes -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - below already contains the standard index. - To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should - also appear as a heading) to the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +answer}[1]{#1} +\end_layout -New -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - input field and press the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -Add -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_layout - button. - The new index should now appear in the list as well. - If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index - by selecting the index in the list and hitting the -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{} - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - button. - The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different - indexes in the LyX work area. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index - list in -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +Now it is possible to use the commands +\series bold -/ -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\backslash +question{\SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\series default + and +\series bold -TOC -\family default - and the -\family sans -Insert -\family default - menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes. - The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there - are some additional features: -\end_layout +\backslash +answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\series default + to obtain conditional output. + Here is an example formula where only the +\series bold -\begin_layout Itemize -If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking - on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that. -\end_layout +\backslash +question +\series default + part appears: +\begin_inset Formula +\[ +x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}. +\] -\begin_layout Itemize -By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. - Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Subindex -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset -. - If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. - E. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\end_layout -g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined - as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested - to the non-subindexes. +\begin_layout Standard +Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the + +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section -Nomenclature / Glossary -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature -\end_layout +PDF Properties +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset @@ -26984,116 +29470,264 @@ Nomenclature status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Glossary|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +PDF properties +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -{ \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +The +\family sans +Document Settings +\family default + dialog allows you in the +\family sans +PDF Properties +\family default + to set up special options for the PDF output of your document. + All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package +\series bold +hyperref +\series default -Nomenclature -\begin_inset ERT +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -} +LaTeX-packages ! hyperref \end_layout \end_inset +. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Using +\series bold +hyperref +\series default + will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output. + This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a + table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced + document part. + You can specify in the dialog tab +\family sans +Hyperlinks +\family default + how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences + are created. + The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different + entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry + is referenced. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +In the dialog tab +\family sans +Bookmarks +\family default + you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your + document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. + You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections + or not. + With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should + be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF. + For example level +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +2 will display all sections and subsections, while level +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Nomenclature" +1 will only display the sections. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The header information in the dialog tab +\family sans +General +\family default + are saved together with the PDF as file properties. + Many programs are able to extract this information to e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset +automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. + This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues. + When the option +\family sans +Automatic fill header +\family default + is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document + title and author settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your - document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or - glossary. +The option +\family sans +Load in fullscreen mode +\family default + will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package +PDF properties are also used in this document. + When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional + \series bold -nomencl +hyperref \series default + options are used. + For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "hyperref" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:TeX-Code" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +TeX Code Boxes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! nomencl +TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset - installed. - You find it in the TeX Catalogue, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeXCatalogue" + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset - or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry - and then use the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and + constructs, but not all. + LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands. + All the time packages are being updated and new ones added. + This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there + is for every problem a LaTeX-package. + But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their + commands. +\end_layout -\family default -N +\begin_layout Standard +But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the + TeX Code box. + A TeX Code box is created by the menu \family sans -omenclature +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Entry +Code \family default - or the toolbar button + or by the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png + filename ../../images/ert-insert.png \end_inset . - A gray box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset + The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on + it. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code. + Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text. + For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore + using the LaTeX-command +\series bold -\family sans -Nom -\family default +\backslash +fbox +\series default +, you can write the command part +\series bold + +\backslash +fbox{ +\series default + in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace +\series bold +} +\series default + in a second TeX Code box behind the word. + The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in + the following example: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Graphics + filename ../clipart/ERT.png + scale 89 -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries. - The first is the symbol that you want to refer to. - The second is the description of the symbol. +gives +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This is a line with a +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + + +\backslash +fbox{ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +framed +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +} +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + word. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27105,7 +29739,8 @@ status collapsed \series bold Note: \series default - You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog. + At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space + to let LaTeX know that the command is finished. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -27114,323 +29749,320 @@ Note: \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Nomenclature Definition and Layout -\begin_inset Index idx +Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax +\begin_inset Argument status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Layout +The LaTeX Syntax \end_layout \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the -\family sans -Symbol -\family default - field as LaTeX-formulas. - For example to get -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX Syntax +\end_layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" -, insert this: -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -\series bold -$ -\backslash -sigma$ -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - +\end_layout -\series default -The +\begin_layout Standard +When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something + about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background. + Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -$ +program \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - character starts/ends the formula. - The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning - with a backslash -\begin_inset Quotes eld + your text. + This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at + any time if you know the right commands. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset -\backslash +imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the + end of the day. + Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have + all caption labels bold. + But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels + in your manual. + Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one + day. +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +Now LaTeX comes into play. + As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package. + First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package + database, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Catalogue" -. - For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter, - like -\series bold +\end_inset -\backslash -Sigma -\series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +As result you know that the package +\series bold +caption +\series default +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +LaTeX-packages ! caption +\end_layout \end_inset -.) + is what you need. + To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default +) with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You cannot use the -\family sans -Text -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset -Style -\family default - dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands. - For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\series bold +\backslash +usepackage[options]{package name} +\end_layout -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within + two braces, and the options are set within two brackets. + Note that not all commands have an argument and options. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +In your case the package name is +\series bold +caption +\series default +. + After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option + +\series bold +labelfont=bf +\series default + will change the font of all caption labels to bold. + So you add the command +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard - in this document is: -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset +\series bold + +\backslash +usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +to the preamble and the problem is solved. +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout +For more commands provided by the \series bold -dummy entry for the character -\backslash -textsf{sigma} +caption \series default + package, have a look at its documentation, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "caption" -\begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -The command -\series bold +. +\end_layout -\backslash -textsf -\series default - sets the fonts to -\family sans -sans -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -serif + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems + like your case. + For example if you use a +\family sans +KOMA-Script \family default -. - To get + class, you don't need the package \series bold -bold +caption \series default - font use the command -\series bold +, you can instead write +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash -textbf -\series default -, for -\family typewriter -typewriter -\family default - use \series bold \backslash -texttt -\series default -, for -\emph on -emphasized -\emph default - use +setkomafont{captionlabel}{ +\backslash +bfseries} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +in the preamble and the problem is solved. + So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the + documentation of the document class you want to use. + ( \series bold \backslash -emph +setkomafont \series default + is an example of a command with more than one argument.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the + text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command + argument. + To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in + the previous section. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the + LaTeX-books +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide" + +\end_inset + . \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Sort order + + +\backslash +pagestyle{fancy} \end_layout \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\begin_layout Standard -The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of - the symbol definition. - This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas. - Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols -\emph on -a -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -symbol "a" -description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line +\end_layout \end_inset -\emph default - and -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\begin_layout Left Header +\begin_inset Argument +status open -\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature -LatexCommand nomenclature -prefix "sigma" -symbol "$\\sigma$" -description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}" +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\end_inset +\end_layout -. - They will be sorted by -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\family sans -a -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed - and -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\family typewriter -$ \backslash -sigma$ -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +rightmark +\end_layout - – the -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset - will be sorted before the -\emph on -a -\emph default - since the character -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -$ -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_inset Note Note +status open - is considered in sorting. +\begin_layout Plain Layout +defines the header line as described below \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To control the sort order, you can edit the -\family sans -Sort -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -as -\family default - field of the nomenclature dialog. - Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol - definition. - For the example given, you can insert -\family typewriter -sigma -\family default - in this field for the -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset -, then -\emph on -a -\emph default - will be located before -\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset -. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - documentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "nomencl" +\begin_layout Center Header +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\end_layout \end_inset -. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenclature Options -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Right Header +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Options + + +\backslash +leftmark \end_layout \end_inset @@ -27438,209 +30070,115 @@ Nomenclature ! Options \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The -\series bold -nomencl -\series default - package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature. - Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation: +\end_inset + + \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -refeq Appends the phrase -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Left Footer +\begin_inset Argument +status open +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\family sans -, see equation ( -\emph on -eq -\emph default -) -\family default +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - to every nomenclature entry, where -\family sans -\emph on -eq -\family default -\emph default - is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry +\backslash +thepage \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -refpage Appends the phrase -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\family sans -, page ( -\emph on -page -\emph default -) -\family default +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to every nomenclature entry, where -\family sans -\emph on -page -\family default -\emph default - is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared -\end_layout -\begin_layout Description -intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -There are furthermore the options -\series bold -croatian -\series default -, -\series bold -danish -\series default -, -\series bold -english -\series default -, -\series bold -french -\series default -, -\series bold -german -\series default -, -\series bold -italian -\series default -, -\series bold -polish -\series default -, -\series bold -portuguese -\series default -, -\series bold -russian -\series default -, -\series bold -spanish -\series default -, and -\series bold -ukrainian -\series default - to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding - language. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Center Footer +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document - class options list in the \family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog. - In this document the option \series bold -intoc -\series default - is used. +\color red +LyX's user guide \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset +Magic code: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ +\end_inset -\end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature - entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the - -\family sans -Description -\family default - field in the nomenclature dialog: \end_layout -\begin_layout Description +\begin_layout Right Footer +\begin_inset Argument +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\backslash -nomrefeq Like the -\series bold -refeq -\series default - option \end_layout -\begin_layout Description +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + \backslash -nomrefpage Like the -\series bold -refpage -\series default - option +Roman{page} \end_layout -\begin_layout Description +\end_inset -\backslash -nomrefeqpage Short notation of -\series bold -\backslash -nomrefeq -\backslash -nomrefpage \end_layout -\begin_layout Description +\begin_layout Section +Customized Page Headers and Footers +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" -\backslash -nomnorefeq, -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\backslash -nomnorefpage, -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\backslash -nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options +\lang english +Document ! Header/Footer line \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Printing the Nomenclature +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Printing + +\lang english +Header/Footer line \end_layout \end_inset @@ -27649,709 +30187,733 @@ Nomenclature ! Printing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To print the nomenclature, use the menu +To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need + to set the headings style to \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -/ +Fancy +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings +\family default + dialog under +\family sans +Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nomenclature +Layout \family default . - A light blue box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - + As second step add in the menu \family sans -Nomenclature +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Modules \family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output. - Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as + the module \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Nomenclature +Custom Header/Footerlines \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the - command -\series bold + This module offers the 6 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\backslash -nomname -\series default - in the preamble. - For example, in order to change the name to -\emph on -List of Symbols -\emph default -, add the following line to the preamble: +styles \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Description +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family roman -\series bold +Header, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -nomname}{List of Symbols} -\end_layout +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace defskip +Header, +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Header \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it - by adding the following line to the preamble: -\end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Left +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard +Footer, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\family roman -\series bold +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\backslash -renewcommand{ -\backslash -nomlabelwidth}{width} +Footer, +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +for the different positions in the header/footer. +\end_layout -\family roman -where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix +\begin_layout Standard +Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document. + but you can change them anywhere you want to. + Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "cha:Units-available-in" - -\end_inset +reference "fig:Page-layout" -. - The default value is 1 -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -cm. + shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Nomenclature Program -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Float figure +placement h +wide false +sideways false +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Program -\end_layout - -\end_inset - +\noindent +\align center +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Nomenclature-Program" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Left Header +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Center Header \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -LyX uses the program -\family sans -makeindex -\family default -, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature. - LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control - -\family sans -makeindex -\family default - by adding options, see section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Right Header +\end_layout \end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -. - The available options are listed and explained in -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "nomencl,makeindex" - -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout -. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Branches -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Branches + \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Branches +The normal text on the page goes here. + The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including + footnotes). + Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of + the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats. \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Branches" +\end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output. - For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the - pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same - document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. -\end_layout +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Standard -For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches. - The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated. - To create a branch, go in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog to -\family sans -Branches -\family default -. - The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of - the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes. - These boxes are inserted via the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Branch -\family default - where you can choose a branch. - You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch - is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output: -\end_layout +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Question -status open +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner? \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text +\begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Answer -status collapsed +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text -\begin_layout Standard -Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Left Footer \end_layout \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Center Footer \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text - +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Right Footer \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets, - like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each - branch. - For example you can define for the question branch -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +\end_inset + + + -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset Caption -. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Page-layout" \end_inset - +Page layout with custom header and footer line. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\end_inset -\series bold -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -question}[1]{#1} \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\end_inset -\series bold -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -answer}[1]{} \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -and for the answer branch +\begin_layout Subsection +Definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +To define your header line, add all 3 +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\series bold - -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -question}[1]{} +header styles. + The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in + the optional arguments on even pages. + For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and + can be omitted. + If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output. + Defining the footer line works similar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted + as TeX-code (menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Te +\begin_inset ERT +status collapsed -\series bold +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -answer}[1]{#1} +{} \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Question -status open +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +X +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout +Code +\family default +): +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description \backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -question}[1]{#1} +thepage prints the current page number \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout - +\begin_layout Description \backslash -newcommand{ +Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + \backslash -answer}[1]{} +roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals \end_layout +\begin_layout Description + +\backslash +leftmark prints the current section number and title. + If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and + title instead. + It is called +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +leftmark +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + because it usually goes in a left header. \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Description +\backslash +rightmark prints the current subsection number and title. + If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and + title instead. + It is normally used in the right header. +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Default header/footer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Branch Answer -status collapsed +The custom header/footer is not empty by default. + The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center + footer has the page number. + In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the + relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank. + So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank +\family sans +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Footer +\family default + style. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Appearance +\end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +The header and footer will appear on normal pages. + Some pages are different. + The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts + a new part or chapter in your book. + Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal. + There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on + the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway. +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Header and footer decoration line +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +By default, you get a 0.4 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset +pt thick line below the header and no footer line. + This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands +\series bold \backslash -newcommand{ +headrulewidth +\series default + and +\series bold + \backslash -question}[1]{} +footrulewidth +\series default + in the following scheme: \end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Standard +\series bold \backslash -newcommand{ +renewcommand{ \backslash -answer}[1]{#1} +headrulewidth}{thickness} \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +Where thickness is a size in standard units like +\family sans +pt +\family default + or +\family sans +mm +\family default +. + If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - +pt. \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard +The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX. + If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec. +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +4.4 of the book +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Mittelbach" + +\end_inset +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Now it is possible to use the commands -\series bold +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Several header/footer lines +\end_layout -\backslash -question{\SpecialChar \ldots{} -} -\series default - and +\begin_layout Standard +In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can + do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition. + However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one + text line. + To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length \series bold \backslash -answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{} -} +headheight \series default - to obtain conditional output. - Here is an example formula where only the + or \series bold \backslash -question +footheight \series default - part appears: -\begin_inset Formula -\[ -x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}. -\] - -\end_inset - - + in this scheme in your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the - -\emph on -Math -\emph default - manual. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Section -PDF Properties -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:PDF-Properties" -\end_inset +\series bold +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +headheight}{height} +\end_layout -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Standard +Where height is a size in standard units. + If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define + your header/footer and preview your document as PDF. + Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +La +\begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -PDF properties + +{} \end_layout \end_inset - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Document Settings +TeX Log \family default - dialog allows you in the + and look via the button \family sans -PDF Properties +Next +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Warning \family default - to set up special options for the PDF output of your document. - All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package + if you find a warning of the package \series bold -hyperref +fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! hyperref + +\lang english +LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset . + If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least + for your header/footer. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Using -\series bold -hyperref -\series default - will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output. - This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a - table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced - document part. - You can specify in the dialog tab -\family sans -Hyperlinks -\family default - how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences - are created. - The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different - entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry - is referenced. +\begin_layout Subsection +This example \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In the dialog tab -\family sans -Bookmarks -\family default - you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your - document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. - You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections - or not. - With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should - be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF. - For example level -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers. + Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example. + This example consists of the following definition: +\end_layout -2 will display all sections and subsections, while level +\begin_layout Description +Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1 will only display the sections. -\end_layout +Header +\series bold -\begin_layout Standard -The header information in the dialog tab -\family sans -General -\family default - are saved together with the PDF as file properties. - Many programs are able to extract this information to e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +\backslash +rightmark +\series default +, empty optional argument +\end_layout -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} +\begin_layout Description +Center +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. - This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues. - When the option -\family sans -Automatic fill header -\family default - is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document - title and author settings. +Header empty, empty optional argument \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The option -\family sans -Load in fullscreen mode -\family default - will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Right +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -PDF properties are also used in this document. - When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional - +Header empty, \series bold -hyperref -\series default - options are used. - For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "hyperref" - -\end_inset -. +\backslash +leftmark +\series default + in the optional argument \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:TeX-Code" - +\begin_layout Description +Left +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Footer empty, +\series bold +\backslash +thepage +\series default + in the optional argument \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -TeX Code Boxes -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -TeX Code -\end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Center +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Footer +\family sans +\series bold +\color red +LyX's user guide +\family default +\series default +\color inherit +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +Magic code: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" +\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ \end_inset -\end_layout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and - constructs, but not all. - LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands. - All the time packages are being updated and new ones added. - This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there - is for every problem a LaTeX-package. - But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their - commands. + in the optional argument \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the - TeX Code box. - A TeX Code box is created by the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -TeX +\begin_layout Description +Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Code -\family default - or by the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/ert-insert.png - -\end_inset - -. - The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on - it. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code. - Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text. - For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore - using the LaTeX-command +Footer \series bold \backslash -fbox +Roman{page} \series default -, you can write the command part -\series bold +, empty optional argument +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \backslash -fbox{ -\series default - in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace -\series bold -} -\series default - in a second TeX Code box behind the word. - The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in - the following example: +headrulewidth set to 2 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +pt \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../clipart/ERT.png - scale 89 +In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of + floats. + For more special things like e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset +g. +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +thumb-indexes, see the manual of the +\series bold +fancyhdr +\series default + package, +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "fancyhdr" + +\end_inset +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -gives +\begin_inset Newpage clearpage +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This is a line with a \begin_inset ERT status collapsed @@ -28359,446 +30921,764 @@ status collapsed \backslash -fbox{ +pagestyle{headings} \end_layout \end_inset -framed -\begin_inset ERT + +\begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -} +\lang english +switches back to page style with the default headings \end_layout \end_inset - word. + \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout +\begin_layout Section +Previewing Snippets of your Document +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\series bold -Note: -\series default - At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space - to let LaTeX know that the command is finished. +Instant preview \end_layout \end_inset -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsection -Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax -\begin_inset Argument +\begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -The LaTeX Syntax +Document ! Preview \end_layout \end_inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the + fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having + to break your train of thought with +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by + LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package +\series bold +preview-latex +\series default + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX Syntax +LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex \end_layout \end_inset + as explained below, and turn on +\family sans +Instant +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" +preview +\family default + in the +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences +\family default +dialog under Look +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +and +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Display. + The +\family sans +Preview +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset +Size +\family default + is the multiplication factor for the size. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something - about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background. - Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - -program -\begin_inset Quotes erd +Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish + editing an inset. + Previews of an already loaded document are +\emph on +not +\emph default + generated just by selecting the +\family sans +Instant +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - your text. - This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at - any time if you know the right commands. - E. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} -\end_inset +preview +\family default + check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews. +\end_layout -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} +\begin_layout Standard +LyX will generate previews of math insets. + It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the - end of the day. - Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have - all caption labels bold. - But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels - in your manual. - Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one - day. +preview +\family default + check box in the insert dialog. + This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for + example. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Now LaTeX comes into play. - As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package. - First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package - database, +To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package +\series bold +preview-latex +\series default + (on some systems named simply +\series bold +preview +\series default +) installed. + If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite -key "Catalogue" +key "TeXCatalogue" \end_inset -. + or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. + You obtain prettier results if you install the program +\family typewriter +pnmcrop +\family default + from the +\family typewriter +netpbm +\family default + package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together + with LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As result you know that the package -\series bold -caption -\series default +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts + of it. + Use the menu +\family sans +View\SpecialChar \menuseparator +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Source +\family default + and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code. + The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is + currently in. + You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this + selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. + To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in + the source view window. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section +Advanced Find and Replace +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Advanced-Find-and" + +\end_inset + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! caption +Replace \end_layout \end_inset - is what you need. - To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu + +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Find +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Introduction +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex, + format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents. + It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature. + The key-features are: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the + latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire + mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex + formulas +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in + any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics +), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with + a section heading will only be found within section headings +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +Search may be widened to a specific +\emph on +scope +\emph default +, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited, + all the open files, or all the manuals available from the \family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings +Help \family default -) with the command + menu \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Itemize +Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text + capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset -\series bold +e. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\backslash -usepackage[options]{package name} +all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within - two braces, and the options are set within two brackets. - Note that not all commands have an argument and options. +\begin_layout Subsection +Basic usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In your case the package name is -\series bold -caption -\series default -. - After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option +The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu -\series bold -labelfont=bf -\series default - will change the font of all caption labels to bold. - So you add the command +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Find & Replace +\noun on + ( +\noun default +Advanced +\noun on +) +\family default +\noun default + (shortcut +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcut" +arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" +\end_inset + +) or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" +\end_inset + +. + This opens the +\family sans +Advanced Find and Replace +\family default + dialog. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Searching for text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +Enter into the +\family sans +Find +\family default + LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking + on the +\family sans +Find Next +\family default + button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the +\family sans +Return +\family default + key). + The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized +, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text. + Pressing repeatedly +\family sans +Enter +\family default + keeps searching forward. + Similarly, pressing +\family sans +Shift+Enter +\family default + searches for the entered text backwards. +\end_layout -\series bold +\begin_layout Standard +While searching, the +\family sans +Case sensitive +\family default + option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the + +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor. + The +\family sans +Whole words +\family default + option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries. +\end_layout -\backslash -usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Searching for mathematics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -to the preamble and the problem is solved. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -For more commands provided by the -\series bold -caption -\series default - package, have a look at its documentation, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "caption" +Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor a mathematical formula, such as +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset + or also something more complex like +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset . -\end_layout - + When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when + it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example + the mentioned segments would be found in something like +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$ \end_inset \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Style-aware search +\end_layout + \begin_layout Standard -Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems - like your case. - For example if you use a +It is also possible to search for text with specific styles. + This is done by switching to the \family sans -KOMA-Script +Settings \family default - class, you don't need the package -\series bold -caption -\series default -, you can instead write + tab of the dialog and unchecking the +\family sans +Ignore format +\family default + option. + This way, entering in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Itemize +a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring + in emphasized or boldface. +\end_layout -\series bold +\begin_layout Itemize +an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective + instances with same face only, and within the same text style only. + Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring + alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence. +\end_layout -\backslash -setkomafont{captionlabel}{ -\backslash -bfseries} +\begin_layout Itemize +a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences + of if only within section headings. + Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition + to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same + style. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -in the preamble and the problem is solved. - So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the - documentation of the document class you want to use. - ( -\series bold +\begin_layout Itemize +some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this + formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). +\end_layout -\backslash -setkomafont -\series default - is an example of a command with more than one argument.) +\begin_layout Subsubsection +Replace \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the - text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command - argument. - To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in - the previous section. +The text segments matching the text entered in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the +\family sans +Replace +\family default +\noun on + +\noun default +editor. + In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the +\family sans +Replace +\family default + button or alternatively +\noun on + +\noun default +press +\family sans +Enter +\family default + or +\family sans +Shift+Enter +\family default + while being in the +\family sans +Replace +\family default +\noun on + +\noun default +editor. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the - LaTeX-books -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion,latexguide" +You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching + text segments in your document. + Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention + a few): +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the + same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +func() +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. - + with its typewriter version +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +func() +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +; \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Previewing Snippets of your Document -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" +\begin_layout Itemize +performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing + occurrences of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +\begin_inset Formula $R$ \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Instant preview -\end_layout + with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + (you may want to enable the +\family sans +Whole words +\family default + and +\family sans +Case sensitive +\family default + options and disable the +\family sans +Ignore format +\family default + option in the +\family sans +Settings +\family default + tab, in order to avoid replacing all +\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset +R +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of +\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Preview -\end_layout + with +\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$ +\end_inset +, or occurrences of +\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ \end_inset + with +\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ +\end_inset +. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the - fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having - to break your train of thought with -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -DVI -\family default -. +\begin_layout Subsection +Advanced usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by - LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package -\series bold -preview-latex -\series default - -\begin_inset Index idx +There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility. +\begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex -\end_layout +A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry: + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression" \end_inset - as explained below, and turn on -\family sans -Instant -\begin_inset space ~ +. +\end_layout + \end_inset -preview + You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into + the +\family sans +Find \family default - in the + editor. + This is done via the menu \family sans -Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preferences +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Insert Regular Expression \family default -dialog under Look -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset + while the cursor is in the +\family sans +Find +\family default + editor. + Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular + expression matching rules +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed -and -\begin_inset space ~ +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX + text segment, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Display. - The -\family sans -Preview +e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Size -\family default - is the multiplication factor for the size. +when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed + to match expressions. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish - editing an inset. - Previews of an already loaded document are -\emph on -not -\emph default - generated just by selecting the -\family sans -Instant -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -preview -\family default - check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews. +, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the + same text in the document. + Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual. + Examples of using such a feature may be: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -LyX will generate previews of math insets. - It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the +\begin_layout Enumerate +Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering + in the \family sans -Show -\begin_inset space ~ +Find +\family default + editor the fraction +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset -preview -\family default - check box in the insert dialog. - This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for - example. + (where the +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ +\end_inset + + on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all + fractions with the given denominator. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package -\series bold -preview-latex -\series default - (on some systems named simply +\begin_layout Enumerate +Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking + the +\family sans +Ignore format +\family default + option from the +\family sans +Settings +\family default + tab, entering a \series bold -preview -\series default -) installed. - If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue, - -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "TeXCatalogue" +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset - or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. - You obtain prettier results if you install the program -\family typewriter -pnmcrop -\family default - from the -\family typewriter -netpbm -\family default - package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together - with LyX. + +\series default + regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds + all emphasized and bold face text, respectively. + Also, inserting a +\begin_inset Formula $.*$ +\end_inset + + regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading, + you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual, + enclosing parts of the expression within round braces +\begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset +, and referring back to them through +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ +\end_inset +, etc.. + For example, try searching for the regexp +\begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$ +\end_inset + + in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts - of it. - Use the menu -\family sans -View\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View +Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, + and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of + back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Source -\family default - and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code. - The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is - currently in. - You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this - selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. - To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in - the source view window. + +\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ +\end_inset + + always refers to the first occurrence of +\begin_inset Formula $()$ +\end_inset + + in all entered regexps. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) + implemented. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -28823,88 +31703,32 @@ Spell checking \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -LyX itself has no built-in spell checker. - Rather it uses one of the external programs -\family typewriter -aspell -\family default -, -\family typewriter -ispell -\family default -, -\family typewriter -hspell -\family default -, or -\family typewriter -pspell -\family default - as backend. - This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these - programs. - -\family typewriter -aspell -\family default - can be seen as the successor to -\family typewriter -ispell -\family default -, and contrary to -\family typewriter -ispell -\family default -, it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use - aspell. - -\family typewriter -hspell -\family default - is a Hebrew spell-checker. - The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences - under -\family sans -Language Settings -\family default -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is - greyed out in the preferences dialog because only -\family typewriter -aspell -\family default - can be used. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The menu +LyX has a built-in spell checker. + The menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Spellchecker +\family default +, the key +\family sans +F7 \family default or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Graphics - filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png - +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "dialog-show spellchecker" \end_inset starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position. - A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, - allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line. + A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing + you to edit and replace it in a second line. Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text scrolled so that it is visible. - In the -\family sans -spell checker -\family default - dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any - could be found. + In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio +n, if any could be found. Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the \family sans -Replace +Replacement \family default field, double-click invokes directly the replacement. Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary. @@ -28918,62 +31742,75 @@ Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. - If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking - will bring an error message. - In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by - specifying a different -\family sans -Alternative language -\family default - in preferences dialog. + You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing + a different one at the top of the dialog. + LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages. + This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and + have the spell checker dictionaries installed. + LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Subsubsection* -Limitations +\begin_layout Subsection +Further Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally, - rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence - of the word. - But you can use the +In LyX's preferences dialog under \family sans -Find +Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -& +Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Spellchecker +\family default + you can set the following things: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +Spellchecker \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Replace +engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking. + Depending on your platform, +\family typewriter +aspell +\family default +, +\family typewriter +hunspell \family default - dialog for that. + or +\family typewriter +enchant +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends. + Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages. - This does work with +\end_inset + + +\family default + are available. + On Windows only \family typewriter -pspell +hunspell \family default -, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately. + is available. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsubsection* -Further Settings -\end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Alternative +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -The -\family sans -Spellchecker -\family default - section in the preferences dialog has some additional options: +language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language + for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -28982,7 +31819,7 @@ Escape \end_inset characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker - should consider, e. + should escape, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -28990,17 +31827,8 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document. - This should not normally be needed. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Description -Personal -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of - the spell checker's default choice +German umlauts. + This should normally not be needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -29025,51 +31853,33 @@ passthrough \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Use +Spellcheck \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -input -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Settings -\family default - dialog under -\family sans -Language -\family default - also for the spellchecker. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it. + Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line. + By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear + in the context menu. + Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested + word. +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The encodings are explained in section +\begin_layout Description +Spellcheck \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "cha:The-Document-Settings" - +notes +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. -\end_layout - +and +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset - Only enable this if you use -\family typewriter -ispell -\family default - and can't spell check words with international letters in them. - There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries, - so this is disabled by default. +comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked + as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -29931,6 +32741,96 @@ key "TeXCatalogue" or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. \end_layout +\begin_layout Section +Comparison of Documents +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +Comparison of documents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can compare two different LyX files via the menu +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Compare +\family default +. + The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing + the differences. + In the comparison dialog you can select with the option +\family sans +Copy +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Settings +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +from +\family default + from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting + difference file. + The option +\family sans +Enable +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +change +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +tracking +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +features +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +the +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +output +\family default + enables the change tracking option +\family sans +Show +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Changes +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +in +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\family default + to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section International Support \begin_inset Index idx @@ -34816,7 +37716,6 @@ Under the File \family default menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations. - At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -35090,12 +37989,9 @@ eX (plain) \family default text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the - document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable - by the -\family typewriter -latex -\family default - program + document will be converted to +\family sans +the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the latex program \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -35103,7 +37999,17 @@ LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x ( +z.y.x +\family sans +LyX-Dokument in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +z +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -35111,15 +38017,17 @@ y \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is replaced by the version number) + represent the version number) \end_layout \begin_layout Description -LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine +LyXHTML +\family sans +HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine \end_layout \begin_layout Description -OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with +OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with \family sans OpenOffice \family default @@ -35219,14 +38127,6 @@ Postscript dvips \end_layout -\begin_layout Description - -\family sans -Custom -\family default - custom format -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard The program \family typewriter @@ -37332,8 +40232,8 @@ Character count \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the - highlighted document part. +Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted + document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -39498,6 +42398,23 @@ Embedded Objects manual. \end_layout +\begin_layout Section +Child Documents +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents. + Please refer to the section +\emph on +Child Documents +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual for details. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Modules \end_layout @@ -41074,7 +43991,11 @@ Zoom \family default setting. You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the - current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel. + current LyX session by pressing +\family sans +Ctrl +\family default + and scrolling the mouse wheel. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -41840,8 +44761,47 @@ XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe. \end_inset +\series bold +Example +\series default +: You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document. + You can edit this file with the program +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + bearbeiten. + In +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under +\family sans +External +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +programs +\family default +. + If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in + +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + and click on the LyX-symbol. + The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position + in your LyX file. + +\family typewriter +JabRef +\family default + and LyX need of course to be run the same time. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42260,7 +45220,7 @@ Printer command \begin_inset Note Greyedout -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42275,40 +45235,6 @@ Note: \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -Adapt -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -output -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -to -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -printer This option works only for the -\family sans -Printer command -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset - - -\family sans -dvips -\family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - -. - It activates a configuration file for dvips. - This is an option only for dvips experts. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Description Printer \begin_inset space ~ @@ -42348,6 +45274,40 @@ Printer command you are using. \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +Adapt +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +printer This option works only for the +\family sans +Printer command +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +dvips +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + It activates a configuration file for dvips. + This is an option only for dvips experts. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Subsection Date Format \begin_inset Index idx diff --git a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx index 24ea702681..5a8a489d93 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ja/UserGuide.lyx @@ -1679,52 +1679,6 @@ LyXは前のマウスの位置と新しいマウスの位置の間の文字を これらの特性を設定するには、右クリックしてください。詳しくはこの取扱説明書の対応する節を見て下さい。 \end_layout -\end_deeper -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -表 -\end_layout - -\begin_deeper -\begin_layout Standard -右マウスボタン -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -を -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph on -\bar default -\noun default -\color inherit -シングルクリック -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -するとダイアログが開き、表を操作できます。 -\end_layout - \end_deeper \begin_layout Section 移動 @@ -3695,6 +3649,55 @@ status open \end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\lang english +Local Layout +\begin_inset Index idx +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\lang english +Document ! Local Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\lang english +Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be + used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself + needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider + writing a module for this purpose. + Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you + find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that + one time. + You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble. + What you want is LyX's +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Local Layout +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + See section +\emph on +Local Layout +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for information on how to use it. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Subsubsection 特性 \end_layout @@ -4569,26 +4572,7 @@ Latexぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! fancyhdr \bar no \noun off \color none -パッケージが装備されていれば、完全にカスタマイズできるヘッダとフッタを生成することができます。現在のところ、LyXでのサポートは十分でなく、このパッケージの十分 -な力を引き出すには、プリアンブルに自分でコードを書く必要があります。詳しくは -\family default -\series bold -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color inherit -fancyhdr -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -パッケージの文書 +パッケージが装備されていれば、完全にカスタマイズできるヘッダとフッタを生成することができます。 \family default \series default \shape default @@ -4597,30 +4581,28 @@ fancyhdr \bar default \noun default \color inherit +\lang english +How they are defined is explained in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "fancyhdr" -\end_inset +\lang japanese +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -を見て下さい。 +\end_inset + +。 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 段落の分け方については、第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:段落の字下げと分け方" +reference "sub:段落の分け方" \end_inset @@ -4756,42 +4738,16 @@ JIS B0 - JIS B6 用紙方向 \family default -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -出力を +\lang english +To choose whether to output as \family sans -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color inherit -横向き -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -に印刷するか、 +Landscape +\family default + or as \family sans -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color inherit -縦向き +Portrait +\family default +. \family roman \series medium \shape up @@ -4800,7 +4756,8 @@ JIS B0 - JIS B6 \bar no \noun off \color none -に印刷するかを選ぶ2つの切替ボタンです。 +\lang japanese +。 \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -5117,6 +5074,13 @@ LaTeXが行います。 \begin_layout Subsection 段落の分け方 +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sub:段落の分け方" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -6655,49 +6619,16 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off -\color none -次の5つは番号を付けない見出しを作る環境です。 -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -部* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -章* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -節* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -小節* -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Enumerate - -\family sans -小々節* -\end_layout +\lang english +The unnumbered section headings have a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard +* +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + at the end of their name \family roman \series medium \shape up @@ -6706,7 +6637,8 @@ status collapsed \bar no \noun off \color none -各名称の後の「*」は、これらの見出しには番号がつかないことを表しています。これらは、目次に載らないこと以外は、番号付きの見出しと同じように働きます（第 +\lang japanese +。これらは、目次に載らないこと以外は、番号付きの見出しと同じように働きます（第 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:目次と一覧" @@ -12451,7 +12383,26 @@ status collapsed \end_inset - + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit +\lang english +For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described + in the chapter +\emph on +Program Code Listings +\emph default + of the +\emph on +Embedded Objects +\emph default + manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -18267,7 +18218,11 @@ reference "sub:LaTeXフォントサポート" \color inherit 「 \family typewriter -computer modern +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family roman \series medium \shape up @@ -18303,7 +18258,7 @@ cm \bar default \noun default \color inherit -European modern +European Computer Modern \family default 」（ \family typewriter @@ -18367,8 +18322,12 @@ Reader \begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -Latin Modern (lm) +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default フォントを使用する方法。これは、 \family typewriter @@ -18379,50 +18338,66 @@ cm ec \family default の外見を維持したい場合に推奨される方法です。 -\family typewriter -Latin Modern +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default フォントは、LaTeXコミュニティにおいて、 \family typewriter cm \family default に代わる既定フォントとするべく開発されたものです。これは、非常に広い範囲のグリフと複数のフォント形を含んでおり、外観の改善された若干の細部を除き、 -\family typewriter -lm +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default は、ほとんどの場合 \family typewriter cm \family default -と同一の外観を持ちます +と同一の外観を持ちます。 \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -ひとつの違いは、 -\family typewriter -lm -\family default -フォントでは合字が改善されていることです。 + +\lang english +One difference is improved kerning +\lang japanese +。 \end_layout \end_inset -。 + \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family sans AE +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +(Almost +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +European) \family default - ( -\family typewriter -Almost European -\family default -)を使用する方法。これは、 -\family typewriter -Latin Modern +を使用する方法。これは、 +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default フォントが使用できないか、うまく動作しない（稀な）ケースにおいて、 \family typewriter @@ -18505,7 +18480,11 @@ ec \family default の外見を好まない場合には、 \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default や \family sans @@ -18519,19 +18498,31 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout これは、ときに単に他のフォントを対応させることもあれば（ \family sans -Times Roman +Times +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Roman \family default は、 \family sans Helvetica \family default をサンセリフ体の文章に使用します）、 -\family typewriter -Latin Modern +\family sans +Latin +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default や -\family typewriter -Computer Modern +\family sans +Computer +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Modern \family default のように、同じフォントの他の形、すなわち真のフォント \emph on @@ -18562,7 +18553,7 @@ reference "sub:文字微調整" \end_inset -\family typewriter +\family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18570,7 +18561,7 @@ Times Roman \family default フォントは、元々新聞用にデザインされたものです。したがって、狭い新聞の列幅に納まるように、そのグリフは他のフォントのグリフよりも小さくなっています。そのため、 -\family typewriter +\family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18582,11 +18573,6 @@ Roman \begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\begin_inset VSpace bigskip -\end_inset - - \family roman \series medium \shape up @@ -18831,7 +18817,7 @@ CJK \bar no \noun off \color none -フィールドでは、日中韓言語ユーザーが文字を表示するのに使用するフォントを指定することができます +フィールドでは、日中韓言語ユーザーが文字を表示するのに使用するフォントを指定することができます。 \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -18904,7 +18890,7 @@ CJK \end_inset -。 + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -29157,36 +29143,131 @@ LaTeXは、 既定では、各オプションはそれぞれ以下の規則を持っています。 \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -ページ上部 +\lang english +Top +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page \family default -は、フロートのページに占める割合が7割以下の場合のみ、ページ上部に配置します。 + only floats occupying less than 70 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +% of the page can be placed at the top of a page ( +\series bold + +\backslash +topfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -ページ下部 +\lang english +Bottom +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +page \family default -は、フロートのページに占める割合が3割以下の場合のみ、ページ下部に配置します。 +: only floats occupying less than 30 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +bottomfraction +\series default +) \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -フロートを独立したページに +\lang english +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +of +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +floats \family default -は、フロートのページに占める割合が5割以下の場合のみ、複数のフロートを同一ページに配置します。 +: only if more than 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together + on a page. + ( +\series bold + +\backslash +floatpagefraction +\series default +) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -これらの規則に従いたくないときは、 + +\lang english +If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional + option \family sans -LaTeXの規則を無視する +Ignore +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +rules \family default -オプションを追加することによって、これらを無視することができます。 +. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese +s after the rules description above. + To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule + to 50 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +% of the page, add this line to your document preamble: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +bottomfraction}{0.5} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -37845,6 +37926,13 @@ Roman{page} \lang english Customized Page Headers and Footers +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed @@ -43542,7 +43630,7 @@ status collapsed \family sans ファイル \family default -メニューの下には、基本操作といくつかの応用操作が含まれています。メニューの最後には、最後に開いた4つの文書が列挙されます。 +メニューの下には、基本操作といくつかの応用操作が含まれています。 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -43776,7 +43864,11 @@ LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1.y.x LyX 1.y.x版（「y」はバージョン番号に変換して表示されます）が読み込み可能なLyX文書形式 +z.y.x LyX z.y.x版（「z」 +\lang english + and +\lang japanese +「y」はバージョン番号に変換して表示されます）が読み込み可能なLyX文書形式 \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -43855,10 +43947,6 @@ dvips プログラムを使用して変換するPostScript形式 \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -任意設定 任意に設定した形式 -\end_layout - \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter @@ -50018,18 +50106,6 @@ Windowsシステムでは効力がないのでこのフィールドは空でか \end_layout -\begin_layout Description -出力をプリンタに合わせる このオプションは、 -\family sans -印刷コマンド -\family default -が「 -\family sans -dvips -\family default -」のときのみ機能します。これはdvips用の設定ファイルを有効化します。これはdvips熟練者専用のオプションです。 -\end_layout - \begin_layout Description 印刷コマンド これはLyXすなわちLaTeXが印刷に使用するコマンドです。既定値は、ほとんどのシステムで \family sans @@ -50043,6 +50119,18 @@ dvips ます。 \end_layout +\begin_layout Description +出力をプリンタに合わせる このオプションは、 +\family sans +印刷コマンド +\family default +が「 +\family sans +dvips +\family default +」のときのみ機能します。これはdvips用の設定ファイルを有効化します。これはdvips熟練者専用のオプションです。 +\end_layout + \begin_layout Subsection 日付書式 \begin_inset Index idx